The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2014-233 Contract - Roxy Ann Rock r CITY OF CITY OF ASHLAND ASHLAND PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT ASHLAND CREEK PARK Project No. 000054.999 This Contract is between he CiTY OFp A~SLH AND, a.municipal corporation of the State of Oregon (hereinafter "City" ) and Kb )(J f~jL 5f1rxLthppreinafter "Contractor"). The City's Project Manager for this Contract is Sleve Ennis. 01v ofAshlanrl. Ashland Parks and Recreation. WHEREAS, City caused to be prepared a certain bound Project Manual or Bid Package (including but not limited to Invitation to Bid, Bid Schedule, Bid forms, Bid, Performance and Payment Bonds, as applicable, Public Improvement Contract, Contract Standard Terms and Conditions, Conditions, General Provisions, Technical Specifications, Drawings, and Addenda, more particularly described in Standard Condition 5, (hereinafter referred to as "Contract Documents") for its project entitled "Ashland Creek Park" and h~ WHEREAS, Contractor did on the 1(hay of toue.2014, file with City a bid to furnish equipment, labor, material, and appurtenances for construction of said project as set forth in the Contract Documents and agreed to accept as payment therefore the sums fully stated and set forth in the bid; and WHEREAS, the Contract Documents and bid fully and accurately set forth and describe the terms and conditions upon which the Contractor proposes to furnish said equipment, labor, material and appurtenances and perform said work, together with the manner and time of furnishing same; and NOW THEREFORE; for good and valuable consideration the parties mutually covenant and agree as follows: 1. Recitals. The recitals set forth above are true and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference. 2. Effective Date and Duration This contract is effective on the date at which every party has signed this contract. The work under this contract shall, unless otherwise terminated or extended, be completed on or before 152 calendar days following Contractor's receipt of the Notice to Proceed. 3. Statement of Work The work under this contract is for Ashland Creek Park and more fully described in the Contract Documents, incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this reference. The statement of work, including the delivery schedule for the work, is contained in the Contract Documents. Contractor acknowledges receipt of all Contract Documents in existence at the date the Contract is signed and further acknowledges Contractor has read and fully understands the Contract Documents, and understands that in signing this Agreement contractor waives all rights to plead misunderstandings regarding the same. Contractor shall, at its own risk and expense, perform the work described in the Contract Documents and furnish all permits, labor, tools, machinery, materials, transportation, equipment and services of all kinds required for, necessary for, or reasonable incidental to, performance of the work, that is, the construction of this Ashland Creek Park Project for the City of Ashland, Oregon, as shown in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall secure all Municipal, County, State, or Federal Permits or licenses including payment of permit fees, license fees and royalties necessary or incident to performance of the work on this contract. The risk of loss for such work shall not shift to the City until written acceptance of the work by the City. 4. Consideration a. City agrees to pay Contractor, at the times and in the manner provided in the. Contract Documents, a sum Of. I Lt 7~ L,J-"t for accomplishing the work required by this contract, including allowable expenses. This sum cannot be modified except by Change Order approved in writing by City. Any progress payments to Contractor sliall be made only in accordance with the schedule and requirements in Section 21, Standard Terms and Conditions. b. City certifies that sufficient funds have been appropriated to make payments required by this contract dining the current fiscal year. Contractor understands and agrees that City's payment of amounts under this contract attributable to work performed after the last day of the current fiscal year is contingent on City appropriations, or other expenditure authority sufficient to allow City in tine exercise of its reasonable administrative discretion, to continue to make payments under this contract. In the event City has insufficient appropriations, limitations or other expenditure authority, City may terminate this contract without penalty or liability to City, effective upon the delivery of written notice to Contractor, with no further liability to Contractor. CONTRACTOR DATA, CERTIFICATION, AND SIGNATURE Business Name (please print): Puy P-L-t - Contact Name: W a, N ©D /Q Phone',y/ - &W - 7~-,5 j Faxes ~p kS- Address70 601< 09 % 7S aV Do Not Write Fedet}crl and State Tax ID Numbers on this 4gmement: One copy of W-9 is to be submitted ivith the sighed contract to be kept on file in the City of Ashland Finance Depart» meat. Ashland Business License #6Z 67739 91 Construction Contractors Board # /C/Z0 S j Citizenship: Nonresident alien Yes No Business Designation (check one): Individual Sole Proprietorship Partnership Corporation Government/Nonprofit The above information must be provided prior to contract approval. Payment information will be reported to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) under the nanne and taxpayer I.D. number provided above. (See IRS 1099 for additional instructions regarding taxpayer ID numbers.) Information not matching IRS records could subject you to 31 percent b..,;kup withholding. 1, the undersigned, understand that the Standard Terms and Conditions For Public Improvement Contracts (Exhibit A) together with Exhibits B through J together with all other Contract Documents as described in Standard Terms and Conditions Section 5 below, and the separately bound Oregon 2008 Standard Specifications for Construction, as amended by the City of Ashland's most recent Addenda to the 2008 Standard Specifications are an integral part of this contract and agree to perform the work described in the Contract Documents, including Exhibit A, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this contract. I further understand the City is prohibited from entering into a contract when the contractor has neglected or refused to file any return, pay any tax, or properly contest a tax, pursuant to ORS 305.385; 1 hereby certify, under penalty of perjury and false swearing, that I/my business am/is not in violation of any Oregon tax laws; I further certify that the certification and representations in Standard Term and Condition # 16 [CC13 Registration Requirements] are true and correct, and further I certify that I am an independent contractor as defined in ORS 670.600. r Signed by Contractor: Signature/Title Date Printed Name: NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR: This contract sloes not bind the City gf Ashland unless and unfit it has been executed by the Public Contracting Ofcer or designee as well as. City Finance and Legal Department representatives. CITY Or ASHLAND SIGNATURE Approved: Director of Ashland Parks and Recreation, City of Ashland ate Authorized by Ordinance 3013 and Delegation Order (lated, Coding: -I T-f F i~= 113(r~ ' west: ~ry 9 07174 ot- City ttofrley (approved as to egal form) Date ATTACHMENTS: Certificate of Representation Exhibit A, Std. Conditions Exhibit B, Bid Schedule Exhibit C, Insurance requirements Savings Spec Estimate in Jun and/or BI Description of VE element 11 mtg Savings Sheet # TOTALS: $ (32,500.00) $ 19,329.00 OR $ 29,312.00 3 Mud Mats $ - $ 84.00 5 Demolition of Barn $ (7,000.00) $ 3,500.00 10 topsoil (if free from Mfr) $ (16,500.00) $ 7,375.00 18 Pre-fab Gates (4 & 1) $ (6,000.00) $ 2,776.00 18 Square instead of 5" round posts 20 ALT: Pre-fab Restroom $ (15,000.00) $ 14,139.00 20 Bathroom Windows $ (1,000.00) $ 1,680.00 20 200A Electric Panel $ (1,000.00) $ 1,075.00 20 Post Bases (3 knife plates) $ (1,000.00) $ 381.00 20 Square instead of 8" round posts $ 1,020.00 21 Post Bases (2 knife plates) $ 158.00 21 Square instead of 8" round posts $ 1,280.00 TOTAL = =$9,654 To: Ashland Parks and Recreation Dept. ATTN: Steve Ennis Value Engineering Proposal: BID ITEM #3: Mud Mats are proposed as an alternative to a standard construction entrance. The savings is only $84.00 because they are not currently stocked in the Medford area. Bid Item #5: Demolition of the barn by machine instead of dismantling by hand is a savings of $3500.00 Bid Item #10: Removing the imported topsoil from the bid price and using topsoil given by Medford creates a savings of $7375.00. This number assumes that the City would want Roxy Ann Rock to haul and place the topsoil. Bid Item #18: Using (1) 12' wide and (4) 5' wide pre-fab Hi-Qual gates instead of custom gates would save $2776.00. Switching to square posts in lieu of the 5" diameter posts would increase the cost by $4156.00 Bid Item #20: Using a pre-fab restroom building in lieu of the custom build would save $14,139.00. An alternative to this would create a savings of $4156.00 broken out as follows: A pre-fab security window with stainless steel screen could reduce the cost by $1680.00; using a 200 amp electric panel instead of the 100 amp as specified could save $1075.00; changing to a Simpson Strong-Tie concealed post base instead of custom knife plates and 8x8 square (ACQ) instead of 8" diameter posts would save $1401.00. The 8" diameter posts were bid as #1 or better DF and not ACQ because there was no spec calling for pressure treatment or paint on the exterior wood at the buildings. Bid Item #21: Changing to a Simpson Strong-Tie concealed post base instead of custom knife plates and 8x8 square (ACQ) instead of 8" diameter posts (if ALL 4 are mounted on post bases, not embedded in concrete) would save $1438.00 The total savings for Ashland Parks Department (depending on preference for restroom building) could be either $19,329.00 or $29,312.00 Wes was not comfortable with our in-house cost using the Prevailing Wage Rate table for the exposed aggregate concrete at the sidewalks and plaza, and the concrete substrate at the basketball court. We have put out a request to local concrete contractors and will revisit a unit cost price after receiving and reviewing the quotes. Sorry this is so late, but it took a little longer than we anticipated to find some of the prices. If you have any questions, please call Wes at 541-601-7451 or Shari at 541-951-9265 or Andy at 5414-944-5507. Thanks, Shari Shattuck for Wes Norton and Roxy Ann Rock ASHLAND PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION 340 SO. PIONEER STREET ASHLAND, OREGON 97520 COMMISSIONERS: "•F"" Don Robertson Mike Gardiner { y Director Rick Landl s~ Jim Lewis TEL: (541) 488-5340 Stefani Seffinger FAX: (541) 488-5314 •5 Vanston Shaw RE DATE: July 28, 2014 TO: Wes Norton Roxy Ann Rock Construction RE: Ashland Creek Parr City Project Number 000054.999 Notice to Proceed Dear Wes: The contract with the City of Ashland for the above referenced project has been signed. This letter authorizes your firm to commence work on July 29, 2014. As stipulated in the project manual, construction is expected to be completed within one hundred fifty two calendar (152) days. Substantial Completion is therefore scheduled to occur on or before December 27, 2014. Liquidated Damages are $500 per calendar day. Thank you for your timely work on the execution of the contract and other paperwork. If you need anything further, please feel free to call me at 488-5340. Sincerely, Bruce Dickens Park Superintendent cc: Don Robertson Steve Ennis Home of Famous Lithia Park BID SCHEDULE ASHLAND CREEK PARK Pro'ect No. 000054.999 UNIT NO DESCRIPTION QTY• UNIT PRICE AMOUNT FIGURES Mobilization and Permits Mobilization for rkf:C4 1 Dollars kkV~tJJI °(u~czr~(_~(~ 1 LS Temporary Work Zone & Traffic Control 2p r for SC~ous~aND;~1~~tszlt~Y ' 00 Dollars 2 1 LS _ Erosion Control _ for TW z`c- -OAncy~w%i r- 3 Dollars 1 LS Tree Protection for _ ~ 4 Dollars 1 LS Sitework Demolition r3 r ()0 for T` 'W ~4T M-O J e CV 5 Dollars bra `~tL ZvYc!~ =-P keg , 1 LS ROW Improvements for for ~OfZi~f -Rkoi ~ K% ,1. l~ UNbR~ q(J C , 6 Dollars CAN`' 1 LS' i Site Clearing - - - - ~ for `CW "Wz1 Tv~ ~.L C✓ 1-\a V U (Z- 1 LS ,J"t , 7 Dollars V` Earth Moving for - 1A&V X- WR~nUSUNIb4, l11 8 Dollars GlN~4rz-~ ~d(~ -S~l~cc° 1 LS - - Structural Fill for ?51 9 Dollars J.tt2_r'~ 1LFt2~ 1 LS ( _ _ 1 Topsoil for COmmunl Garden , - for lJi ~ ~1~S1JN \Ga~ ~ 1,' pu ~ I 10 Dollars L1 -~L~U 1 LS 1 1 Utilities Water Utilities for EO1,12- 1$ 11 Dollars 1i1Z\ 1 LS Sanitary Sewerage Utilities for l~l(Z-'Cll 12 Dollars -tl 1 LS Under ound Electric LIE" _ for uS~~ $ , 13 Dollars 1 LS _ Storm Draina e Utilities oc) for l 6 a 14 Dollars L 1 LS Site Improvements Pla ound E ui ment for T . tJ i _ 15 Dollars W p ~ 1 L5 i~ 3 jqA`' Pla ound Fall Surface for 1~ Z ` v~o~S 16 Dollars "cl~~ 1 LS i_ CMU Site Walls - - ; - ~ for tG~`Cr ~ uSA~ w. --...-----00 17 Dollars 1 LS L E51306 B i --~aS " Fencing & Gates for "AIR~N 6tGVW \IsA -60 o OC2 18 Dollars rtz 1 LS 2 l l t~ 2 I l\ to Bike Racks - - - - - for (J t ~l ~J ~ 51 C(D 19 Dollars l001 LS # 9 Go I Buildings Restroom Building ue It for " ~kk ~ 4 ~ 1 ~ co 20 Dollars UN~ `w'-`c V-> h 1 LS Kiosk Building LC 21 Dollars II 1 LS 10 t to roo Engineering Construction Survey Work v' for ~X 1 SAtV NEI: 'jQ,~ 22 Dollars \j 1 LS ; } l BASE BID` (TOTAL OF ITEMS 1- 22 ADD ALTERNATE #1 C , 00 ADD ALTERNATE #2 Z~ , y TOTAL BID BASE BID PLUS ADD ALTERNATES ti STEVE ENNIS ARCHITECT ASHLAND PARKS AND RECREATION ASHLAND CREEK PARK Cost Estimate July 9, 2014 Construction Costs 1 Roxy Ann Rock Contract ($487,163 base bid minus $9,654 value engineering) $477,509 2 APRD Hardscaping Material & Equipment (per Jeff Mc Farland) $34,127 3 APRD Landscaping Material & Equipment (per Anne Thayer) $9,021 4 APRD Irrigation Material & Equipment (per Bill Miller) $16,347 5 Change Orders & Contingency (10% of item 1) $47,751 Total Direct Construction Costs $584,755 Miscellaneous Costs 6 Planning Permit $4,096 7 Planning Services by Mark Knox $5,500 8 Construction Cost Estimate $2,834 9 ROW Permit $200 10 System Development Charges $26,812 11 Demolition Permit $500 12 Building Permits $1,433 13 Contract Document Printing $500 14 Lead Paint Testing & Removal $3,000 15 Archeology $12,000 16 Civil Engineering Services (Thornton Engineering) $11,000 17 Additional Civil Engineering Services (Greenhouse Foundation) $3,000 18 Additional Civil Engineering Services (DEQ 12000 Permit) $1,000 19 DEQ 1200-C Permit $1,676 20 Architectural Services (Carlos Delgado Architect) $4,000 21 Landscape Architectural Services (Laurie Sager and Associates) $10,000 22 Project Management Services (Steve Ennis Architect) $25,000 23 Special Inspections & Materials Testing $15,000 Total Miscellaneous Costs $127,551 Subtotal Preliminary Cost Estimate $712,306 Estimating Contingency (5%) $35,615 TOTAL PRELIMINARY COST ESTIMATE $747,921 P. O. BOX 4051 • 2870 NANSEN DRIVE • MEDFORD, OR 97501 Phone: (541) 618-9155 • Fax: (541) 618-9156 PLANHOLDERS' LIST ASHLAND CREEK PARK City Project Number 000054.999 Last update 6/6/2014 McGraw-Hill Construction Home Sweet Home Construction, LLC Attn: Paula Gamble Attn: Stefan Windroth 3461 NW Yeon Avenue 686 Normal Avenue Portland, OR 97210 Ashland, OR 97520 253-539-9335 - Tel 541-324-4085 - Tel 253-537-3597 - Fax 541-324-4085 - Fax paula.gamble(a)mhfi.com stefandotcalmCDhotmail.com Johnny Cat COBA Attn: Tara Attn: AshIg Roush PO Box 89 1051 NE 4t Street 670 Powerhorn Drive Bend, OR 97701 Jacksonville, OR 97530 541-389-1058 - Tel 541-899-4494- Tel 541-389-1545 - Fax 541-899-5626 - Fax ashleyr(a)coba.org tara(@iohnnycatinc.com (pipe Plumbing LLC Taylor Site Development Attn: Scott Kuitert Attn: Ray Ortega 201 Bateman Drive #2 PO Box 537 Central Point, OR 97502 1928 Stewart Avenue 541-821-8585 - Tel Medford, OR 97501 ipipeplumbing(a charter.net 541-779-3565 - Tel 541-941-4500 - Cell Light Touch Excavation 541-858-7031 - Fax Attn: Steve Munroe 5253 Sterling Creek Road Mountain View Paving Jacksonville, OR 97530 Attn: Paul Meyer 541-899-2226 - Tel PO Box 508 541-944-5930 - Cell Talent, OR 97540 smunroe555aaol.com 541-210-3735 - Tel mountainviewpaving(o)yahoo.com III. PLAN CENTERS G.R. Morgan Construction Medford Builders' Exchange Attn: Tana Morgan Attn: Rachael 10536 SW 25th Avenue 701 E. Jackson Street Portland, OR 97219 Medford, OR 97504 503-452-4268 - Tel (541) 770-3271- Tel 503-245-4872 - Fax (541) 773-7021 - Fax geo morgan a@msn.com rachael@medfordbuilders.com H2O Contractors & Northwest Striping DJC Plan Center Attn: Karen Phillips Attn: Betty Oden 86291 Blossom Street 921 SW Washington, Suite 210 Eugene, OR 97405 Portland, OR 97205 541-746-1787 - Tel (503) 274-0624 - Tel 541-476-5800 - Fax (503) 802-7239 - Fax kphillips52@comcast.net plancenter@dicoregon.com A Better Way Consulting Central Oregon Builders Exchange Attn: Shari Shattuck Attn: Connie Briese PO Box 838 1902 NE 4th Street Ashland, OR 97520 Bend, OR 97702 541-951-9265 (541) 389-0123 - Tel shari55 0)jeffnet.org (541) 389-1549 - Fax admin o)plansonfile.com McBee Construction Attn: Andy McBee, Owner 194 Catalina Drive Shady Cove, OR 97539 541-890-1400 mcbee56@.embargmail.com Page 2 of 3 - PLANHOLDERS' LIST ASHLAND CREEK PARK City Project Number 000054.999 Last update 6/6/2014 1. PUBLICATION SERVICES Playcraft Direct, Inc. Attn: Johnny Fallon Daily Journal of Commerce 123 N. Valley Drive Attn: Ken Elliott Grants Pass, OR 97526 83 Columbia Street 541-218-5645 -Tel Seattle, WA 98056 541-244-2196 - Fax Tel: 206/622-8272 Fax: 503/274-2616 iohnnyf@playcraftdirect.com Daily Journal of Commerce Knife River Materials 921 SW Washington Street, Suite 210 Attn: Philip Graff Portland OR 97205 3959 Hamrick Road Tel: 503/274-0624 Fax: 2061622-8416 Central Point, OR 97502 plansCo)dic.com 541-770-2960 - Tel 541-664-4567 - Fax Medford Mail Tribune philip.graff kniferiver.com PO Box 1108 Medford OR 97501 Copeland Sand and Gravel, Inc. Attn: Debbie Tarr II. PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS 695 SE J Street Grants Pass, OR 97526 Vitus Construction 541-476-4441 -Tel Attn: Corey Vitus or Sandy Wimer 541-479-4881 - Fax 1912 Second Avenue debbie copelandgravel.com PO Box 1097 Gold Hill, OR 97525 Northwest Playground Equip, Inc. 541- 855-7177 - Tel Attn: Debbie 541-855-7520 - Fax PO Box 2410 541-821-7403- Cell (Corey) Issaquah, WA 98027 coreyCa)vitusconstruction.com 425-313-9161 -Tel sandy(a)vitusconstruction.com 425-313-9194 - Fax debbie a-)nwplayground.com KOGAP Enterprises Inc. Attn: Sharon Neuschwander Adroit Construction Co, Inc. P.O. Box 1608 Attn: Judy Six Medford, OR 97501 185 Mistletoe Road (541) 776-6527 - Tel Ashland, OR 97520 (541) 776-6539- Fax 541-482-4098 - Tel Sharon@kogap.com 541-482-4218 - Fax iudysCa)adroitbuilt.com Roxy Ann Rock, Inc. Attn: Andy George Ausland Group P.O. Box 4488 Attn: Christi McGonigal Medford, OR 97501 3935 Highland Avenue 541-944-5507 - Tel Grants Pass, OR 97526 abg(aboeffnet.org 541-476-3788 - Tel 541-476-2312 - Fax JM Construction - Not BIDDING cmcgonigal@auslandgroup.com Attn: Jason (NO UPDATES NEEDED) P.O. Box 1637 Public Restroom Company Shady Cove, OR 97539 Attn: Chris Middleton 541-210-3174 - Cell 2587 Business Parkway, 541-878-7810 - Tel Minden, NV 89423 imconstructioninc aC)earthlink.net 888-88872060 - Tel 888-88-1448 - Fax Batzer Construction, Inc. chris@pubiicrestroomcompany.com Attn: John Kennedy 190 N. Ross Lane Medford, OR 97501 541-773-7553 - Tel 541-770-5361 - Fax iohnk batzerinc.com Page 1 of 3 PLANHOLDERS' LIST ASHLAND CREEK PARK City Project Number 000054.999 Last update 6/6/2014 Contractor Plan Center Deltek Attn: Megan Verdoorn Attn: Imma Tabique 5468 SE International Way Wood Oak Drive Milwaukie, OR 97222 Herndon, VA 20171 503-650-0148- Tel 571-306-5946- Tel 503-650-8273 - Fax 571-306-5946 - Fax megan contractorplancenter.com immatabique(a)deltek.com Klamath Builders Exchange Onvia Attn: Jeff Matteson sourcemgmt -onvia.net 724 Main Street, Suite 206 Klamath Falls, OR 97061 Salem Contractors Exchange (541) 882-9480-Tel Attn: Sonia Haas (541) 882-1001 - Fax 2256 Judson Street SE imattkbe(a)klamathbuilders.com Salem, OR 97302 503-362-7959 - Tel BidClerk 503-362-1651 - Fax Attn: Samantha Gellin sonia@.sceonline.org 28 N. Clark Street Chicago, IL 60602 Quest CDN 312-380-4831- Tel Attn: Kevin Swatosh 312-380-4831 - Fax PO Box 412 s ellin _bidclerk.com Spring Park, MN 55384 425-344-6007- Tel Builders Exchange of Washington 425-344-6007 - Fax Attn: Rich Morgan or Jamie kswatosha-guestcdn.com 2607 Wetmore Avenue Everett, WA 98201 Eugene Builders Exchange 425-258-1303- Tel Attn: Jeremy Moritz 425-259-3832 - Fax PO Box 22036 productionCa)bxwa.com Eugene, OR 97402 receptionabxwa.com 541-484-5331 -Tel 541-484-5884 - Fax Prime Vendor, Inc. leremv@ebe.orq Attn: Ashley Reed 4622 Cedar Avenue Corworth RFL Wilmington, NC 28403 Attn: Shanda Miller 800-746-9554 - Tel 1707 Colt Circle 800-746-8307 - Fax Marble Falls, TX 78654 work41 prime-vendor.com 512-222-5454 - Tel 512-222-3154 - Fax Douglas Plan Center shanda .corworth.com Attn: Diane Chartier 3076 NE Diamond Lake Blvd. Roseburg, OR 97470 (541) 440-9030- Tel (541) 440-8937 - Fax dcplancenter aaasurveying.com The Blue Book Attn: Lauren Weingart 900 East Main Street Jefferson Valley, NY 10535 800-431-2584- Tel 914-243-4936 - Fax Iweingart(a)thebluebook.com Page 3 of 3 PROJECT MANUAL PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT& BID DOCUMENTS FOR THE FOLLOWING PARKS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT: ASHLAND CREEK PARK May 14, 2014 CITY OF ASHLAND_ ASHLAND PARKS AND RECREATION 340 SOUTH PIONEER STREET ASHLAND OR 97520 541/488-5340 (voice) 541/488-5314 (fax) City Project Number: 000054.999 Project Name: Ashland Creek Park Project Location: 27 East Hersey Street, Ashland, Oregon 97520 Project Type: New Park Construction Project Completion: 152 Calendar days Pre-Bid Conference: 9:00 AM on Friday, May 23, 2014 Bids Due by: 3:00 PM on Tuesday, June 10, 2014 Owners Representative: Bruce Dickens, Parks Superintendent Project Manager: Steve Ennis Landscape Architect: Laurie Sap_er, Laurie Sager Landscape Architects Architect: Carlos Del!ado, Carlos Delgado Architect Civil Engineer: Mike Thornton, Thornton EnOneerinp- a = ai p o p 0) 0 Q X -0 cn o ° Z z Z 3 0 ° rs D C-) Z o o o Lo m c T ~ O v O n m z ~o 0% z 3 o o" O o N 00 ^D t0 a { CO m o rn v o. C) w 0 o v 0- 0 o z 3 m D v v to D C) o ~ m o Z o ° m U) i ? C LCl M, Z °g 0 mcD v m, o= D m _ as ~ z o° -i ° m ? 0 U) ° D 00 0 -4 m N k to C" O~ tb. 07 r OO co U3 0 o v O 0 O 3 3 m N G X W WOD~ O oan cn . C X a °w_DQ, Cl) ~ or > O Z z o z D Z 3 CD n cr m O X C O m C: m 7~ W CD X v C) 0 Z v D =3 O n m z X '7l z O n ~ 3 °0 °o'< °o ? N cn CD 00 D cw 4 CO) ° a ° w ° oo v 0 0 o v CD O o a z c 3 Q m D v v D CA) w ~ °w 0) m ° p zz o° -4 m (1) C7 L CO D ~0 Ca v m~ zo v m 0 CD 69 r M- °O° 'I Z N a V O M Z O O V Z C) . . ° °o D I m N 4EO 69 CY) - w O :N p6 D 4 0° r °o ( W o o v ° ° n O 3 3 m z 1 ® DATE (MMlDDlYYYY) AcoR" CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 7/25/2014 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Kim Schnetzk NAME: y Ward Insurance Agency AIONEo Ext: (541) 687-1117 FAIL No: (541)342-8280 kim@wardinsurance.net PO Box 10167 E-MAIL INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC 0 Eugene OR 97440 INSURERA American States Insurance Co 19704 INSURED INSURER B : Roxy Ann Rock, Inc INSURER C : PO BOX 4488 INSURERD: INSURER E Medford OR 97501 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:14-15 GL,Auto, IM REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFYTHAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR DDLISUBRI POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER MMlDDlYYYY MMIDDIYYW GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMA TO RENTED 1,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LLABILITY PREMISES Ea occurrence $ A CLAIMS-MADE a OCCUR X KS55883449 /1/2014 /1/2015 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 15 , 000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER. PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 X POLICY PRO LOC $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Ea eBIEDtSINGLE LIMIT 1 000,000 A X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ALL OWNED X SCHEDULED X B.AS55883449 /1/2019 /1/2015 BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ AUTOS AUTOS NON-OVWED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ X HIRED AUTOS LX AUTOS Peraccident PIP-Basic $ UMBRELLA LAB HOCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ EXCESS LIAR CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION STAT U- OTH- AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY YIN TORY LIMITS ER ANY PRO PRIETOR(PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA (Mandatory in NH) E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ Ityes describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE- POLICY LIMIT $ A Contractors Equipment KS55883449 /1/2019 /1/2015 Actual Cash Value Deductible $ 500 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space Is required) Re: Ashland Creek Park Certificate holer is named as Additional Insured as Respects General Liability as respects work performed by named insured under written contract agreement and per attached CG8810. Additional Insured status on Auto Liability applies per the attached CA8810. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION dickensb@ashland.or.us SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Ashland ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Parks & Recreation 340 S Pioneer St. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Ashland, OR 97520 Darrin Godfrey/SUENOK ACORD 25 (2010105) © 1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. INS025 (201005) 01 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 8810 01 10 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE ENHANCEMENT ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage afforded by this endorsement, the provisions of the policy apply unless modified by the endorsement. COVERAGEINDEX SUBJECT PROVISION NUMBER ADDITIONAL INSURED BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 3 ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT 12 j AMENDED DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT OR LOSS 18 AMENDED FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION 5 AUDIO,. VISUAL AND DATA ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT COVERAGE 13 BROAD FORM INSURED 1 BODILY INJURY REDEFINED 21 EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS (including employee hired auto) 2 EXTENDED CANCELLATION CONDITION 22 EXTRA EXPENSE - BROADENED COVERAGE 10 GLASS REPAIR - WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE 15 HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE(including employee hired auto) 6 HIRED AUTO COVERAGE TERRITORY 20 LOAN / LEASE GAP 14 PARKED AUTO COLLISION COVERAGE (WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE) 16 PERSONAL EFFECTS COVERAGE 11 PHYSICAL DAMAGE - ADDITIONAL TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE COVERAGE 8 RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT 9 SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS 4 TOWING AND LABOR 7 UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS 17 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US 19 SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE is amended as follows: 1 BROAD FORM INSURED SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, paragraph A.1. -WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to.include the following as an insured: d. Any legally incorporated entity of which you own more than 50 percent of the voting stock during the policy period. However, "insured" does not include any organization that.. (1) Is a partnership or joint venture; or (2) Is an insured under.any other automobile policy; or (3) Has exhausted its Limit of Insurance under any other automobile policy. it . Paragraph d. (2) of this provision does not apply to a policy written to apply specifically in excess of this policy. i e. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership or joint venture, of which you own more than 50 percent of the voting stock. This automatic coverage is afforded only for 180 days from the date of acquisition or formation. However, coverage under this provision does not apply: (1) If there is similar insurance or a self-insured retention plan available to that organization', (D2010 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company. All rights reserved. CA 88 10 01 10 Includes copyrighted material of insurance Services Office; with its permission. Page 1 of' I i II i I I I I i (2) If the Limits of Insurance of any other insurance policy have been exhausted; or (3) To "bodily injury" or "property damage that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization. 2. EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, paragraph A.1. -WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include the following as an insured: f. Any "employee" of yours while using a covered"auto" you do not own, hire or borrow but only for acts within the scope of their employment by you. Insurance provided by this endorsement is excess over any other insurance available to any "employee". g. An "employee" of yours while operating an "auto'hired or borrowed under a written contract or agreement in that "e mpl oyee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business and within the scope of their employment. Insurance provided by this endorsement is excess over any other insurance available to t'he"employee". 3. ADDITIONAL INSURED BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT i SECTION 11 - LIABILITY COVERAGE, paragraph A.1. -WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to, include the following as an insured: h. Any person or organization with respect to the operation, maintenance or use of a covered "auto", provided that you and such person or organization have agreed in a written contract, agreement, or permit issued to. you by governmental or public authority, to add such person, or organization, or governmental or public authority to this policy as an "insured". However, such person or organization is an "insured": (1) Only with respect to the operation, maintenance or use of a covered "auto"; (2) Only for "bodily injury" or "property damage"caused by an "accident which takes place after you executed the written contract or agreement, or the permit has been issued to you; and (3) Only for the duration of that contract, agreement or permit i 4. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS SECTION 11 - LIABILITY COVERAGE, Coverage Extensions, 2.a. Supplementary Payments, paragraphs (l)and (4) are replaced by the following: (2) Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (including bonds for related traffic violations) required because of.an ".accident" we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. 5. AMENDED FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION In those jurisdictions where, by law, fellow employees are not entitled to the protection afforded to the employer by the workers compensation exclusivity rule, or similar protection, the following provision is added: SECTION II LIABILITY, exclusion B.5. FELLOW EMPLOYEE does not apply if the "bodily injury" results from the use of a covered "auto" you own or hire. SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended as follows: 6. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE i Paragraph A.4. Coverage Extensions of SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, is amended by adding the following: If hired "autos" are covered "autos"for Liability Coverage, and if Comprehensive, Specified Causes of Loss or Collision coverage are provided under the Business Auto Coverage Form for any"auto" you own,. then the Physical Damage coverages provided are extended to"autos". I i ~I a. You hire, rent or borrow; or ©2010 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company. Al rights reserved. CA 88 10 01 10 Includes copyrighted material of insurance Services Office, with its permission. Page 2 of' III I I I I i i i b. Your "employee" hires or rents under a written contract or agreement in that "employee's" name, but only if the damage occurs while the vehicle is being used in the conduct of your business, subject to the following limit and deductible: A. The most we will pay for "loss" in any one "accident" or "loss" is the smallest of: (1) $50,000; or I (2) The actual cash value of the damaged or stolen property as of the time of the "loss",, or (3) The cost of repairing or replacing the damaged or stolen property with other property of like kind and quality, minus a deductible. B. The deductible will be equal to the largest deductible applicable to any owned "auto" for that coverage. C. Subject to the limit, deductible and excess 'provisions described in this provision, we will provide coverage equal to the broadest coverage applicable to any covered "auto"' you own. D. Subject to a maximum of $750 per "accident", we will also cover the actual loss of use. of the hired"auto" if it results from an "accident", you are legally liable and the lessor incurs an actual financial loss. E. This coverage extension does not apply to: (1) Any "auto" that is hired; rented or borrowed with a driver, or I (2) Any "auto" that. is hired, rented or borrowed from your '`employee'. For the purposes of this provision; SECTION V - DEFINITIONS is amended by adding the following: "Total loss" means a "loss" in which the cost of repairs plus the salvage value exceeds the actual cash value. 7. TOWING AND LABOR SECTION I I I - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, paragraph A.2. Towing, is amended by the addition of the following: We will pay towing and labor costs incurred, up to the limits shown below, each time a covered "auto" classified and rated as a private passenger type, "light truck" or "medium truck" is disabled: a For private passenger type vehicles, we will pay up to $50 per disablement. b. For "light trucks", we will pay up to $50 per disablement. "Light trucks" are trucks that have a gross vehicle weight (GVW) of 10,000 pounds or less. c. For "medium trucks" we will pay up to $150 per disablement. "Medium trucks are trucks that have a. gross vehicle weight (GVW) of 10,001 - 20,000 pounds. However, the labor must be performed at the place of disablement. 8. PHYSICAL DAMAGE-ADDITIONAL TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE COVERAGE Paragraph A.4.a., Coverage Extension of SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, is amended to provide a limit of $50 per day and a maximum limit of $1,500 cc?2010 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company. All rights reserved. CA 88 10 01 10 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, with its permission. Page 3 of I ii I i 9. RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE; A. COVERAGE, is amended by adding the following: a. We will pay up to $75 per day for rental reimbursement expenses incurred by you for the rental of an "auto" because of "accident" or "loss", to an "auto" for which we also pay a "loss" under Comprehensive, Specified Causes of Loss or Collision Coverages. We will pay only for those expenses incurred after the first 24 hours following the "accident"or "loss" to the covered "auto." b. Rental Reimbursement will be based. on the rental of a comparable vehicle, which in many cases may be substantially less than $75 per day, and will only be allowed for the period of time it should take to repair or replace the vehicle with reasonable speed and similar quality, up to a maximum of 30 days. c. We will also pay up to $500 for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by you to remove and replace your tools and equipment from the covered "auto". d. This coverage does not apply unless you have a business necessity that other "autos" available for your use and operation cannot fill. e. If "loss" results from the total theft of a covered "auto" of the private passenger type, we will pay under this coverage only that amount of your rental reimbursement expenses which is not already provided under Paragraph 4. Coverage Extension. i f. No deductible applies to this coverage. For the purposes of this endorsement provision; materials and equipment do not include "personal effects" as defined in provision 11. ~i 10. EXTRA EXPENSE - BROADENED COVERAGE Under SECTION III PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, we will pay for the expense of returning a stolen covered "auto" to you The maximum amount we will pay is $1,000. 11. PERSONAL EFFECTS COVERAGE A. SECTION III PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, is amended by adding the following: If you have purchased Comprehensive Coverage on this policy for an "auto" you own and that .auto" is stolen, we will pay, without application of a deductible, up to $500 for"personal effects" stolen with the `auto.` The insurance provided under this provision is excess over any other collectible insurance. B. SECTION V - DEFINITIONS is amended by adding the following: i For the purposes of this provision, "personal effects" mean tangible property that is worn or carried by an insured." "Personal effects" does not include tools, equipment, jewelry, money or securities. 12. ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT SECTION III PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, B. EXCLUSIONS is amended by adding the following: If you have purchased Comprehensive or Collision Coverage under this policy, the exclusion for "loss" relating to mechanical breakdown does not apply to the accidental discharge of an airbag. I Any insurance we provide shall be excess over any other collectible insurance or reimbursement by manufacturer's warranty. However, we agree to pay any deductible applicable to the other coverage or warranty. I i 13. AUDIO, VISUAL AND DATA ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT COVERAGE SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, B. EXCLUSIONS, exception paragraph a. to exclusions 4.c. and 4.d. is deleted and replaced with the following: 92010 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company. All rights reserved. CA 8810 01 10 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, with its permission. Page 4 Of I Ii it Ii III i ii I ~I I III Exclusion 4.6. and 4.d, do not apply to: a. Electronic equipment that receives or transmits audio, visual or data signals, whether or not designed solely for the reproduction of sound, if the equipment is permanently installed in the covered "auto" at the time of the "loss" and such 'equipment is designed to be solely operated by use of the power from the "auto's" electrical system, in or upon the covered "auto" and physical damage coverages are provided for the covered "auto or If the "loss" occurs solely to audio, visual or data electronic equipment or accessories used with this equipment, then our obligation to pay for, repair, return or replace damaged or stolen property will be reduced bya $100 deductible. 14. LOAN I LEASE GAP COVERAGE I A. Paragraph C., LIMIT OF INSURANCE of SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended by adding the following: The most we will pay for a "total loss" to a covered "auto owned by or leased to you in any one "accident" is the greater of the. 1. Balance due under the terms of the loan or lease to which the damaged covered "auto" is subject at the time of the "loss" less the amount of: a_ Overdue payments and financial penalties associated with those payments as of the date of the"loss"; b. Financial penalties imposed under a lease due to high mileage, excessive use or abnormal wear and tear, c. Costs for extended warranties; Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan or lease, d. Transfer or rollover balances from previous loans or leases, e. Final payment due under a"Balloon Loan", f. The dollar amount of any unrepaired damage which occurred prior to the "total loss" of a covered "auto", g. Security deposits not refunded by a lessor, h. All refunds payable or paid to you as a result of the early termination of a lease agreement or as a result of the early termination of any warranty or extended service agreement on a covered "auto", L Any amount representing taxes; j. Loan or lease termination fees; or 2. The actual cash value of the damage or stolen property as of the time of the "loss". An adjustment for depreciation and physical condition will be made in determining the actual cash value at the time of the "loss". This adjustment is not applicable in Texas. B. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS This coverage applies only to the original loan for which the covered "auto" that incurred the loss serves as collateral, or lease written on the covered "auto" that incurred the loss. C. SECTION V - DEFINTIONS is changed by adding the following: i As used in this endorsement provision; the following definitions apply: "'Total loss" means a "loss" in which, the cost of repairs plus the salvage value exceeds the actual cash value. I A. "balloon loan" is one with periodic payments that are insufficient to repay the balance over the term of the loan; thereby requiring a large final payment. i (D2010 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company. All rights reserved. I I CA 88 10 01 10 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, with its permission. Page 5 of' i i i I I i https: //www.silverplunie.coin/SPOiiline/SPSage.aspx?c►md=doc&id=RC'4553&rd=155736... 3/29/2013 16. GLASS REPAIR - WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE Paragraph D. Deductible of SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended by the addition of the following: No deductible applies to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced. 16. PARKED AUTO COLLISION COVERAGE (WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE) Paragraph D. Deductible of SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended by the addition of the following: The deductible does not apply to"loss" caused by collision to such covered "auto" of the private passenger type or light weight truck with a gross vehicle weight of 10,000 lbs. or less as defined by the manufacturer as maximum loaded weight the "auto" is designed to carry while it is; a. In the charge of an "insured"b. Legally parked; and c. Unoccupied. The "loss" must be reported to the police authorities within 24 hours of known damage. The total amount of the damage to the covered "auto" must exceed the deductible shown in the Declarations. This provision does not apply to any"loss" if the covered "auto" is in the charge of any person or organization engaged in the automobile business. SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS is amended as follows: 17. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS SECTION IV- BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, Paragraph B.2. is amended by adding the following: If you unintentionally fail to disclose any hazards, exposures or material facts existing as of the inception date or renewal date of the Business Auto Coverage Form, the coverage afforded by this policy will not be prejudiced. However, you must report the undisclosed hazard of exposure as soon as practicable after its discovery, and we have the right to collect additional premium for any such hazard or exposure. 18. AMENDED DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT, OR LOSS SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, paragraph A.2.a. is.replaced in its entirety by the following: a. In the event of "accident", claim, "suit" or"loss you must promptly notify us when it is known to: 1. You, if you are an individual; 2. A partner, if you are a partnership; 3. Member, if you are a limited liability company; 4. An executive officer or the "employee" designated by the Named Insured to give such notice, if you are a corporation. To the extent possible, notice to us should include: (1) How, when and where the "accident" or "loss" took place, (2) The "insureds" name and address; and (3) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses. 19. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US SECTION IV BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, paragraph A.5., Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others to Us, is amended by the addition of the following: If the person or organization has waived those rights before an "accident or "loss", our rights are waived also. I I' I C)201 O. Liberty Mutual Insurance Company. All rights reserved. CA 88 10 01 10 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, with its permission. Page 6' of' I I I I ~I II I i i I I Ali I https://www. silverplunie.coin/SPOtiline/SPSage.aspx?ctnd=doe&id=RC4553&rd=155736... 3/29/2013 20. HIRED AUTO COVERAGE TERRITORY SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, paragraph B.7., Policy Period, Coverage Territory, is amended by the addition of the following: f. For "autos" hired 30 days or less, the coverage territory is anywhere in the world, provided that the insureds responsibility to pay for damages is determined in a "suit", on the merits, in the United States, the territories' and possessions of the United States of America, Puerto Rico or Canada or in a settlement we agree to. This extension of coverage does not apply to an "auto" hired, leased, rented or borrowed with a driver. SECTION V - DEFINITIONS is amended as follows: 21. BODILY INJURY REDEFINED Under SECTION V - DEFINTIONS, definition C. is replaced by the following: "Bodily injury" means physical injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright or death resulting from any of these at any time. COMMMON POLICY CONDITIONS ' 22. EXTENDED CANCELLATION CONDITION COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS, paragraph A.-CANCELLATION condition applies except as follows: If we cancel for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, we will mail to the first Named Insured written notice of cancellation at least 60 days before the effective date of cancellation. This provision does not apply in those states which require more than 60 days prior notice of cancellation. 02010 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company. All rights reserved. CA 08 10 01 10 Includes copyrighted material of insurance Services Office, with its permission. Page 7 of ,cc Regional Companies Group l~ II I I ~I I COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 88100413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. I COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EXTENSION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART INDEX SUBJECT PAGE NON-OWNED AIRCRAFT 2 NON-OWNED WATERCRAFT 2 PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY - ELEVATORS 2 EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) 2 I MEDICAL PAYMENTS EXTENSION 3 EXTENSION OF SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS - COVERAGES A AND B 3 ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 3 PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY-ADDITIONAL INSURED EXTENSION 5 I ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - EXTENDED PROTECTION OF YOUR "LIMITS OF INSURANCE" 6 WHO IS AN INSURED- INCIDENTAL MEDICAL ERRORS/MALPRACTICE AND WHO IS AN 6 INSURED - FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXTENSION - MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES NEWLY FORMED OR ADDITIONALLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES 7 FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS AND PRIOR OCCURRENCES 7 KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT 7 LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE 7 BODILY INJURY REDEFINED 7 EXTENDED PROPERTY DAMAGE 8 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST:OTHERS TO US- 8 WHEN REQUIRED IN A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH YOU I i i it i0 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 1004 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance. Services. Office. Inc_, with its permission. Page 1 of 8 i I i i III I I I~ I i ICI II ~I I I i i I I i it I i i i, I i I With respect to coverage afforded by this endorsement, the provisions of the policy apply unless modified by the endorsement. A. NON-OWNED AIRCRAFT I Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft does not apply to an aircraft provided: 1'. It is not owned by any insured; 2. It is hired, chartered or loaned with a trained paid crew; 3. The pilot in command holds a currently effective certificate, issued by the duly constituted authority of the United States of America or Canada, designating her or him a commercial or airline pilot; and 4. It is not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. However, the insurance afforded by this provision does not apply if there is available to the insured other valid and collectible insurance, whether primary, excess (other than insurance written to apply specifically in excess of this policy), contingent or on any other basis; that would also apply to the loss covered under this provision. B. NON-OWNED WATERCRAFT Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section, I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, Subparagraph 2 of exclusion Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft is replaced b the following: This exclusion does not apply to: (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a) Less than 52 feet long; and (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. C. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY - ELEVATORS 1. Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage :A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, Subparagraphs(3), (4) and (6) of exclusion j. Damage To Propertydo not apply if such "property damage" results from the use of elevators. For the purpose of this provision, elevators do not include vehicle lifts. Vehicle lifts are lifts or hoists used in automobile service or repair operations. 2. The following is added to Section IV-Commercial General Liability Conditions, Condition 4. Other Insurance,Paragraph b. Excess Insurance: The insurance afforded by this provision of this endorsement is excess over any property insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. D. EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) If Damage To Premises Rented To You is not otherwise excluded from this Coverage Part: 1. Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability: a. The fourth from the last paragraph of exclusion j. Damage To Property is replaced by the following: Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage (other than damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, or leakage from an automatic fire protection system) to: I (i) Premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days; or (ii) Contents that you rent or lease as part of a premises rental or lease agreement for a period of more than 7 days. Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" to contents of premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in Section III I I~ I Limits of Insurance. D, 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 1004 13 includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 8 I I II I I II I III I III II I b. The last paragraph of subsection 2. Exclusions is replaced by the following: Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke or leakage from automatic fire protection systems to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises. Rented To You as described in Section III - Limits Of Insurance. 2. Paragraph S. under Section III - Limits Of Insurance is replaced by the following: 6. Subject to Paragraph S. above, the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage Afor damages because of "property damage" to: a. Any one premise: (1) While rented to you; or (2) While rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner for damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke or leakage from automatic protection systems; or b. Contents that you rent or lease as part of a premises rental or lease agreement. 3. As regards coverage provided by this provision D. EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) - Paragraph9.a. of Definitions is replaced with the following: 9.a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, or leakage from automatic fire protection systems to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner, or for damage to contents of such premises that are included in your premises rental or lease agreement, is not an "insured contract". E. MEDICAL PAYMENTS EXTENSION If Coverage C Medical Payments is not otherwise excluded, the Medical Payments provided by this policy are amended as follows: Under Paragraph 1. Insuring Agreement of Section I - Coverage C - Medical Payments, Subparagraph (b) of Paragraph a. is replaced by the following: (b) The expenses are incurred and reported within three years of the date of the accident; and F. EXTENSION OF SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS - COVERAGES A AND B 1. Under Supplementary Payments -Coverages A and B, Paragraph 1.b. is replaced by the following: b. Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 2. Paragraph 1.d. is replaced by the following: d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or"suit°, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. i G. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 1. Paragraph 2. under Section II - Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured any person or organization whom you have agreed to add as an additional insured in a written contract, written agreement or permit. Such person or organization is an additional insured but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused in whole or in part by: a. Your acts or omissions, or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf, in the performance of your on going operations for the additional insured that are the subject of the written contract or written agreement provided that the "bodily injury" or "property I I damage" occurs, or the "personal and advertising injury" is committed, subsequent to the signing of such written contract or written agreement; or I O 2013 Liberty Mutual.Insurance CG 88100413 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 8 I II ~I ~I I I I ~I I ~I i I ICI i III i i i i b. Premises or facilities rented by you or used by you; or c. The maintenance, operation or use by you of equipment rented or leased to you by such person or organization; or d. Operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or political subdivision has issued a permit subject to the following additional provisions: (1) This insurance does not apply to"bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury"arising out of the operations performed for the state or political subdivision, (2) This insurance does not applyto"bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "completed operations hazard". I (3) Insurance applies to premises you own, rent, or control but only with respect to the following hazards: a) The existence, maintenance, repair, construction, erection, or removal of advertising signs, awnings, canopies, cellar entrances, coal holes, driveways, manholes, marquees, hoist away openings, sidewalk vaults', street banners, or decorations and similar exposures; or (b) The construction, erection, or removal of elevators; or (c) The ownership, maintenance, or use of any elevators covered by this insurance, However: 1. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. With respect to Paragraph 1.a. above, a person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when: (1) All work; including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work on the project p ~ Other than service, maintenance or repairs) is be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed, or i (2) That portion of "your wcrk" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. With respect to Paragraph 1.b. above, a person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when their written contract or written agreement with you for such premises or facilities ends. With respects to Paragraph 1.c. above, this insurance does not apply to any "occurrence" which takes place after the equipment rental or lease agreement has expired or you have returned such equipment to the lessor. The insurance provided by this endorsement applies only if the written contract or written agreement is signed prior to the "bodily injury" or "property damage". 1 I . We have no duty to defend an additional insured' under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a. "suit" by the additional insured as required in Paragraph b. of Condition 2. Duties In the Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit under Section IV - Commercial General Liability' Conditions. i 02013 Liberty Mutual. Insurance CG 88100413 Includes copyrighted material of insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 8 2. With respect to the insurance provided by this endorsement, the following are added to Paragraph 2. Exclusionsunder Section I - Coverage A Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability: This insurance does not apply to: a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage"arising from the sole negligence of the additional insured. b. "Bodily injury" or "property damage"that occurs prior to you commencing operations at the location where such"bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs. C. 'Bodily injury', "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings; opinions, reports, surveys; field orders, change. orders or drawings and specifications; or (2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision; hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the "occurrence" which caused the "bodily injury" or "property damage", or the offense which caused the "personal and advertising injury", involved the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services. I d. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: (1) All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed' by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or (2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. e. Any person or organization specifically designated as an additional insured for ongoing operations by a separate ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS endorsement issued by us and made a part of this policy. 3. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III - Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement„the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: a. Required by the contract or agreement; or b. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. H. PRIMARY AND-NON-CONTRIBUTORY ADDITIONAL INSURED EXTENSION This provision applies to any person or organization who qualifies as an additional insured under any form or endorsement under this policy. i . Condition 4. Other Insurance of SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is amended as follows: a. The following is added to Paragraph a. Primary Insurance: If an additional insured's policy has an Other Insurance provision making its policy excess, and you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement to provide the additional insured coverage on a primary and noncontributory basis, this policy shall be primary and we will not seek contribution from the additional insured's policy for damages we cover- (D 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance. CG 88 1004 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 8 i II I i I III li i I it I II ReferenceConnect Document: Edition 04-13 Page 10 of 14 I b. The following is added to Paragraph b. Excess Insurance: When a written contract or written agreement, other than a premises lease, facilities rental contract or agreement, an equipment rental or lease contract or agreement, or permit issued by a state or political subdivision between you and an additional insured does not require this insurance to be primary or primary and 'non-contributory; this insurance is excess over any other insurance for which the additional insured is designated as a Named Insured. Regardless of the written agreement between you and an additional insured, this insurance is excess over any other insurance whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis for which the additional insured has been added as an additional insured on other policies. 1. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - EXTENDED PROTECTION OF YOUR "LIMITS OF INSURANCE This provision applies to any person or organization who qualifies as an additional insured under any form or endorsement under this policy. 1. The following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit: An additional insured under this endorsement will as soon as practicable: i ° a. Give written notice of an "occurrence" or an offense that may result in a claim or "suit"under this insurance to us; j b. Tender the defense and indemnity of any claim or "suit" to all insurers whom also have insurance available to the additional insured; and c. Agree to make available any other insurance which the additional insured has fora loss we cover under this Coverage Part. d. We have no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a "suit" by the additional insured. 2. The limits of insurance applicable to the additional insured are those specified in a written contract or written agreement or the limits of insurance as stated in the Declarations of this policy and defined in Section III - Limits of Insurance of this policy, whichever are less. These limits are inclusive of and not in addition to the limits of insurance available under this policy. J. WHO IS AN INSURED - INCIDENTAL MEDICAL ERRORS 1 MALPRACTICE WHO IS AN INSURED - FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXTENSION - MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES Paragraph 2.a.(1) of Section II -Who Is An Insured is replaced with the following: (1) "Bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury": (a) To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), to your members (if you are a limited liability company), to a co-"employee" while in the course of his or her employment or performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or to your other "volunteer workers" while performing duties related to the conduct of your business, (b) To the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that co-"employee" or "volunteer worker" as a consequence of Paragraph (1) (a) above; (c) For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in Paragraphs (1) (a) or (b) above', or (d) Arising out of his or her.providing or failing to.provide professional health care services. However, if you are not in the business of providing professional health care services i I i I https://www.silverplume.co n~'sponline/SPSage.aspx?cmd doc&id=R.C36564&r... 1/10/2014 ReferenceConnect Document: Edition 04-13 Page 11 of 14 I , or providing professional health care personnel to others, or if coverage for providing professional health care services is not otherwise excluded by separate endorsement, this provision (Paragraph (d)) does not apply. I I ! O 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 1004 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with Its permission. Page ,6 of 8 Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to "bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury" caused by an "employee" who is acting in a supervisory capacity for you. Supervisory capacity as used herein means the "employee's" job responsibilities assigned by you, includes the direct supervision of other '.employees" of yours. However, none of these ".employees" are insureds for"bodily injury' or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of their willful conduct, which is defined as the purposeful or willful intent to cause"bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury", or caused in whole or in part by their intoxication by liquor or controlled substances. The coverage provided by provision J. is excess over any other valid and collectable insurance available to your "employee". K. NEWLY FORMED OR ADDITIONALLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES Paragraph 3. of Section 11 - Who Is An Insured is replaced by the following: I 3. Any organization you newly acquire or form and over which you maintain ownership or majority interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other similar insurance available to that organization. However: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the expiration of the policy period in which the entity was acquired or formed by you; b. Coverage Adoes not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and c. Coverage Bdoes not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. d. Records and descriptions of operations must be maintained by the first Named Insured. No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations or qualifies as an insured under this provision. L. FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS AND PRIOR OCCURRENCES Under Section IV - Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 6. Representations: Your failure to disclose all hazards or prior "occurrences" existing as of the inception date of the policy shall not prejudice the coverage afforded by this policy provided such failure to disclose all hazards or prior "occurrences" is not intentional. M. KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT Under Section IV - Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit: i Knowledge of an "occurrence", offense, claim or "suit" by an agent, servant or "employee" of any insured shall not in itself constitute knowledge of the insured unless an insured listed under Paragraph 1. of Section II - Who Is An Insured or a person who has been designated by them to receive reports of 'occurrences°, offenses, claims or "suits" shall have received such notice from the agent, servant or "employee". N. LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE If we revise this Commercial General Liability Extension Endorsement to provide more coverage without additional premium charge, your policy will automatically provide the coverage as of the day the revision https : //www. silverplume, co;m/sponliner SPSage.aspx?cmd=doc&id=RC36i564&r... 1/10/2014 ReferenceConnect Document: Edition 04-13 Page 12 of 14 I is effective in your state. 0. BODILY INJURY REDEFINED I Under Section V - Definitions, Definition 3. is replaced by the following: 3. "Bodily Injury" means physical injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person. This includes mental anguish, mental injury, shock; fright or death that results from such physical injury, sickness or disease. C 2013 .Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88100413 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 7 of 8 ~I I it I I - I I I ~I I i I littps://www.silverplunie..coinisponline, SPSape.aspx?cmd=doc&id=RC36564&anip;r,.. 1/10/2014 Reference Connect Document: Edition 04-13 Page 13 of 14 P. EXTENDED PROPERTY DAMAGE Exclusion a. of COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY is replaced by the following: a. Expected Or Intended Injury "Bodily injury" or "property damage" expected or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage': resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. Q. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US - WHEN REQUIRED IN A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH YOU i Under Section IV - Commercial General Liability Conditions; the following is added to Condition 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us: i We waive any right of recovery we may have against a person or organization because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products-completed operations hazard" provided: 1. You and that person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that you waive such rights against that person or organization; and 2. The injury or damage.occurs subsequent to the execution of the written contractor written agreement. II ICI II i ii I https: Iwww. silverplume.coin./ sponlineiSPSage.aspx?cmd=doc&id=RC36564&r... 1/10/2014 ReferenceConnect Document: Edition 04-13 Page 14 of 14 I I 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 1004 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 8 of 8 Occ Regional Companies Group i i i I i ~I it I I j littpsJ/www.silverplunie.coin`sponlinel/SPSage.aspx?cmd=doe&id=RC36564&anip;r,.. 1/10/2014 AUG-25-2014 17:16 Ward Insurance 541 342 8280 P.002/002 ACCMEY CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MMIDOIYYYY) 8/25/2014 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder In lieu of such endorsement s). PRODUCER NNAAME CT Sandy Graham Ward Insurance Agency PHONE (5541) 687-1117 FAX (541)392-8280 PO Box 10167 L .sandy@wardinsurance.net INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # Eugene OR 97440 INSURER A -Travelers -WC (ARP) INSURED INSURER B: Roxy Ann Rock, Inc. INSURER C: PO Box 4488 INSURER D: INSURER E : Medford OR 97501 INSURE F' COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:CL1462328850 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADDLISUBRI POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER MIDDfYYYY MM DIYYYY GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE C011MERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREMI S (Ea occurren<* RENTED $ CLA AS-MADE F OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ PERSONAL& ADV INJURY $ GENERAL AGGREGATE $ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER PRODUCTS- COMP/OP AGG $ POLICY PRO- LOC $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ovn SINGLE L MI Ea awcri nt $ ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ALL OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ AUTOS AUTOS NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ HIRED AUTOS AUTOS U 1 $ UMBRELLA LIAB OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ EXCESS LIAR HCLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTIONS $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION T "'IC STATU- OTH AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY LIMITS YIN ANY PROPRIETORJPARTNEWEXECUTIVE ❑ E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 500,000 OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA NB4g53F063 /12/2016 /12/2015 (Mandatory in NH) E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ 500,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS Wow E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 500,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSI LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space Is required) Re: Ashland Creek Park CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Ashland ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 20 East Main Street Ashland, OR 97520 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE C Christensen/SANDY csw- ACORD 25 (2010/05) (Ei 1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. INS026 poloo5).o1 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD TOTAL P.002 AUG-25-2014 17:16 Ward Insurance 541 342 8280 P.001/002 6 D Insurmnc® 08/25/2014 To: Kari Company: City of Ashland Fax M 1-541-488-5320 From: Sandy Graham Tel M 541-687-1117 Fax M 541-342-8280 email: sandy@wardinsurance.not Subject: Workers' Compensation Certificate for Roxy Ann Rock Inc. Page 1 11 ASHLAND PARK COMMISSION DATE PO NUMBER 20 E MAIN ST. ASHLAND, OR 97520 8/21/2014 00385 (541) 488-5300 VENDOR: 004105 SHIP TO: ROXY ANN ROCK PO BOX 4488 MEDFORD, OR 97501 FOB Point: Req. No.: Terns: net Dept.: Req. Del. Date: Contact: Brucke Dickens Special Inst: Confirming? No Quantity Unit Description Unit Price Ext. Price Construction of Ashland Creek Park 477,509.00 27 Hersey Street, Ashland Public Improvement Contract Approved by Council 07/15/2014 Completion date: 152 calendar days followinq Contractor's receipt of Notice to Proceed SUBTOTAL 477 509.00 BILL TO: TAX 0.00 FREIGHT 0.00 TOTAL 477,509.00 Account Number Project Number' Amount Account Number Project Number Amount E 411.12.00.00.70420 E 000054.999 477,509.00 f Authorize atur VENDOR COPY FORM#3 /f L J~ CITY OF r SHLAND -ASHLAND REQUISITION Date of request: Required date for delivery: 72 Vendor Name RC) Gk- Cpl'S4- C fl 'm Address, City, State, Zip fy) 1-:-p Fjg ) j9- C37SD Contact Name & Telephone Number l C -7L4 5-Fax Number SOURCING METHOD i ❑ Exempt from Competitive Biddincl ❑ Reason for exemption: Invitation to Bid (Copies on file) - ❑ AMC 2.50 Date approved by Council: ? ! ❑ Written quote or proposal attached uL' w1 1„ ❑ Small Procurement Less than $5,000 ❑ Request for Proposal (Copies o file) ❑ Direct Award Date approved by Council: BY: ~ ~ ❑ Verbal/Written quote(s) or proposal(s) Intermediate Procurement ❑ Sole Source GOODS & SERVICES ❑ Applicable Form (#5,6, 7 or 8) $5,000 to $100,000 ❑ Written quote or proposal attached ❑ (3) Written quotes and solicitation attached ❑ Form #4, Personal Services $5K to $75K PERSONAL SERVICES ❑ Special Procurement $5,000 to $75,000 ❑ Form #9, Request for Approval ❑ Less than $35,000, by direct appointment ❑ Written quote or proposal attached ❑ (3) Written proposals/written solicitation Date approved by Council: ❑ Form #4, Personal Services $5K to $75K Valid until: Date Description of SERVICES Total Cost (0 Yee_~_ fD 7 7 C ~5c'- ~-J A4t la,/rvb 0 Je Item # Quantity Unit Description of MATERIALS Unit Price Total Cost TOTAL COST' ❑ Per attached quotelproposal $ Project NumberAccount Number Account Numbergl - Z CC - _7D' I- CD Account Number `Expenditure must be charged to the appropriate account numbers for the financials to accurately reflect the actual expenditures. IT Director in collaboration with department to approve all hardware and software purchases: T Director Date Support -Yes /No By signing this requisition form, I certi that the City's public contracting requirements have been satisfied. Employee: Department Head: / ` 1 (Equ'I u greater than $5,000) Department Manager/Supervisor: City Administrator: i~ - (Equal to or greater than $25,000) Funds appropriated for current fiscal year. YES 1 NO Finance Director- (Equal to or greater An $5, 000) Date Comments: Form #3 - Requisition Kari Qlson ° From: Kari Olson [kari.olson@ashland.or.us] Sent: Monday, August 25, 2014 4:24 PM To: 'Bruce Dickens' Cc: 'Karl Olson' Subject: Roxy Ann I took another look at what you sent me. And, I only received a couple pages of the contract. The following docs get forwarded with a copy of the PO to the City Recorder's office: 1. COMPLETE original signed contract (I only received a couple pages????) 2. Performance Bonds? (Aren't they required for Public Improvement projects?) 3. Workers' Comp Insurance 4. Form #12 ? (Did you get Form #12 signed by Lee prior to releasing the Invitation to Bid?) Can you send over the missing docs so I can attach them to a copy of the PO and forward them to City Recorder's office. Thank you. Kariann Olson Purchasing Representative City of Ashland 90 N. Mountain Avenue Ashland, OR 97520 Tel: 541.488.5354 Fax: 541.488.5320 TTY: 800.735.2900 kari.olson@ashland.or.us Visit the City's web site at: www.ashland.or.us This email transmission is official business of the City of Ashland, and it is subject to Oregon Public Records law for disclosure and retention. If you have received this message in error, please contact me at (541) 488-5354. Thank you. 1 PROJECT MANUAL PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT& BID DOCUMENTS FOR THE FOLLOWING PARKS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT: ASHLAND CREEK PARK May 14, 2014 CITY OF SHLAND~ ASHLAND PARKS AND RECREATION 340 SOUTH PIONEER STREET ASHLAND OR 97520 541/488-5340 (voice) 541/488-5314 (fax) City Project Number: 000054.999 Project Name: Ashland Creek Park Project Location: 27 East Hersey Street, Ashland, Oregon 97520 Project Type. New Park Construction Project Completion: 152 Calendar days Pre-Bid Conference: 9:00 AM on Fridav, May 23, 2014 Bids Due by- 3:00 PM on Tuesday, June 10, 2014 Owners Representative: Bruce Dickens, Parks Superintendent Project Manager: Steve Ennis Landscape Architect: Laurie Sager, Laurie Sager Landscape Architects Architect: Carlos Delgado, Carlos Delgado Architect Civil Engineer: Mike Thornton, Thornton Engineering Forward The documents and forms which are attached, or for which provisions are made, must be used in submitting proposals for the Ashland Creek Park for the City of Ashland, Oregon, as covered by the Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction, 2008 edition, Oregon Department of Transportation and American Public Works Association, Oregon Chapter and other pertinent specifications where indicated. The Technical Specifications in Part II of this Invitation to Bid govern if there is a conflict between those specifications and the Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction. These bid and contract documents, specifications, and plans, although bound separately, are made a part of the complete document with the same force and effect as though all parts and plans referred to were under one binding. Should addenda to the specifications become necessary and be issued prior to the date of receiving bids, they shall be deemed a part of the Special Provisions. t,N,u,id C'r~ 2 DDENDUM Project: Ashland Creek Park Project No.: 000054.999 Addendum No.: 01 Project Address: 27 East Hersey Street. Ashland. OR 97520 Date: June 5. 2014 Owner: City of Ashland Ashland Parks and Recreation From (Project Manager): Steve Ennis Instructions to Prospective Bidders: This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Bidding Documents and/or prior Addenda as noted below. All conditions, requirements, materials and workmanship are to be as described in the Contract Documents unless specifically stated otherwise. This Addendum consists of three pages, plus the attached 2-page Bid Schedule (total of five 8'%" x 11" pages), and replacements for Drawings C-3, PW2 and D1 (total of three 24"x 36" pages); for a total of 8 pages. 1. Changes to prior Addenda: (none) 2. Changes to Part I - Bid & Contract Documents: a. Notice to Contractors/Invitation to Bid. Delete the last paragraph on page 15 and replace it with the following: All bids shall be accompanied by a Project Schedule, based on a notice to proceed date of Monday, July 7, 2014. See page 10 and Exhibit J for other bid submittal requirements. b. Proposal and Bid Schedule. In paragraph 14 on page 18, delete'five percent" and replace itwith'ten percent". C. Proposal and Bid Schedule. Delete Bid Schedule on pages 22 and 23. Replace it with the attached Bid Schedule. d. Exhibit A. Delete the last sentence of paragraph 8 on page 31 and replace it with the following: A written notice to proceed is expected to be issued no sooner than Monday. July 7, 2014. 3. Changes to Part II - Technical Specifications: a. Section 07 4619 - Steel Siding. Delete 2. 1, A, 1, 3), and replace it with the following: 3) Classic Rib (26 gauge), by Metal Sales Manufacturing Corporation, Spokane, WA. (800) 572-6565. b. Section 07 6100 - Sheet Metal Roofing. Delete 2. 1, A, 2, c, and replace it with the following: C. Image II (minor ribs), 1' high x 16" o.c., 26 gauge, by Metal Sales Manufacturing Corporation, Spokane, WA (800) 572-6565. c. Section 31 0501 - Common Earthwork Requirements. Add the following to paragraph 3.2: B. Use of Water for Construction: 1. Water from existing 1 landscape water meter may be used for construction purposes, including dust control and filling of water trucks. 2. Bulk water use from City of Ashland fire hydrants will not be allowed. 3. Any future water restrictions imposed by the City of Ashland that impact the scope of work will be addressed as change orders. d. Section 31 1123 - Aggregate Base. Delete 3.2, A, 2, a, and replace it with the following: a. Place 10 inches minimum of aggregate base under vapor retarder, level, and compact with vibratory plate compactor. e. Section 31 1123 - Aggregate Base. Delete 3.2, A, 3, and replace it with the following: 3. Miscellaneous exterior concrete aggregate base: a. Place 12 inches minimum of aggregate base, level, and compact as specified in Section 312323. June 5, 2014 Page 1 of 3 f. Section 31 1413 - Topsoil Stripping And Stockpiling. Delete 3.1, B, and replace it with the following: B After stripping vegetation layer, strip existing topsoil additional (verify depth on site prior to removal) from areas to receive buildings and paving and store on site for later use. 1. Existing topsoil is property of Contractor with restriction that topsoil is to be used first for Project landscape topsoil requirements and second for non-structural fill and backfill. 2. After Project fill, backfill, and landscape topsoil requirements are satisfied, Owner will remove excess existing topsoil from site. Do not remove existing topsoil from site without Architect's written approval. g. Section 31 2316 - Excavation. Add the following to 3.3, B, 1: C. Perform all excavation in conformance with the recommendations of the Project Geotechnical Engineer as presented in the Subsurface Investigation and Geotechnical Engineering Report, January 4, 2010. d. Excavate all areas to receive structural fill (buildings and hard surfaces) to remove the remnant topsoil, and uncontrolled fill. This depth of excavation will range on the order of 2.2 to 5.5 feet below existing grade (see report for test pit information). Obtain approval from the Geotechnical Engineer of the excavated soil sub-grade prior to placement of structural fill. h. Section 31 2323 - Fill. Add the following to 3.2, B, 1: d. Perform all fill in conformance with the recommendations of the Project Geotechnical Engineer as presented in the Subsurface Investigation and Geotechnical Engineering Report, January 4, 2010. e. Extend the structural fill at least two feet beyond the edge of the structure or slab and down to the native sub-grade. Use imported crushed rock (see the report for acceptable structural fill materials) for structural fill material. Have the Geotechnical Engineer present during placement of structural fill to observe the work 4. Changes to Part III - Project Drawings: a. Drawing L-2.0 - Demolitionfrree Protection and Removal Plan. Delete the note that reads" "(E) SHED TO BE RELOCATED" and replace it with the following: (E) 50 SF SHED TO BE SAVED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND RELOCATED TO NEW COMMUNITY GARDEN. LOCATION AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. NO FOUNDATION EXISTS OR IS REQUIRED. b. Drawing L-3.0 - Site Plan. At the Greenhouse by Owner, delete the portion of note that reads "REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR FOUNDATION DETAIL". C. Drawing L-3.0 - Site Plan. Delete the note that reads "PLACE 12" OF TOPSOIL BY OWNER IN ALL PLANTING AREAS OF COMMUNITY GARDEN" and replace it with the following: PLACE 12" OF IMPORTED TOPSOIL IN ALL PLANTING AREAS OF COMMUNITY GARDEN d. Drawing L-3.0 - Site Plan. Add the following note to the gates shown just south of the Compost Area By Owner: ENTRY GATES, SEE 6!1-7.0 e. Drawing L-7.0 - Details. At Detail 4, delete the note that reads "6" of minus gravel compacted" and replace it with the following: 12" deep Y." minus compacted crushed rock f. Drawing L-7.0 - Details. At Detail 5, delete the note that reads "6" deep minus gravel compacted" and replace it with the following: 12" deep 3/." minus compacted crushed rock g. Drawing L-7.0 - Details. At Detail 8, delete the note that reads "6" Compacted Gravel Base" and replace it with the following: 12" deep minus compacted crushed rock h. Drawing L-7.0 - Details. At Detail 9, delete the note that reads "6" compacted W minus gravel base" and replace it with the following: 12" deep minus compacted crushed rock I. Drawing L-7.0 - Details. At Detail 8, delete the note that reads "Extend gravel base 6" beyond edge of concrete" and replace it with the following: Extend crushed rock base 6" beyond edge of concrete and slope outward 1 H to 1V to structural fill June 5, 2014 Page 2 of 3 j. Drawing L-7.0 - Details. Add the following notes to Details 2, 5, 8 & 9: GENERAL NOTES a. Excavation: Perform all excavation, fill and grading in conformance with the recommendations of the Project Geotechnical Engineer as presented in the Subsurface Investigation and Geotechnical Engineering Report, January 4, 2010. b. Site preparation: Strip all areas to receive structural fill (buildings and hard surfaces) to remove the root mat, topsoil, remnant topsoil, and uncontrolled fill. This depth of stripping will range on the order of 2.2 to 5.5 feet below existing grade (see report for test pit information). Obtain approval from the Geotechnical Engineer of the excavated soil sub-grade prior to placement of structural fill. C. Structural fill: Extend the structural fill at least two feet beyond the edge of the structure or slab down to the native sub-grade. Use imported crushed rock (see the report for acceptable structural fill materials) for structural fill material. Have the Geotechnical Engineer present during placement of structural fill to observe the work d. Hard surfacing and slabs-on-grade: Provide at least one-foot of clean free-draining granular soil beneath the hard surfaces. This free-draining granular soil includes sand, crushed rock and structural fill. k Drawing S1 - Structural Details. Add the following notes: GENERAL NOTES a. Excavation: Perform all excavation, fill and grading in conformance with the recommendations of the Project Geotechnical Engineer as presented in the Subsurface Investigation and Geotechnical Engineering Report, January 4, 2010. b. Site preparation: Strip all areas to receive structural fill (buildings and hard surfaces) to remove the root mat, topsoil, remnant topsoil, and uncontrolled fill. This depth of stripping will range on the order of 2.2 to 5.5 feet below existing grade (see report for test pit information). Obtain approval from the Geotechnical Engineer of the excavated soil sub-grade prior to placement of structural fill. c. Structural fill: Extend the structural fill at least two feet beyond the edge of the structure or slab down to the native sub-grade. Use imported crushed rock (see the report for acceptable structural fill materials) for structural fill material. Have the Geotechnical Engineer present during placement of structural fill to observe the work. d. Hard surfacing and slabs-on-grade: Provide at least one-foot of clean free-draining granular soil beneath the hard surfaces. This free-draining granular soil includes sand, crushed rock and structural fill. 1. Drawing S1 - Structural Details. Add the following below Details 3 & 4: (KIOSK) m. Drawing S1 - Structural Details. At Details 4, 7, 8, 9 & 10 delete "4" min. minus gravel' and replace them with the following: 10" min Y." minus crushed rock n. Drawing S1 - Structural Details. At Details 4, 7, 8, 9 & 10 delete "2" sand over vapor barrier over 10 mil vapor barrier" and replace them with the following: 2" fine aggregate over 15 mil vapor barrier o. Drawing S1 - Structural Details. Delete "AND TOOL SHED" below Detail 5. p. Drawing S1 - Structural Details. Add the following below Detail 7: TOOLSHED q. Drawing S1 - Structural Details. Add the following below Detail 8: MULTI USE SHELTER & KIOSK r. Drawing S1 - Structural Details. At Detail 10, delete "2x6 CEDAR PLATE" and replace it with the following: 2x10 CEDAR PLATE S. Drawing C3 - Utility Plan. Replace this drawing with the attached drawing C3, dated 614/14. t. Drawing PW2 - Hersey Street Improvements, Hersey Street - Plan & Profile. Replace this drawing with attached drawing PW2, dated 5/23/14. u. Drawing D1 - Details. Replace this drawing with attached drawing D1, dated 5/23/14. End of Addendum June 5, 2014 Page 3 of 3 City of Ashland FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE FORM (As Required by ORS 279C.370 and OAR 137-049-360) ASHLAND CREEK PARK PROJECT 000054.999 - Bid Closing Date: June 10, 2014 NAME OF CONTRACTOR: NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR CATEGORY OF WORK DOLLAR VALUE 1. 2. 3 4 d 1 , 6 t s/l T 7 8 9 10 • List above the Name, Dollar Value and Category of Work of each subcontractor that will be furnishing labor or labor and materials and that is required to be disclosed, the dollar value of the subcontract and the category of work that the subcontractor will be performing. Enter "NONE" if there are no subcontractors that need to be disclosed. (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS IF NEEDED). OLIN REPUBLI ' L-4st LANCE COMPANY ' * * * * POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY, a Pennsylvania stock insurance corporation, does make, constitute and appoint: KRISTEN MCGILLVREY, RUBY M. HASKELL, LARRY C BUCK, STEVEN J HANSON, TINA A COSTA,. OF EUGENE, OR its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority, not exceeding $20,000,000, for and on behalf of the Company as surety, to execute and deliver and affix the seal of the Company thereto (if a seal is required), bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations in the nature thereof, (other than self-insurance workers compensation bonds guaranteeing payment of benefits, asbestos abatement contract bonds, waste manage- ment bonds, hazardous waste remediation bonds or black lung bonds), as follows: ALL WRITTEN INSTRUMENTS IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED AN AGGREGATE OF TEN MILLION DOLLARS ($10,000,000) FOR ANY SINGLE OBLIGATION, REGARDLESS OF THE NUMBER OF INSTRUMENTS ISSUED FOR THE OBLIGATION. and to bind OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY thereby, and all of the acts of said Attorneys-in-Fact, pursuant to these presents, are ratified and confirmed. This document is not valid unless printed on colored background and is multi-colored. This appointment is made under and by authority of the board of directors at a meeting held on May 12, 2010. This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the board of directors of the OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY on May 12, 2010. RESOLVED FURTHER, that the chairman, president or any vice president of the Company's surety division, in conjunction with the secretary or any assistant secretary of the Company, be and hereby are authorized and directed to execute and deliver, to such persons as such officers of the Company may deem appropriate, Powers of Attorney in the form presented to and attached to the minutes of this meeting, authorizing such persons to execute and deliver and affix the seal of the Company to bonds, undertakings, recognizances, and suretyship obligations of all kinds, other than bail bonds, bank depository bonds, mortgage deficiency bonds, mortgage guaranty bonds, guarantees of installment paper, and note guaranty bonds. The said officers may revoke any Power of Attorney previously granted to any such person. The authority of any Power of Attorney granted by any such officer of the Company as aforesaid shall not exceed twenty million dollars ($20,000,000.00), except (a) bonds required to be filed as open. penalty bonds, and (b) bonds filed with any court or governmental authority requiring an unlimited penalty in bonds filed in that court. RESOLVED FURTHER, that any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or suretyship obligation shall be valid and binding upon the Company (i) when signed by the chairman, president or any vice president of the Company's surety division and attested and sealed (if a seal be required) by any secretary or assistant secretary; or (ii) when signed by a duly authorized Attorney-in-Fact and sealed with the seal of the Company (if a seal be required). RESOLVED FURTHER, that the signature of any officer designated above, and the seal of the Company, may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its proper officer, and its corporate' seal' to be affixed this 25TH day of JUNE, 2013. OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY uu u, ~ ,NfUR~ .y`G. ....NCB c J ,,.cex•e•+ge. P W' SEAL ice;; e~ Liss nt Secretary 0.ryNs+`~•e~~J - / I ''°~~xxx,ox,u"` Vice President STATE OF WISCONSIN, COUNTY OF WAUKESHA - SS On this 25TH day of JUNE, 2013 personally came before me, ALAN PAVLIC and PHYLLIS M JOHNSON to me known to be the individuals and officers of the OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY who executed the above instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, did severally depose and say; that they are said officers of the corporation aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the above instrument is the seal of the corporation, and that said corporate seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority of the board of directors of said organization. CIAgy,4 l x YL . Notary Public My commission expires: 9/28/14 CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, assistant secretary of the OLD REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY, a Pennsylvania corporation, CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power of Attorney remains' in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore, that the Resolutions of the board of directors set forth in the Power of Attorney, are now in force. 77-5930 it Si9ned and sealed at the City of Brookfield, WI this 10 ' daYof June 2 01 4 SEAL ; Oq~yxxnwx•"u"` Assistant _cretary WARD INSURANCE AGENCY INC. ORSC #22851 11006-R (5-10) EXHIBIT E BONDS CITY OF ASIU.AND STANDARD PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT 1310 HO N0 live, Wes Norton dba: Roxy Ann Rock, Inc. Q conmrution or patvtcrxttip duly rrlteni~ati utxkr lilt: laws of the SUlc of OR and •authmimd to trrntxa i business to the State of Oftott, ai " PRINCIPAL;' attd, We. Old Republic Insurance Company a corporation or partnership duly organiMd, trrdur the laws of the State of FYN anal authorized to irmsacl business in die Stale of Oregon, Ai `$t f R ETY hereby Inintly and severally bind ourw.lvra, our respective h. trx, t wcutnrx, udtnini:lruorr. successors and u,+ ov irnity by thsw presents co pay unto the City of Ashiriml, t rqm (ORLIC EF) the isu►n of IS_. o fien Percent of Bid Amount and no/100**** lkdlnra. The condition of the obligation of tlt s bond, is that the PRINCIPAL lk-rein hex in re; pones to City's Nwice rte Cawrocton aisd lwrilviiun rv Bid. suNuined its (Wfts for the i{~l4ltr+~.Js:rrelt,•Pork. which Offer is irwAq araled herein and male a put hereol' by this reference. attd Principal is required to Atndsh bid security in an antuttnt cgtul to licit I IM;) permnii of lie total amtauni of the hid Itursawnt to OHS 2?W-365 and lilt! City's public contracung nd4K and sonnies doevincats. NOW TiIRREFORli, if the 01144, milmnined by PRINC IPAI- is +scc~+ted.:tnd It' the Contract purmmsatt to du: Utter is awarded us the PRINCIPAL. and if the PRINCIPAL execute, wch aantraci and furnishes awtch gtwd rind surfrcicnl Perfonnamv and Payment Bantle as required by the I idduau and C:onunct doctmxans within ilk; tints spoeilied and lived by the Ikkunsans, then this obtilptuon shall be vo6l. wlwnvtsc it shall remain in lull force and etliY:t. If the PRINCIPAL- shall fail to execute the proposed Contract nod to t'umlah the Pax unnarua and Peyrnvnt Hontis. the SURETY hctuby agrees to pay the ORLIGL E the surety board stun as liquidded danwgc.% within ten 1.1111) days of such failure.. IN W17'1VM W1lEMOV, we have eamed this tnsirannatt to he executed mad scaled by our duly authorimd legal rgwcicntuivtn this _ 1-0th _ day or . June -M , 2n 14, Old Republic Insurance Company Wes Norton dba: Roxy Ann Rock, Inc. surety W Greenburg Rd #640, Portland OR 97223Pnnctls+iPO BOX 4488, Medford, OR 97501 re ff II :Wdresa Kristen McGillvrey Awma •in- 'a,zi (A cilitied Dopy of the Agent's Power of Attonivy must be attache A !►eretn.j iA1PO K[ANl - •SUrjjy c[Nnr g, ytii> 3Ol, 'tit at antic ar on the Tres 3+rS Cgartnun]n(A Cnrrt9{t 1191 (C_I tllai 5 70 .ih',jpalu Cfj) and Ix Qtula+txizetl to g~ tat the State oajrcRo L a Introduction and Table of Contents Contract documents are listed below. Documents are either attached or bound separately and available from the Project Manager. All Documents bound separately are incorporated into the Contract documents and have the same force and effect as though set forth in full herein. PAGE PART I - BID & CONTRACT DOCUMENTS NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS / INVITATION TO BID [ORS279C.360] .........................................14-15 PROPOSAL AND BID SCHEDULE ....................................................................................................16-23 FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE FORM ......................................................................24 PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT 25-27 CERTIFICATIONS OF REPRESENTAION .........................................................................................................28 STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS [EXHIBIT A] ...................................................................................29 1. Contractor is Independent Contractor ...........................................................................................................29 2. Subcontracts and Assignment .......................................................................................................................29 3. No Third Party Beneficiaries .........................................................................................................................29 4. Successors in Interest ....................................................................................................................................30 5. Contract Documents ......................................................................................................................................30 6. Contractor's Representations ........................................................................................................................30 7. Drug Testing [ORS 279C.505(2)] .................................................................................................................30 8. Notice to Proceed ..........................................................................................................................................31 9. Suspension of the Work ................................................................................................................................31 10. Early Termination .........................................................................................................................................31 11. Payment on Early Termination ......................................................................................................................32 12. Remedies .......................................................................................................................................................32 13. Access to Records .........................................................................................................................................32 14. Ownership of Work .......................................................................................................................................32 15. Compliance with Applicable Law .................................................................................................................33 16. Registration with Construction Contractor's Board ......................................................................................33 17. Prevailing Wages/ BOLI Fee ........................................................................................................................33 18. Hours of Labor /Overtime limitation [ORS 279C.520] [ORS 279C.540] [ORS 279C.545] .........................34 19. Medical Care and Workers Compensation [ORS 279C.530] .......................................................................35 20. Retainage .......................................................................................................................................................35 21. Progress Payments .........................................................................................................................................36 22. Final Estimate and Final Payment .................................................................................................................37 23. Change Orders / Extra Work .........................................................................................................................38 24. Contractor/Subcontractor Payment Obligations ............................................................................................39 25. Inspection and Acceptance ............................................................................................................................40 26. Liquidated Damages ......................................................................................................................................40 27. Liability, Indemnity and Hold Harmless .......................................................................................................41 28. Insurance .......................................................................................................................................................41 29. Performance, Pavement and Warranty Bonds / Notice of Bond Claims .......................................................42 30. One-Year Warranty .......................................................................................................................................42 31. Nondiscrimination in Labor ..........................................................................................................................43 32. Construction Debris and Yard Waste [ORS 279C.510] ................................................................................43 33. Environmental Regulations [ORS 279C.525(1)] ( list of federal, state and local agencies) .........................43 34. Waiver ...........................................................................................................................................................45 35. Errors .............................................................................................................................................................45 36. Governing Law ..............................................................................................................................................45 37. Severability ...................................................................................................................................................46 38. Attorney's Fees .............................................................................................................................................46 39. Business License ...........................................................................................................................................46 40. Notices/Bills/Payments .................................................................................................................................46 41. Conflict of Interest ........................................................................................................................................46 42. Merger Clause ...............................................................................................................................................46 C k Pa -Ec 3 ATTACHMENTS: EXHIBITS B-J ........................................................................................................49-72 PREVAILING WAGE RATE (Available on BOLI website or from Project Managering Department).. XX Attachment A, non-discrimination and EO Policy .................................................................................73-76 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 77 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, PART 00100 78 SP110 Organization, Conventions, Abbreviations, and Definitions .................................................78 SP120 Bidding Requirements and Procedures ..................................................................................78 SP130 Award and Execution of Contract 80 SP 140 Scope of Work .......................................................................................................................80 SP150 Control of Work & Valdez Principles (P.80) .......................................................................80 SP170 Legal Relations and Responsibilities .....................................................................................83 SP180 Prosecution and Progress .......................................................................................................87 SP190 Measurement of Pay Quantities .............................................................................................89 SP195 Payment 89 SP196 Payment for Extra Work ........................................................................................................89 SP197 Payment for Force Account Work 89 SP199 Disagreements, Protests and Claims ......................................................................................89 PART II - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS In the event of a conflict, Supplementary Conditions control over all Standard Specifications and other contract documents. To the extent Standard Specifications and other contract documents conflict, the more restrictive requirement or provision shall control, except where otherwise noted in the contract documents, addenda, or amendment. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR WORK WITHIN THE RIGHT OF WAY (Also see next page for a list of the Technical Specifications for work within the property) TEMPORARY FEATURES AND APPURTENANCES 94-96 00205 Field Laboratory, Weigh house, Etc. 00210 Mobilization 00220 Accommodations for Public Traffic 00225 Work Zone Traffic Control 00280 Erosion an Sediment Control 00290 Environmental Protection ROADWORK 97 00310 Removal of Structures and Obstructions 00320 Clearing and Grubbing 00330 Earthwork DRAINAGE AND SEWER 98 00405 Trench Excavation, Bedding, and Backfill 00440 Commercial Grade Concrete 00445 Sanitary, Storm, Culvert, Siphon and Irrigation Pipe BASES ...................................................................................................................99 00641 Aggregate Subbase, Base , and Shoulders WEARING SURFACES ............................................................................................................................99 00744 Minor Hot Mixed Asphalt Concrete (MHMAC) Pavement 00759 Miscellaneous Portland Cement Concrete Structures 1~# I ~tl C e n I' ri. 4 MATERIALS ............................................................................................................................................100 02001 Concrete 02010 Portland Cement 02030 Modifiers 02050 Curing Materials 2510 Reinforcement TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR WORK WITHIN THE PROPERTY (Also see previous page for a list of the Technical Specifications for work within the right of way) FACILITY CONSTRUCTION SUBGROUP DIVISION 03: CONCRETE 032000 CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 2100 REINFORCEMENT BARS 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053 MISCELLANEOUS EXTERIOR CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3111 NORMAL WEIGHT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DIVISION 04: MASONRY 040500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MASONRY 040513 CEMENT AND LIME MASONRY MORTARING 040516 MASONRY GROUTING 042000 UNIT MASONRY 042223 ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 05: METALS 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5214 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 057000 DECORATIVE METAL 05 7500 DECORATIVE FORMED METAL DIVISION 06: WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY 061011 WOOD FASTENINGS 06 1100 WOOD FRAMING 06 1636 WOOD PANEL PRODUCT SHEATHING 062000 FINISH CARPENTRY 06 2001 COMMON FINISH CARPENTRY REQUIREMENTS 06 2024 DOOR, FRAME, AND FINISH HARDWARE INSTALLATION DIVISION 07: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 071000 DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING 07 1113 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 072000 THERMAL PROTECTION 07 2116 BLANKET INSULATION 07 2616 BELOW-GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS 072719 PLASTIC SHEET AIR BARRIERS 074000 ROOFING AND SIDING PANELS 07 4619 STEEL SIDING 076000 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07 6100 SHEET METAL ROOFING 077000 ROOF AND WALL SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 07 7123 MANUFACTURED GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS 079000 JOINT PROTECTION 07 9213 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08: OPENINGS 081000 DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1213 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 1313 HOLLOW METAL DOORS 087000 HARDWARE 08 7101 COMMON FINISH HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 09: FINISHES 092000 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 GYPSUM BOARD 093000 TILING 09 3013 CERAMIC TILING 099000 PAINTS AND COATINGS 09 9001 COMMON PAINTING AND COATING REQUIREMENTS 09 9112 EXTERIOR PAINTED FERROUS METAL 09 9113 EXTERIOR PAINTED GALVANIZED METAL 09 9122 INTERIOR PAINTED CMU 09 9123 INTERIOR PAINTED GYPSUM BOARD, PLASTER 099124 INTERIOR PAINTED METAL 099125 INTERIOR PAINTED WOOD 09 9321 INTERIOR SEALED CONCRETE FLOORS 099413 INTERIOR TEXTURED FINISHING 099623 GRAFFITI-RESISTANT COATINGS DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES 102000 INTERIOR SPECIALTIES 10 2813 COMMERCIAL TOILET ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11: EQUIPMENT 116500 ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT 11 6813 PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT DIVISION 12: FURNISHINGS 129000 OTHER FURNISHINGS 12 9313 BICYCLE RACKS DIVISIONS 13 THROUGH 19: NOT USED FACILITY SERVICES SUBGROUP DIVISIONS 20 THROUGH 21: NOT USED DIVISION 22: PLUMBING 220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 0501 COMMON PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22 0719 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 221000 PLUMBING PIPES AND PUMPS 22 1116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 1313 FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4213 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS 22 4216 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES AND SINKS 22 4700 DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS DIVISION 23: HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING 238000 DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 8333 ELECTRIC RADIANT HEATERS DIVISION 24825: NOT USED DIVISION 26: ELECTRICAL 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0501 COMMON ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 0519 LINE-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 262000 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 2417 CIRCUIT-BREAKER PANELBOARDS 262726 WIRING DEVICES 265000 LIGHTING 265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5600 EXTERIOR LIGHTING DIVISIONS 27 THROUGH 29: NOT USED SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE SUBGROUP DIVISION 30: NOT USED DIVISION 31: EARTHWORK 310500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR EARTHWORK 31 0501 COMMON EARTHWORK REQUIREMENTS 311000 SITE CLEARING 31 1100 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 31 1123 AGGREGATE BASE 31 1413 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING 312000 EARTH MOVING 31 2213 ROUGH GRADING 31 2216 FINE GRADING 312316 EXCAVATION 312323 FILL DIVISION 32: EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 323000 SITE IMPROVEMENTS 32 3129 WOOD FENCES AND GATES 329000 PLANTING 32 9120 TOPSOIL AND PLACEMENT DIVISION 33: UTILITIES 331000 WATER UTILITIES 33 1116 SITE WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 333000 SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES 33 3313 SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE C~ 1 P:=i 8 334000 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 4116 SITE STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING D I V I S 10 N S 36 THROUGH 39: NOT USED PROCESS EQUIPMENT SUBGROUP D I V I S 10 N S 40 THROUGH 49: NOT USED PART III - PROJECT DRAWINGS - BOUND SEPARATELY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PLANS L-1.0 TITLE SHEET L-2.0 DEMOLITION/TREE PROTECTION & REMOVAL PLAN L-3.0 SITE PLAN L-4.0-4.1 LAYOUT PLAN L-5.0-5.1 IRRIGATION AND SLEEVING PLAN L-6.0-6.1 PLANTING AND MITIGATION PLAN L-7.0-7.2 DETAILS ARCHITECT PLANS A1.1 MULTIUSE SHELTER A1.2 RESTROOM A1.3 KIOSKS AND TOOL SHED A2.1 ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS All ASSEMBLIES AND SCHEDULES STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PLANS S 1 STRUCTURAL DETAILS S2 STRUCTURAL DETAILS CIVIL ENGINEER PLANS C-1 COVER SHEET C-2 CIVIL SITE PLAN C-3 UTILITY PLAN C-4 GRADING PLAN PW1 HERSEY STREET IMPROVEMENTS - COVERSHEET PW2 PLAN AND PROFILE DI DETAILS EC I EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN EC2 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN SURVEY TS I TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY CHECKLIST FOR BID SUBMITTAL 1. Proposal and Bid Schedule Fill in bidder information on first page Indicate amount of bid bond on paragraph 17 Indicate bidder status on paragraph 23 Indicate number of addendum received on paragraph 30 Fill in bidder information and sign paragraph 33 ill in unit prices and amounts for all bid items Fill in total bid amount 2. First Tier Subcontractor Disclosure Form ❑ Fill in this form and include with bid schedule (or within 2 business hours of closing). 3. ;Zide 10% bid bond on form included on page 54. 4. Project S hedule Provide a Project Schedule, as outlined on page 15. A,;Ifland Creel 13adil 10 CHECKLIST FOR CONTRACT SUBMITTAL 1. Standard Public Improvement Contract ❑ Fill in contractor data and certification on page 2 and 3 of the contract form. ❑ Sign on page 3 of the contract form 2. Certifications of Representation ❑ Check all items that apply and sign 3. IRS Form W-9 4. Exhibit D - Certification Statement for Corporation as Independent Contractor ❑ 5. Performance Bond ❑ Provide on form provided on page 55 (or approved surety form) 6. Payment Bond ❑ Provide on form provided on page 57 (or approved surety form) 7. Insurance certifications as required by Exhibit C (page 51) AMann C'i. I 11 This page intentionally left blank A;I l,,md Creek fl~irfl, 12 PART I BID & CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .V~ lLanki c reQ flack 13 CITY OF ASHLAND ASHLAND PARKS AND RECREATION ASHLAND, OREGON NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS / INVITATION TO BID CITY OF ASHLAND ASHLAND PARKS AND RECREATION Ashland Creek Park Notice is hereby given that Sealed Bids for furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, and services for the Ashland Creek Park will be physically received by Bruce Dickens, Parks Superintendent, Conference Room, Ashland Parks and Recreation, 340 South Pioneer Street, Ashland, Oregon, 97520, until 3:00 PM on Tuesday, June 10, 2014, at which time proposals will be publicly opened and read. Bids physically received after this time will not be considered. All bids received prior to the due date and time and in proper form will be publicly opened and read in the Conference Room at the time set forth above as the deadline for receipt of bids, and thereafter bid documents, shall be made available for public inspection. If the total amount of the contract exceeds $100,000, the award of the contract must be approved by the Local Contract Review Board (City Council). A contract for work will be awarded or bids may be rejected, separately or entirely, within thirty (30) days after opening. The General Character of the work for this Project includes: supplying all labor, equipment and materials necessary for construction of the Ashland Creek Park, including but not limited to the following quantities for major work items: • ROW Improvements -1 LS • Site Clearing -1 LS • Earth Moving -1 LS • Water Utilities -1 LS • Sanitary Sewerage Utilities -1 LS • Underground Electric -1 LS • Storm Drainage Utilities -1 LS • Playground Equipment - 1 LS • Playground Fall Surface -1 LS • CMU Site Walls -1 LS • Fencing & Gates -1 LS • Bike Racks -1 LS • Restroom Building -1 LS • Kiosk Building -1 LS 14 Contract Documents, including plans and specifications, may be examined after Friday, May 16, 2014 at the following offices: 1. City of Ashland 2. Medford Builders Exchange Ashland Parks and Recreation 701 E. Jackson Street 340 South Pioneer Street Medford OR 97504 Ashland OR 97520 541/773-5327 541/488-5340 3. Daily Journal of Commerce Plan Center 2840 NW 35`h Avenue Portland, OR 97296 503/274-0624 503/274-2616 FAX Copies of the plans and specifications may be obtained at the City of Ashland, Ashland Parks and Recreation Office, 340 South Pioneer Street, Ashland Oregon, and on the City website at; it,m%%ashland..or.us. No bid shall be received or considered unless the bidder is registered with the Construction Contractor's Board. Copies of the Geotechnical Report for this project are available upon request and will also be on the City website. Bidders shall pre-qualify as provided by ORS Chapter 279C.430 and in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Oregon Chapter of APWA, for all classes of construction. Pre-qualification applications must be received by the City of Ashland Public Works Department at least five days prior to the opening of the bids. All proiects in excess of $50,000.00 require the Contractor to pay prevailing wage rates. This contract may require the bidder to comply with Oregon's Prevailing Wage Rates. A non-mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at Ashland Creek Park, 27 East Hersey Street at 9:00 AM on Friday, May 23, 2014. All prospective bidders are encouraged to attend. All bids shall be accompanied by a Project Schedule, based on a notice to proceed date of Monday, June 23, 2014. See Page 10 and Exhibit J for other bid submittal requirements. By Order of the City Council Ashland, Oregon Bruce Dickens Parks Superintendent s h I ndc`r~° 1',,irk 15 City of Ashland, Oregon PROPOSAL AND BID SCHEDULE TO FURNISH ALL PERMITS, LABOR, TOOLS, MACHINERY, MATERIALS, TRANSPORTATION, EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES OF ALL KINDS REQUIRED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT FOR THE CITY OF ASHLAND, JACKSON COUNTY, OREGON, AS STATED IN THE COMPLETED BID SCHEDULE, ALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DRAWINGS WHICH ARE ON FILE AT THE CITY OF ASHLAND, ASHLAND PARKS AND RECREATION, 340 SOUTH PIONEER STREET, ASHLAND, OREGON 97520. aa11 ~p NAME OF BIDDER~OM 6v C,Vf CONTACT ADDRESS "e O ZA CITY STATE ZIP 1 TELEPHONE NO. FAX NO. 0 5 r r EMAIL ADDRESS q ` O To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City Hall City of Ashland 20 East Main Street Ashland, Oregon 97520 In response to competitive bidding, this PROPOSAL is submitted as an offer by the undersigned to enter into a contract with the City of Ashland for furnishing all permits, labor, tools, machinery, materials, transportation, equipment and services of all kinds required for, necessary for, or reasonable incidental to, the construction at the Ashland Creek Park (hereinafter "Project") for the City of Ashland, Oregon, as shown in the contract documents on file at Ashland Parks and Recreation, which are a condition of this Offer as though they were attached. This offer is subject to the following declarations as to the acts, intentions and understandings of the undersigned and the agreement of the City of Ashland to the terms and prices herein submitted. 1. The undersigned confirms that the individuals or company bidding on the Project have familiarized themselves/itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, project work, site, locality, general nature of work to be performed by City or others at the site that relates to the project work required by the Contract Documents, local conditions, and federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the project work. 2. The undersigned has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) examinations, investigation, exploration, tests, and studies which pertain to the conditions (subsurface or physical) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise and which may affect the cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the project work as Contractor deems necessary for the performance and furnishing of the project work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents; and no t ti:,~lC,,~ttl P'irk 16 additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, or similar information or data are or will be required by Contractor for such purposes. 3. It is understood that the City shall investigate and determine the qualifications of the apparent low responsive bidder prior to awarding the contract. The City shall reject any bid by a nonqualified or disqualified bidder. The City of Ashland reserves the right to reject for any good cause any or all bids, waive formalities, or to accept any bid which appears to serve the best interests of the City. The City reserves the right to reject any bid not in compliance with all prescribed public bidding procedures and requirements, and may reject all bids for good cause upon a finding that it is in the public interest to do so. Evaluation of bids will be based on minimum requirements established by the specifications and compliance with conditions of the Notice to Contractors and Invitation to Bid, and compliance with City public contracting rules. Additional evaluation criteria are as follows: None. 4. The deadline to file a written protest or request, pursuant to Instruction to Bidders to change contract terms, conditions or specifications is not less than ten 10 calendar days prior to bid opening. Bid closing may be extended by the City to consider a protest or request. 5. All of the contract documents, including all plans, specifications, and drawings have been examined and an examination of the site of the proposed work, together with such investigations as are necessary to determine the conditions to be encountered have been made by the undersigned and the terms and conditions of the contract and solicitation documents are hereby accepted, and that if this Offer is accepted, the undersigned will contract with the City of Ashland, Oregon, in a form substantially similar to that attached Agreement and agree to be bound to the terms and conditions of said contract and solicitation documents. 6. It is understood that the contract drawings may be supplemented by additional drawings and specifications in explanation and elaboration thereof and, if they are not in conflict with those referred to in paragraph 1 above, they shall have the same force and effect as though they were attached and they shall be accepted as part of the contract when issued. 7. The undersigned agrees that upon written acceptance of this bid s/he will, within ten working days, of receipt of such notice, execute a formal contract agreement with the City. The undersigned further agrees that s/he will provide the following in order to execute the contract: Performance Bond and Corporate Surety Payment Bond, both in the amount equal to 100% of the awarded contract; Certificates of Insurance for Liability and property damage coverage; Certificates of Coverage for Workman Compensation and unemployment insurance; All other bonds, permits, licenses, etc. as required in the contract documents. 8. It is understood that all the work will be performed under a lump sum or unit price basis and that for the lump sum or unit price all services, materials, labor, equipment, and all work necessary to complete the project in accordance with the plans and specifications shall be furnished for the said lump sum or unit price named. It is understood that the quantities stated in connection with the price schedule for the contract are approximate only and payment shall be made at the unit prices named for the actual quantities incorporated in the completed work. If there shall be an increase in the amount of work covered by the lump sum price, it shall be computed on a basis of "extra work" for which an increase in payment will have been earned and if there be a decrease in the lump sum payment, it shall be made only as a result of negotiation between the undersigned and the Owner. Furthermore, it is understood that any estimate with respect to time, materials, equipment, or service which may appear on the plans or in the specifications is for the sole purpose of assisting the undersigned in checking the undersigned's own independent calculations and that at no time shall the undersigned attempt to hold the - ',Cny P',J. 17 Owner, the Project Manager, or any other person, firm or corporation responsible for any errors or omissions that may appear in any estimate. 9. The undersigned submits the unit prices as those at which he will perform the work involved. The extensions of the column headed "ITEM TOTAL" are made for the sole purpose of facilitating bid comparisons and if there are any discrepancies between the unit prices and the total amount shown, the unit prices shall govern. 10. The undersigned agrees to furnish labor, tools, machinery, materials, transportations, equipment and services of all kinds required for, necessary for, or reasonably incidental to, construction of this Project with all appurtenant work as required by the plans and specifications of this Offer for the unit or lump sum prices in the "BID SCHEDULE". 11. In stating prices, it is understood that the prices include all materials and work required to complete the contract in accordance with the plans and specifications. If any material, item or service required by the plans and specifications has not been mentioned specifically in the "BID SCHEDULE", the same shall be furnished and placed with the understanding that the full cost to the City has been merged with the several prices stated in the "BID SCHEDULE." 12. The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids, waive formalities, or accept any bid which I' appears to serve the best interests of the City in accordance with ORS 279B.100. 13. The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, equipment, overhead, profit, insurance, and all other incidental expenses to cover the finished work of the several kinds called for. Unit prices are to be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amounts shown in words will govern. 14. Upon receipt of written notice of the acceptance of this bid, Bidder shall execute the formal contract attached within ten days, deliver surety bond or bonds as required, and deliver required proof of insurance. The bid security attached in the sum of five percent of the total price for the bid or combination of bids is to become the property of the Owner in the event the contract and bond are not executed within the time above set forth as liquidated damages for the delay and additional expense to the Owner caused thereby. 15. If the proposed bid price will exceed $50,000.00 the undersigned, as bidder, acknowledges that provisions of ORS 279C.800 - 279C.870 relating to workers on public works to be paid not less than prevailing rate of wage shall be included in the contract, or in the alternative, if the project is to be funded with federal funds and is subject to the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. §276a) bidder agrees to comply with the Davis- Bacon Act requirements. "Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works Contracts in Oregon," which are incorporated herein by reference, and can be accessed at: http://wNvw ore2on gov/BOLI/WHD/PWR/pwr book.shtml 16. The undersigned shall furnish bonds required by the specifications and comply with the laws of the Federal Government, State of Oregon and the City of Ashland which are pertinent to construction contracts of this nature even though such laws may not have been quoted or referred to in the specifications. 17. Acco panying this Offe is a certified check, cashier's check or a bid bond, for the sum of R "u ayable to the City of Ashland, Oregon, this being an amount forAft ;i;1Wlupon the estimate of quantities at the above price according to the conditions of the advertisement. If this Offer is accepted by the City and the undersigned fails to execute a satisfactory contract and bonds as stated in the Advertisement within ten (10) working days from the date of notification, then the City may, at its option, determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract and there upon this Offer shall be considered null and void, and the bid security accompanying this Offer shall be forfeited to and become the property of the City of Ashland. If the bid is not accepted, the bid security accompanying this Offer shall be returned to the undersigned. 18. The undersigned certifies that the undersigned Contractor is not ineligible to receive a contract for a public work pursuant to ORS 279C.860. Bidder further agrees, if awarded a contract, that every subcontractor will be eligible to receive a contract for public work pursuant to ORS 279C.860. 19. The undersigned certifies that the undersigned Contractor has not discriminated against minority, women or emerging small businesses enterprises in obtaining any required subcontracts. The bidder understands and acknowledges that it may be disqualified from bidding on this public improvement project as set forth in OAR 137-049-0370, including but not limited to City discovery a misrepresentation or sham regarding a subcontract or that the Bidder has violated any requirement of ORS 279A.110 or the administrative rules implementing the Statute. 20. The undersigned agrees that the time of completion shall be defined in the specifications, and further, the undersigned agrees to initiate and complete this Project by the date stated below. • The work shall be commenced within 10 working days after receipt of the written Notice to Proceed. • The work shall be completed in all respects within 152 calendar days from NTP. • The undersigned agrees that the "Time of Completion" shall be as defined in the specifications and that the bidder will complete the work within the number of consecutive calendar days stated for each schedule after "Notice to Proceed" has been issued by the Owner. Bidder furthermore agrees to pay as liquidated damages, for each calendar day thereafter, the amounts shown in Standard Conditions, for each day the project remains incomplete. 21. The undersigned bidder is registered with the Oregon Construction Contractors Board (CCB), the registration is current and valid, and the bidder's registration number is stated below. [OAR 137-049-0230(1)] Bidder understands that failure to have a current CCB license shall result in rejection of this bid. 22. If the work proposed to be done requires the bidder to be licensed by the State Landscape Contractors Board, the undersigned bidder is so licensed and the license is current and valid, and the bidder's registration number is stated below. [OAR 137-049-0200(1)(a) (K)] Bidder understands that if the work proposed to be done requires a current LCD license, failure to have such a license will result in rejection of this bid. 23. In determining the lowest responsible bidder, City shall, for the purpose of awarding the contract, add a percent increase on the bid of a non-resident bidder equal to the percent, if any, of the preference given to that bidder in the state in which the bidder resides. "Resident bidder" of Oregon means a bidder that has paid unemployment taxes or income taxes in this state during the 12 calendar months immediately preceding submission of the bid, has a business address in this state and has stated in the bid that the bidder is a "resident bidder" of the State of Oregon. The undersigned represents him/her self in this bid to be either a Resident or a Non resident bidder by completing the appropriate blank below. • The Bidder is or is not a resident Bidder as defined in ORS 279A.120. 24. The undersigned hereby represents that no Councilor, Commissioner, officer, agency or employee of the City of Ashland is personally interested directly or indirectly in this Contract or the compensation to be paid hereunder and that no representation, statement or statements, oral i ji tI t't•e, K 1' t L 19 or in writing, of the City, its Councilors, Commissioners, officers, agents or employees had induced him/her to enter into this Contract, and the papers made a part of its terms; 25. The undersigned has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any person to submit a false or sham bid or refrain from bidding. The undersigned certifies that this bid has been arrived at independently and submitted without connection with any person, firm or corporation making a bid for the same material and is, in all respects, fair and without collusion or fraud. 26. The undersigned confirms that this firm has a Qualified Drug Testing Program for employees in place and will demonstrate this prior to award of contract. [OAR 137-049-0200(1)(c)(B)] 27. The undersigned confirms that if this contract involves asbestos abatement or removal, the bidder is licensed under ORS 468A.710 for asbestos removal. Asbestos abatement is not implicated in this contract. 28. The City of Ashland may waive minor informalities, reject any bid not in compliance with all prescribed public bidding procedures and requirements, and may reject for good cause any or all bids upon a finding that it is in the public interest to do so. E 29. The undersigned confirms that this offer is not contingent upon City's acceptance of any terms and conditions other than those contained in the Solicitation and Contract documents. f 30. The bidder understands that the City reserves the right to make changes to the Notice to Contractors / Invitation to Bid and the resulting contract by written addenda, prior to the closing 4 time and date. The City will transmit addenda to registered plan holders but shall publish notice of any addenda on City's website (www.ashland.or.us) at the Public Works page. The addenda may be downloaded or picked up at Ashland Parks and Recreation, 340 South Pioneer Street,' Ashland, Oregon. The bidder must check the website and Public Works bulletin board frequently until closing. The bidder acknowledges that the Addendum(s) listed below have been reviewed online or a copy obtained and considered as part of the submittal of this Offer and Bid Schedule. p k ADDENDUM NUMBER -J,, THROUGH 11 HAVE BEEN REVIEWED 31. The bidder understands that, subject to the provisions in paragraphs 1 through 30 above, the City will be awarding the contract to the Responsible Bidder with the lowest Responsive Bid. OAR 137-049-0200(1)(b)(C). Whether a bidder is responsible will be determined by ORS 279C.375 and the City's completion of the attached Bidder Responsibility Determination Form. 32. Instructions for First-Tier Subcontractors Disclosure. Bidders are required to disclose information about certain first-tier subcontractors (those subcontractors contracting directly with the bidder) when the contract price exceeds $75,000 (see ORS 279C.370). Specifically, when the contract amount of a first-tier subcontractor is greater than or equal to: (i) 5% of the project bid, but at least $15,000, or (ii) $350,000 regardless of the percentage, you must disclose the following information about that subcontract within two working hours of bid closing: • The subcontractor's name and address; • The subcontractor's Construction Contractor Board registration number, if one is required, and; • The subcontract dollar value. If you will not be using any subcontractors that are subject to the above disclosure requirements, you are required to indicate "NONE" on the form. Failure to submit this form by the disclosure sld.in]i'r",k1':F< 20 deadline will result in a non-responsive bid. A non-responsive bid will not be considered for award. THE CITY MAY REJECT A BID IF THE BIDDER FAILS TO SUBMIT THE DISCLOSURE FORM WITH THIS INFORMATION WITHIN TWO HOURS OF BID CLOSING. THIS DOCUMENT SHALL NOT BE FAXED. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF BIDDERS TO SUBMIT THIS DISCLOSURE FORM AND ANY ADDITIONAL SHEETS BY THE DEADLINE. SEE INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. The disclosure should be submitted on the First-Tier Subcontractor Disclosure Form attached to this Invitation to Bid. 33. Bidder Information and Signature Firm Name of Bidder Si na re of Bidder Printed Name of Bidder ~zs Official Title _ Oep,c(,O~~ oa_o~~ State of Incorporation CCB Number Dated this day of J ~N 20A Name of Bidder ~6V 1V Address Telephone No. CA - U51CDO-1 21 BID SCHEDULE ASHLAND CREEK PARK Project No. 000054.999 UNIT NO DESCRIPTION QTY• UNIT PRI AMOUNT URES Mobilization and Permits Mobilization for $ $ 1 Dollars 1 LS Tem ora Work Zo & Traffic Control for Dollars $ $ i 2 1 LS Erosion Control for $ $ 3 Dollars 1 LS i Tree Protection for $ $ 4 Dollars 1 LS Sitework Demolition for $ $ 5 Dollars 1 L ROW Improvements for $ 6 Dollars 1 LS _ Site Clearing for $ $ 7 Dollars 1 LS Earth Moving for I $ 8 Dollars 1 LS Topsoil for Community Gard n for $ $ 9 Dollars 1 LS Utilities Water Utilities for $ $ 10 Dollars 1 LS Sanitary Sewerage Utilities for $ $ 11 Dollars 1 LS Underground Electric for $ $ 12 Dollars 1 LS Storm Drainage Utilities for $ $ 13 Dollars 1 LS 15x,14-"! c , P,1 22 r BID SCHEDULE ASHLAND CREEK PARK Pro'ect No. 000054.999 UNIT NO ! DESCRIPTION OTY• UNIT PRICE AMOUNT FIGURES Mobilization and Permits Mobilization J $u for ~~~t4 Fl~~l-1DUSAN~.SI}C i $~5 $~j~ ~~31 Dollars FJJC~~ 1 LS Temporal Work Zone & Traffic Control F } for 5r--N -cA N D tE u N' 00 Dollars {~~-mil NT ` ! ; 2 1 LS Erosion Control for TW9-cc4_._'tt4na~f~,1~tUV-~A UMbf- 3 Dollars 1 LS . } Tree Protection f ~jp { for'CUJo "C1k0,LSA0t).~-S~k Z $ O i 2 d 2, 2 4 Dollars 1 LS Sitework Demolition ( j Qv for ~1J ~tT IUD 5e i~ 2e) I.2 ~ 5 Dollars IA ~VLtl!, T\,,Ye,t~ :7 1- -e 1 LS ROW Improvements for ~oR't~l `C4Fcy st~c~ ,1.~ lI~ 4r~1 UNO L{ 0 ~7 4-,C) (5 , 6 Dollars FO W 1 LS } I t Site Clearinc for -rw` ~zDUSUNv $ V2, 7 Dollars YL - ~-O U 1 LS i Earth Moving for fllc1~\ 8 Dollars itt~~l(L4DFp(L. -S 1 LS Structural Fill } O for Gc ~9-;~ IJ11 OJSA N~T1- Q£S. Ag, 9 Dollars U.1~►2=~~ ~\tCL~ 1 LS Topsoil for Communi Garden }•1 d;) for ::D~~ 2z^-( 'A 2 10 Dollars aN~b 1 LS i 1 Utilities Water Utilities 2 for EDa(L~"C coq,SKNom, a~ l~lAwLN $ J . e~ 11 Dollars -Nk Sanitary Sewerage Utilities for (L-vV~ 41gt4i, j $ $ z 12 Dollars - 1 Ls C? Under ound Electric w 0C) for USAF ~l vc ; $ ~EE $ 13 Dollars ~(\,J 1 LS Storm Drainage Utilities for AA k, Ft ~J~ _ ~A ~ $ $ l CJ~ , 3 14 Dollars - l 1 LS # + S r Site Improvements Pla ound ui ment ford ~53 .9 15 Dollars O Q---e 1 LS q Pla ound Fall Surface f00 or V - USpN~,~,~C~~~~ 16 Dollars lac1. 1 LS CMU Site Walls for G lG~lT~~~U s~,N`~ 't 3aS l 3GS 17 Dollars VJ A i LS Fencing; & Gates for 18 Doll IQGb Sj-~ 1 LS ~iil~~o ZQ31 1~tp O Bike Racks ! aLI CC) for IJ1~~ U~~~2£~ S~fXT~ E loQ~~ 9 Go, 19 Dollars 1 LS Buildings Restroom Building_ for ~k Fj~l ' ~'cc7uS~iJ~ (oS 80~, 4 (ob ,L-) 20 Dollars UNDOi T> U-2- 1 LS Kiosk Buildin i vp for ~N U.SmN~\ T L~ l 1 LS { ~~t b'_)l, I t 0~ 631, 21 Dollars `1 IV - Entineerim Construction Survey Work c ; for ~X-Rlz)yyE> Dl~ C- (off 501 (0 A 1501 22 Dollars LS BASE BID "l (TOTAL OF ITEMS 1- 22 ) ADD ALTERNATE #1 1 G- ~5~ (p-l ADD ALTERNATE #2 1 A l v TOTAL BID BASE BID PLUS ADD ALTERNATES ti g Site Improvements F 14 Pla round E ui pipent for $ Dollars 1 LS Playground Fall Surfa for 15 Dollars 1 LS CMU Site Walls for $ $ 16 Dollars 1 LS Fencinp& Gates for $ $ 17 Dollars 1 LS Bike Racks for $ $ 18 Dollars 1 LS Buildings Rest room Building for $ $ 19 Dollars 1 LS Kiosk Building for $ $ 20 Dollars 1 LS Engineering Construction Survey Work ~e for 21 Dollars 1 LS BASE BID $ (TOTAL OF ITEMS 1 - 20) ADD ALTERNATE #1 $ ADD ALTERNATE #2 $ TOTAL BID $ (BASE BID PLUS ADD ALTERNATES) 23 City of Ashland FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE FORM (As Required by ORS 279C.370 and OAR 137-049-360) ASHLAND CREEK PARK PROJECT 000054.999 Bid Closing Date: June 10, 2014 NAME OF CONTRACTOR: NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR CATEGORY OF WORK DOLLAR VALUE 1. 2. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 • List above the Name, Dollar Value and Category of Work of each subcontractor that will be furnishing labor or labor and materials and that is required to be disclosed, the dollar value of the subcontract and the category of work that the subcontractor will be performing. Enter "NONE" if there are no subcontractors that need to be disclosed. (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS IF NEEDED). 1,4- lx1d C iv k fla kl 24 C o m; a N c T f0 O N d Zia P c N a E E r l I C C E C N t5 O O N C U o 't waUiina o a` , F- w f- U 7 I i C a v M Q W ~ I Y p; c Y I L' c N C C N L I II d • L N E LL P c C C O ` W E _ _ 7 c fT0 0 EL 4) B G N• N E Z ! ! _ : a 3 q m N w O G E v V LL m o c N E ¢ _d U p o II ~ , - rn m ¢ r -m~+mT G ! 65 I I ~ I C~ V Ya C 0 ~a c II D ~ ,C - - o a E o ~ ' r I I I C a III I II .Y O o z ~ ~ - III I I I I I m v a i5 I O U, WO W, uj I (D 0- cL 0. (L CL IL (L (L > I I I a. i CL > cDoc) ¢¢<nrn!tocntocni Wj O cD t~ N n f'II OHO fD O O O O O!O!O N r O ID (n fn NT8j Z'OiN CI4 •I~,~vlv~~l~i~vv v v vlv v.v..vli^ v elo~ d'!v,T ~ a -j IC9 ala a a a~ali a~a miles a a~ DD W :D Z) W W W W W I~ W i t L) W W WSW ~ W W 0 CO M N V! NO C-4 (n l~ ~ N n 0~ h f~ I~ f~ 0 D) DD yy N h (h N CCQ1 ~ f 0 O O O O S V O 'O 'O M r (D C11 IN I (h N ~ ~1n N ~~8 a N~N iV V!~'V VI'O~ rO v l ~Lv v l a' D a ~o CI) sr N N !h N fD N N O a0 I I I I II ~ I li i I Iii _ ' I III I L I i I I III I ~ I I I I ~I I a r I I I I I I I I Ii, N l I I I I I ~ 3i ~ I vI I V I I p.. I II V I I I I IU wI I I ; m: I I II ! ~ a~' I I I i I II I C7 , I I o a r i I ~13I I c •c wI tI I d - ' rl ~ rElo E m~ _ of G'I E! 92 W rn vl w N ~I rn Z m G 7E . R P c c to-i o c c1-- U N- c c 9'~ m C9i N m ol~ a a Q a~ c o c'> o 'm c; c Y EE~ Nr r O Q on c'°I o m 71, m mi -7iIZ'z[Z I~ m o Ni c P E 0I 7$ 12 -0 m v ° of~ E 3 m~2 ao ~ibl!~II CY "'of~ d~d'~ oi.o!rn¢ co cr. a ~d d m~- o ~jo o o n ry O w o N m, z CIF w r- 4 K cn w (n r x to ~Icn a' U u mlx o ~ra+¢lu i E ~ ■ i I i I 19L'o~`~C a I IIIp r ci . rn$ o ff m ci o o N N. N j) U- c ®I li O,O O Ot0 OL- OI ~~O~O O O~ 100: ^..N N'N N N N N fnlli O'KI J aa I l i L.L_ O N- ~ O O•i0 O O C I T Y OF CITY OF ASHLAND -AS H LAN D L1 PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT ASHLAND CREEK PARK Project No. 000054.999 This Contract is between the CITY OF ASHLAND, a municipal corporation of the State of Oregon (hereinafter "City" ) and (Hereinafter "Contractor"). The City's Project Manager for this Contract is Steve Ennis, City of Ashland, Ashland Parks and Recreation. WHEREAS, City caused to be prepared a certain bound Project Manual or Bid Package (including but not limited to Invitation to Bid, Bid Schedule, Bid forms, Bid, Performance and Payment Bonds, as applicable, Public Improvement Contract, Contract Standard Terms and Conditions, Conditions, General Provisions, Technical Specifications, Drawings, and Addenda, more particularly described in Standard Condition 5, (hereinafter referred to as "Contract Documents") for its project entitled "Ashland Creek Park" and WHEREAS, Contractor did on the day of 2013, file with City a bid to furnish equipment, labor, material, and appurtenances for construction of said project as set forth in the Contract Documents and agreed to accept as payment therefore the sums fully stated and set forth in the bid; and WHEREAS, the Contract Documents and bid fully and accurately set forth and describe the terms and conditions upon which the Contractor proposes to furnish said equipment, labor, material and appurtenances and perform said work, together with the manner and time of furnishing same; and NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration the parties mutually covenant and agree as follows: 1. Recitals. The recitals set forth above are true and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference. 2. Effective Date and Duration This contract is effective on the date at which every party has signed this contract. The work under this contract shall, unless otherwise terminated or extended, be completed on or before 152 calendar days following Contractor's receipt of the Notice to Proceed. 3. Statement of Work The work under this contract is for Ashland Creek Park and more fully described in the Contract Documents, incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this reference. The statement of work, including the delivery schedule for the work, is contained in the Contract Documents. Contractor acknowledges receipt of all Contract Documents in existence at the date the Contract is signed and further acknowledges Contractor has read and fully understands the Contract Documents, and understands that in signing this Agreement contractor waives all rights to plead misunderstandings regarding the same. Contractor shall, at its own risk and expense, perform the work described in the Contract Documents and furnish all permits, labor, tools, machinery, materials, transportation, equipment and services of all kinds required for, necessary for, or reasonable incidental to, performance of the work, that is, the construction of this Ashland Creek Park Project for the City of Ashland, Oregon, as shown in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall secure all Municipal, County, State, or Federal Permits or licenses including payment of permit fees, license fees and royalties necessary or incident to performance of the work on this contract. The risk of loss for such work shall not shift to the City until written acceptance of the work by the City. C.`€«R P,-ink 25 4. Consideration a. City agrees to pay Contractor, at the times and in the manner provided in the Contract Documents, a sum of: for accomplishing the work required by this contract, including allowable expenses. This sum cannot be modified except by Change Order approved in writing by City. Any progress payments to Contractor shall be made only in accordance with the schedule and requirements in Section 21, Standard Terms and Conditions. b. City certifies that sufficient funds have been appropriated to make payments required by this contract during the current fiscal year. Contractor understands and agrees that City's payment of amounts under this contract attributable to work performed after the last day of the current fiscal year is contingent on City appropriations, or other expenditure authority sufficient to allow City in the exercise of its reasonable administrative discretion, to continue to make payments under this contract. In the event City has insufficient appropriations, limitations or other expenditure authority, City may terminate this contract without penalty or liability to City, effective upon the delivery of written notice to Contractor, with no further liability to Contractor. CONTRACTOR DATA, CERTIFICATION, AND SIGNATURE Business Name (please print): Contact Name: Phone: Fax: Address t Do Not Write Federal and State Tax ID Numbers on this Agreement: One copy of W-9 is to be submitted with the signed contract to be kept on file in the City of Ashland Finance Department. Ashland Business License # Construction Contractors Board # I Citizenship: Nonresident alien Yes No Business Designation (check one): Individual Sole Proprietorship Partnership Corporation Government/Nonprofit The above information must be provided prior to contract approval. Payment information will be reported to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) under the name and taxpayer I.D. number provided above. (See IRS 1099 for additional instructions regarding taxpayer ID numbers.) Information not matching IRS records could subject you to 31 percent backup withholding. I, the undersigned, understand that the Standard Terms and Conditions For Public Improvement Contracts (Exhibit A) together with Exhibits B through J together with all other Contract Documents as described in Standard Terms and Conditions Section 5 below, and the separately bound Oregon 2008 Standard Specifications for Construction, as amended by the City of Ashland's most recent Addenda to the 2008 Standard Specifications are an integral part of this contract and agree to perform the work described in the Contract Documents, including Exhibit A, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this contract. I further understand the City is prohibited from entering into a contract when the contractor has neglected or refused to file any return, pay any tax, or properly contest a tax, pursuant to ORS 305.385; 1 hereby certify, under penalty of perjury and false swearing, that I/my business am/is not in violation of any Oregon tax laws; I further certify that the certification and representations in Standard Term and Condition # 16 [CCB Registration Requirements] are true and correct, and further I certify that I am an independent contractor as defined in ORS 670.600. Signed by Contractor: Signature/Title Date Printed Name: NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR: This contract does not bind the City ofAshland unless and until it has been executed by the Public Contracting Officer or designee as well as City Finance and Legal Department representatives. CITY OF ASHLAND SIGNATURE Approved: Director of Ashland Parks and Recreation, City of Ashland Date - Authorized by Ordinance 3013 and Delegation Order dated, Coding: Reviewed: City Attorney (approved as to legal form) Date ATTACHMENTS: Certificate of Representation Exhibit A, Std. Conditions Exhibit B, Bid Schedule Exhibit C, Insurance requirements 27 CERTIFICATIONS OF REPRESENTATION Contractor, under penalty of perjury, certifies that: (a) The number shown on this form is its correct taxpayer ID (or is waiting for the number to be issued to it; and (b) Contractor is not subject to backup withholding because (i) it is exempt from backup withholding or (ii) it has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that it is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (iii) the IRS has notified it that it is no longer subject to backup withholding. Contractor further represents and warrants to City that (a) it has the power and authority to enter into and perform the work, (b) the Contract, when executed and delivered, shall be a valid and binding obligation of Contractor enforceable in accordance with its terms, and (c) The work under the Contract shall be performed in accordance with the highest professional standards, and (d) Contractor is qualified, professionally competent and duly licensed to perform the work. Contractor also certifies under penalty of perjury that its business is not in violation of any Oregon tax laws, and it is a corporation authorized to act on behalf of the entity designated above and authorized to do business in Oregon or is an independent contractor as defined in the contract documents, and has checked four or more of the following criteria: (1) I carry out the labor or services at a location separate from my residence or is in a specific portion of my residence, set aside as the location of the business. (2) Commercial advertising or business cards or a trade association membership are purchased for the business. (3) Telephone listing is used for the business separate from the personal residence t listing. (4) Labor or services are performed only pursuant to written contracts. (5) Labor or services are performed for two or more different persons within a period of one year. (6) I assume financial responsibility for defective workmanship or for service not provided as evidenced by the ownership of performance bonds, warranties, errors and omission insurance or liability insurance relating to the labor or services to be provided. Contractor Date shl and C re` 1, Pit 28 EXHIBIT A CITY OF ASHLAND STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS 1. Contractor is Independent Contractor a. Contractor shall perform the work required by this contract as an independent contractor. Although the City reserves the right (i) to specify the desired results; (ii) to determine (and modify) the delivery schedule for the work to be performed; and (iii) to evaluate the quality of the completed performance, the City cannot and will not control the means or manner of the Contractor's performance. The Contractor is responsible for determining the appropriate means and manner of performing the work. b. The Contractor represents and warrants that Contractor (i) is not currently an employee of the federal government or the State of Oregon, and (ii) meets the specific independent contractor standards of ORS 670.600, as certified on the Independent Contractor Certification Statement attached as Exhibit D. C. Contractor will be responsible for any federal or state taxes applicable to any compensation or payment paid to Contractor under this contract. d. Contractor is not eligible for any federal Social Security, unemployment insurance, state Public Employees' Retirement System, or workers' compensation benefits from compensation or payments to Contractor under this Contract. 2. Subcontracts and Assignment Contractor shall not subcontract any of the work required by this Contract, or assign, sell, dispose of, or transfer any of its interest in this contract, nor delegate duties under the contract, either in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the City. Such consent if provided shall not relieve the Contractor of any of the obligations under the Contract. Any assignee or transferee shall be considered the agent of the contractor and be bound to abide by all provisions of the contract. If the City consents in writing to an assignment, sale, disposal or transfer of the Contractor's rights or delegation of Contractor's duties, the Contractor and its Surety, if any, shall remain liable to the City for complete performance of the Contract as if no such assignment, sale, disposal, transfer or delegation had occurred unless the City otherwise agrees in writing. [OAR 137-049-0200(2)] Use of Subcontractors, material suppliers or equipment suppliers shall in no way release Contractor from any obligations of the Contract with City. Contractor will provide in all subcontract agreements that the Subcontractor, material supplier and equipment supplier will be bound by the terms and conditions of this Contract to the extent that they relate to the Subcontractor's work, material or equipment. All Subcontracts are assignable to the City at City's option, in the event this agreement is terminated for default of Contractor. Contractor covenants and agrees to bind any and all subcontractors for performance of work under this Contract in the same manner Contractor is bound to City. Contractor further agrees that if subcontractors are employed in the performance of this contract, the Contractor and its subcontractors are subject to the requirements and sanction of ORS Chapter 656, Workers' Compensation. 3. No Third Party Beneficiaries City and Contractor are the only parties to this Contract and are the only parties entitled to enforce its terms. Nothing in this Contract gives or provides any benefit or right, whether directly, indirectly, or otherwise, to third persons unless such third persons are individually identified by name herein and expressly described as intended beneficiaries of the terms of this contract. 'ilaixl C.'n~c Pa,% 29 A ,k 4. Successors in Interest The provisions of this Contract shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and approved assigns, if any. 5. Contract Documents The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire Contract between the City and Contractor, include all sections or parts of the bid package however denominated, including all documents and plans attached or referenced therein, the Notice to Contractors - Invitation to Bid, Offer, First-Tier Subcontractors Disclosure Form, Surety Bond, Public Improvement Contract, Contract Standard Terms and Conditions and Exhibits thereto, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Special Provisions, Plans entitled "Ashland Creek Park", Construction Drawings, Standard Drawings, and Contract Addendums, all attached hereto, and incorporated herein by this reference, together with the Prevailing Wage (BOLI)ifapplicable AND any other separately bound reference, Oregon 2008 Standard Specifications for Construction, and City of Ashland Addenda, incorporated herein by this reference. All exhibits, schedules and lists attached to the Contract Documents, or delivered pursuant to the Contract Documents, shall be deemed a part of the Contract Documents and incorporated herein, where applicable, as if fully set forth herein. 6. Contractor's Representations By executing this Contract, the Contractor hereby certifies that the representations made by the Contractor in the Contract Documents, including specifically the Offer, are true and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference. Contractor further certifies that Contractor has given the City written notice of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that it has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by the City is acceptable to the Contractor, and the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the project work. 7. Drug Testing [ORS 279C.505(2)] a. Contractor shall certify to the City that it has a drug-testing program in place for all its employees that includes, at a minimum, the following: F g. i. A written employee drug-testing policy, ii. Required drug testing for all new Subject Employees or alternatively, required testing of all Subject Employees every 12 months on a random selection basis, and iii. Required testing of a Subject Employee when the Contractor has reasonable cause to believe the Subject Employee is under the influence of drugs. b. A drug-testing program that meets the above requirements will be deemed a "Qualifying Employee Drug-testing Program." For the purposes of this section, an employee is a "Subject Employee" only if that employee will be working on the Public Improvement project job site. C. By executing and returning this Contract the Contractor certifies, represents and warrants to the City that a Qualifying Employee Drug-testing Program is in place at the time of execution, will continue in full force and effect for the duration of this Contract, and that Contractor will comply with the provisions of subsection (d) below. Further, the City's performance obligation (which includes, without limitation, the City's obligation to make payment) is contingent on Contractors compliance with this representation and warranty. d. Contractor will require each subcontractor providing labor for the project to: i. Demonstrate to the Contractor that it has a Qualifying Employee Drug-testing Program for the subcontractor's Subject Employees, and represent and warrant to the Contractor that the d Cn.- : P,,-irk 30 t Qualifying Employee Drug-testing Program is in place at the time of subcontract execution and will continue in full force and effect for the duration of the subcontract; or ii. Require that the subcontractor's Subject Employees participate in the Contractor's Qualifying Employee Drug-testing Program for the duration of the subcontract. 8. Notice to Proceed Written Notice to Proceed will be given by the City after the Contract has been executed and the Performance Bond, Payment Bond, and all required insurance documents approved. Notice To Proceed shall not be unreasonably delayed and shall generally occur within thirty (30) days of the contract date. Reasonable delay may be occasioned by the need to obtain necessary permits or easements or utility relocation. The Contractor shall commence the project work within fifteen (15) days of the date of the written Notice To Proceed. Contractor is not to commence work under the Contract prior to such written notice. A written notice to proceed is expected to be issued no sooner than Monday, June 23, 2014. 9. Suspension of the Work The City, and its authorized representatives, may suspend portions or all of the project work due to causes including, but not limited to: a. Failure of the Contractor to correct unsafe conditions; b. Failure of the Contractor to carry out any provision of the Contract; C. Failure of the Contractor to carry out orders; d. Conditions, in the opinion of the City, which are unsuitable for performing the project work; e. Allowance of time required to investigate differing site conditions; f. Any reason considered to be in the public interest. The contract time will not be extended, nor will the Contractor be entitled to any additional compensation if the work is suspended pursuant to subsections (a), (b) or (c). If the project work is suspended pursuant to subsection (f), the Contractor is entitled to a reasonable extension of the contract time and reasonable compensation for all verified costs resulting from the suspension plus a reasonable allowance for overhead with respect to such costs. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. The foregoing provision concerning compensation in the event of a suspension of Work of this Contract shall not apply if such suspension occurs as a result of the Contractor's violation of any Federal, State, or Local statutes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or as a result of any violation by the Contractor of the terms of this Contract, including a determination by the City that the Contractor has not progressed satisfactorily with the Work in accordance with specifications. 10. Early Termination a. The City and the Contractor, by mutual written agreement, may terminate this Contract at any time. b. The City, on 30 days written notice to the Contractor, may terminate this Contract for any reason deemed appropriate in its sole discretion. C. The City may terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, at any time for any reason considered by the City, in the exercise of its sole discretion, to be in the public interest. The City will provide the Contractor, and the Contractor's surety, seven (7) days prior written notice of a termination for public convenience. r. 31 d. Either the City or the Contractor may terminate this Contract in the event of a breach of the Contract by the other. Prior to such termination, however, the party seeking the termination shall give to the other party written notice of the breach and of the party's intent to terminate. If the Party has not entirely cured the breach within 15 days of the notice, then the party giving the notice may terminate the Contract at any time thereafter by giving a written notice of termination. 11. Payment on Early Termination a. If this Contract is terminated under 10(a),(b), or (c), the City shall pay the Contractor for work performed in accordance with the Contract prior to the termination date. b. If this Contract is terminated under 10(d), by the Contractor due to a breach by the City, then the City shall pay the Contractor as provided in subsection (a) of this section. C. If this Contract is terminated under 10(d), by the City due to a breach by the Contractor, then the City shall pay the Contractor as provided in subsection (a) of this section, subject to set off of excess costs, t as provided for in Section 12, Remedies. 12. Remedies t, In the event of termination under 10(d), by the City due to a breach by the Contractor, then the City may complete the work either itself, by agreement with another contractor, or by a combination thereof. In the event the cost of completing the work exceeds the remaining unpaid balance of the total compensation provided under this Contract, then the Contractor shall pay to the City the amount of the reasonable excess. After notice of termination under paragraph 10(c), the Contractor and the Contractor's surety shall provide the City with immediate and peaceful possession of the Project site and premises, and materials located on and off the Project site and premises for which the Contractor received progress payment. In no circumstances shall Contractor be entitled to lost profits due to termination. The remedies provided to the City under section 10 through 12 for a breach by the Contractor shall not be exclusive. The City also shall be entitled to any other equitable and legal remedies that are available. t In the event of breach of this Contract by the City, then the Contractor's remedy shall be limited to termination of the Contract and receipt of payment as provided in Section 11(b). f 13. Access to Records t Contractor shall maintain and the City and its authorized representatives shall have access to all books, documents, papers and records of Contractor which relate to this Contract for the purpose of making audit, examination, excerpts, and transcripts for a period of three years after final payment. Copies of applicable records shall be made available upon request. Payment for cost of copies is reimbursable by the City. 14. Ownership of Work All work products of the Contractor that result from this contract, including but not limited to background data, documentation and staff work that is preliminary to final reports, are the property of City. Draft documents and preliminary work submitted to the City for review and comment shall not be considered as owned, used or retained by the City until the final document is submitted. The City shall own all proprietary rights, including but not limited to copyrights, trade secrets, patents and all other intellectual or other property rights in and to such work products. Pre-existing trade secrets of the Contractor shall be noted as such and shall not be considered as a work product of this Contract. All such work products shall be considered "works made for hire" under the provisions of the United States Copyright Act and all other equivalent laws. 'Creek I' . rk 32 t Use of any work product of the Contractor by the City for any purpose other than the use intended by this Contract is at the risk of the City. Use of any work product by Contractor is prohibited without the written consent of the City. All documents or other materials submitted to City by Contractor shall become the sole and exclusive property of City. Such materials are subject to Oregon Public Records laws. 15. Compliance with Applicable Law Contractor certifies and shall comply and require all Subcontractors to comply with all federal, state, and local laws and ordinances, including specifically City of Ashland and State of Oregon Public contracting laws and rules applicable to the work under this contract, including without limitation ORS Chapter 279A- C, 279C.500 through 279C.670, and specifically ORS 279A.120(3), 279C.515, 279C.520, 279C.530, 279C.830 and 279C.580 as set forth on Exhibit B, attached hereto and made a part hereof by this reference In addition, the provisions of ORS 279C.360, 279C.365(4), and 279C.370 (Bid Documents and Disclosure); ORS 279A.010(p), 279A.120, 279C.375, and 279C.380(4), (Award of Contract and Bond); ORS 279A.110 (Prohibition on Discrimination in Subcontracting); ORS 279C.585 (Substitution first-tier Subcontractor); ORS 279C.650 to 279C.670 (Termination); ORS 279C.520, 279C.540, 279C.545 (Hours); ORS 279C.800 to 279C.870 (Oregon Prevailing Wage Law), if applicable; ORS 279C.550 to 279C.565 (Retainage); ORS 279C.4570 (Payments); and ORS 279C.600 to 279C.625 (Bonds) ORS 279A.125 (Recyclable Products) are all incorporated into this contract by this reference as though set forth in full. Without limiting the foregoing, Contractor expressly agrees to comply with: (i) any requirements of the DAVIS BACON ACT (40 U.S.C. 3142 and applicable Davis Bacon Related Acts; (ii) Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; (iii) Section V of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; (iv) the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, (v) ORS 659A.142, (vi) all regulations and administrative rules established pursuant to those laws; and (vii) all other applicable requirements of federal and state civil rights and rehabilitation statues, rules and regulations. In addition, Contractor expressly agrees to comply with all federal and state tax laws. A condition or clause required by law to be in this contract shall be considered included and incorporated into the Contract and made a part hereof by these references. 16. Registration with Construction Contractor's Board The Contractor, hereby certifies that the Contractor is licensed with the Construction Contractors Board or licensed by the State Landscape Contractor's Board in accordance with ORS 701.035 to 701.055 and, further, that all subcontractors performing work as described in ORS 701.005(2) (i.e., construction work) will be licensed with the Construction Contractors Board or licensed by the State Landscape Contractor's Board in accordance with ORS 701.035 to 701.055 before the subcontractors commence work under the Contract. 17. Prevailing Wages/ BOLI Fee a. Contractor shall certify in the Contract and it shall be a condition of the bond, as provided in ORS 279C.800 through 279C.870, that in performing this Contract, Contractor will pay and cause to be paid not less than the prevailing rate of wages as of the date of the Public Notice, per hour, per day, and per week for and to each and every worker who may be employed in and about the performance of the Contract. In accordance with ORS 279C.838, each worker in each trade or occupation employed in the performance of the Contract either by Contractor , subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do or contracting for the whole or any part of the work on the Contract shall be paid not less than the applicable state or federal prevailing rate of wage, whichever is higher. Copies of the current BOLI prevailing wage schedule and federal wage rate schedule, if applicable, can be found at the following website: www.ore,(,).on.govlboli. When both federal and state prevailing wages are required to be included in the contract specifications, the City shall also include in the specifications information showing which prevailing rate of wage is higher for workers in each trade or occupation in each locality, as determined by the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries under ORS 279C.815 (2)(c). b. Contractor shall be bound by and shall fully comply with ORS 279C.800 to 279C.870, Oregon's Prevailing Wage Law. CONTRACTOR AGREES TO BE BOUND BY AND WILL COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS OF ORS 279C.840. Pursuant to ORS 279C.830(1), the existing prevailing rate of wage that o"k I'ark 33 may be paid to workers in each trade or occupation required, in the form of a BOLI document, is included in the Contract and bid documents and made a part hereof by this reference. For public works for which the contract price is $50,000 or more, all workers shall be paid not less than such specified minimum hourly rate of wage. [ORS 279C.830(1)] C. The City of Ashland shall pay the fee to the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries pursuant to the administrative rule of the commissioner and as provided in ORS 279C.825(1). The fee shall be paid on or before the first progress payment or 60 days from the date work first begins on the Contract, or as otherwise provided by administrative rule, whichever is the earliest date. The fee is payable to the Bureau of Labor and Industries Wage and Hour Division Prevailing Wage Unit 800 N.E. Oregon Street #32, Portland, Oregon 97232. d. Contractor and some subcontractors shall also file with the Construction Contractors Board a public works bond with a corporate surety authorized to do business in this state in the amount of $30,000 as required by ORS 279C.836 and shall cause all subcontractors to do the same prior to starting work on the project. [ORS 279C.830(2)] The bond must provide that the contractor or subcontractor will pay claims ordered by the Bureau of Labor and Industries to workers performing labor upon public works projects. The bond must be a continuing obligation, and the surety's liability for the aggregate of claims that may be payable from the bond may not exceed the penal sum of the bond. The bond must remain in effect continuously until depleted by claims paid under this section, unless the surety sooner cancels the bond. Contractor shall verify that subcontractors have complied with this requirement prior to permitting the subcontractor to start work on the project. t e. If the Contract is for a public work and the Contract price is $50,000 or more, Contractor shall supply and file, and require every Subcontractor to supply and file, with the City and with the Wage and Hour Division, Bureau of Labor and Industries (BOLI), 800 NE Oregon #32, Portland, Oregon 97232 a certified statement in writing that conforms to the requirements of ORS 279C.845. 18. Hours of Labor /Overtime limitation [ORS 279C.5201 [ORS 279C.540] [ORS 279C.545] Pursuant to ORS 279C.520, no person may be employed for more than 10 hours in any one day, or 40 hours in any one week, except in cases of necessity, emergency or when the public policy absolutely requires it, and in such cases, except in cases of contracts for personal services, the employee shall be paid at least time and a half pay: (a) (1) For all overtime in excess of eight hours in any one day or 40 hours in any one week when the work week is five consecutive days, Monday through Friday; or (2) For all overtime in excess of 10 hours in any one day or 40 hours in any one week when the work week is four consecutive days, Monday through Friday; and (b) For all work performed on Saturday and on any legal holiday specified in ORS 279C.540. (c) Collective bargaining and negotiated labor agreements may provide exceptions to the requirements of this section and from ORS 279C.520 and ORS 279C.540. (d) When labor is employed by the City through another as a contractor, any worker employed by the contractor shall be foreclosed from the right to collect for any overtime provided in ORS 279C.540 unless a claim for payment is filed with the contractor within 90 days from the completion of the contract, providing the Contractor has: (1) Caused a circular clearly printed in boldfaced 12-point type and containing a copy of this section to be posted in a prominent place alongside the door of the timekeeper's office or in a similar place that is readily available and freely visible to workers employed on the work. (2) Maintained the circular continuously posted from the inception to the completion of the Contract on which workers are or have been employed. C rv 34 t (e) At or before the commencement of work, the Contractor shall give notice in writing to employees or by posting, of the number of hours and days per week the employees may be required to work. [279C.520(2)(5)] 19. Medical Care and Workers Compensation [ORS 279C.530] (1) Pursuant to ORS 279C.530(1), Contractor shall promptly, as due, make payment to any person, co- partnership, association or corporation furnishing medical, surgical and hospital care services or other needed care and attention, incident to sickness or injury, to the employees of the contractor, of all sums that the contractor agrees to pay for the services and all moneys and sums that the contractor collected or deducted from the wages of employees under any law, contract or agreement for the purpose of providing or paying for the services. (2) Pursuant to ORS 279C.530(2), All employers, including Contractor, that employ subject workers who work under this Contract in the State of Oregon shall comply with ORS 656.017 and provide the required Workers Compensation coverage unless such employers are exempt under ORS 656.126. Contractor shall ensure that each of its subcontractors complies with these requirements. 20. Retainage The withholding of retainage by a contractor or subcontractor on public improvement contracts shall be in accordance with ORS 701.420 and 701.430. [279C.555] "Retainage" means the difference between the amount earned by a contractor on a public improvement contract and the amount paid on the Contract by the City. [279C.550] Moneys retained by a contracting agency under ORS 279C.570 (7) shall either be: (a) retained in a fund by the City and paid to the contractor in accordance with ORS 279C.570; or (b) At the election of the contractor, paid to the contractor in accordance with the two options below: • The contractor may deposit bonds, securities, or other instruments with the City or in any bank or trust company to be held in lieu of the cash retainage for the benefit of the contracting agency. In such event the City shall reduce the retainage in an amount equal to the value of the bonds, securities or instruments. and pay the amount of the reduction to the contractor in accordance with ORS 279C.570. Interest on the bonds or securities shall accrue to the contractor. {or} • If the contractor elects, the City shall deposit the retainage, as accumulated, in an interest-bearing account in a bank, savings bank, trust company or savings association for the benefit of the City. Earnings on the account shall accrue to the contractor. If the contracting agency incurs additional costs as a result of the exercise of the options in ORS 279C.560(1) or (5), the City may recover such costs from the contractor by reduction of the final payment. As work on the contract progresses, the contracting agency shall, upon demand, inform the contractor of all accrued costs. Bonds and securities deposited or acquired in lieu of retainage, as permitted above, shall be of a character approved by the City Attorney and City Finance Director, including but not limited to: (a) Bills, certificates, notes or bonds of the United States. (b) Other obligations of the United States or its agencies. (c) Obligations of any corporation wholly owned by the federal government. (d) Indebtedness of the Federal National Mortgage Association. (e) General obligation Bond of the State of Oregon or a political subdivision thereof. Unless the City finds that accepting a bond or instrument poses an extraordinary risk that is not typically associated with such bond or instrument, the contractor may deposit a surety bond for all or any portion of the amount of funds retained, or to be retained, by the City in a form acceptable to the City. The bond and any proceeds therefrom shall be made subject to all claims and liens and in the same manner and priority as set forth for retainage under ORS 279C.550 to 279C.570 and 279C.600 to 279C.625. The City shall reduce the retainage in an amount equal to the value of the bond and pay the amount of the reduction to the contractor in accordance with ORS 279C.570. Whenever a City accepts a surety bond from a contractor in lieu of retainage, the contractor shall accept like bonds from any subcontractor or supplier from which the psi is F 35 contractor has retainage. The contractor shall then reduce the retainage in an amount equal to the value of the bond and pay the amount of the reduction to the subcontractor or supplier. [279C.560] 21. Progress Payments a. Payment for all work under the Contract will be made promptly by the City at the price or prices bid, and those prices shall include full compensation for all approved incidental work. b. Contractor shall make progress estimates of work performed in any calendar month and submit to the City for approval, before the fifth of the following month, or as mutually agreed between the Contractor and City. These estimates shall include value of labor performed and materials incorporated in the work since commencing work under the Contract. Such estimates need not be made by strict measurements and may be approximate only, and shall be based upon the whole amount of money that will become due according to terms of the Contract when Project has been completed. The City may include in payments eighty five percent (85%) of the cost to Contractor of materials or equipment not yet incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site, or at some other location agreed upon in writing. Such a t° payment shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such other documentation satisfactory to the City Attorney to establish the City's title to such materials or equipment or otherwise protect the City's interest including applicable insurance and transportation to the site, and a statement from Contractor explaining why it is necessary to procure said equipment and/or materials. When such payments are made, the Contractor warrants and guarantees that the title to all materials and equipment covered by a progress payment, whether incorporated in the project or not, will pass to the City upon receipt of such payment by the Contractor, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances. Notwithstanding the above, when the progress estimate indicates that the progress payment would be less than one thousand dollars ($1,000), no progress payment will be made for that estimate period, unless approved by the City. C. If the Contract price is determined, in whole or in part, on a Lump Sum basis, Contractor shall prepare an itemized cost breakdown relating thereto and have the City approve same before commencing work; progress estimates based on said itemized cost breakdown may be the basis for progress payments. Upon direction by the City, Contractor shall provide for revision of the costs breakdown to reflect the true costs of the work as it progresses. d. If the Contract price is determined wholly on a unit basis, City may use unit prices bid in making progress estimates on the work. In case said unit prices do not, in the opinion of the City, truly represent actual relative costs of different parts of work, a percentage of the Unit Price may be used in making' progress estimate adjustments., e. If the City receives written notice of any unsettled claims for damage or other costs due to Contractor's operations including, without limitation, claims from any City Department or other governmental agency, an amount equal to the claim may be withheld from the progress payments, final payments or retainage until such claim has been resolved to the satisfaction of City. f. Progress payments will be made by City on a monthly basis within thirty (30) days from sign off by the Contractor of the progress payment or fifteen (15) days after the payment is approved by City of work performed, whichever is the earlier date. Failure to pay progress payments within the timeframe set forth above will result in the imposition of interest as required by ORS 279C.570(2)(3). Defective or improper invoices will be addressed as set forth in ORS 279C.570(4)(5)(6). g. Payment will be issued by City for the amount of the approved estimate, less five percent (5%) retainage. Except as provided in paragraph 19 above and the applicable ORS Sections noted herein, such amount of retainage shall be withheld and retained by City until it is included in and paid to Contractor as part of the final payment of the Contract amount. Upon Substantial Completion of the work under the Contract which shall be understood to be not less than ninety-seven and one-half percent (97.5%) of the work, the City may, at its discretion, reduce the retained amount equivalent to not less than one hundred C n Pnrk 36 percent (100%) of the contract value or estimated value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be done. [279C.570(7)] h. The City may decline to approve an application for payment and may withhold such approval if, in the City's opinion, and in good faith, the work has not progressed to the point indicated by the Contractor's submittal. The City may also decline to approve an application for payment or may reduce said payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections, City may nullify the whole or any part of any payment previously made to such extent as may be necessary in their opinion to protect the City from loss because of: (1) defective work not remedied, (2) third party claims filed or failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors for labor, materials or equipment, unless Surety consents to such payment, (3) reasonable doubt that the work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract sum, (4) damage to another contractor's work, (5) reasonable indication that the work will not be completed within the Contract time, (6) unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor, (7) claims against the Contractor by the City, (8) failure to submit a construction schedule or failure to keep said construction schedule updated, or (9) exceeding work limits. When any or all of the criteria set forth above have been remedied satisfactorily to the City, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. Withholding of progress payments or partial payments under the criteria set forth above shall not entitle the Contractor to interest on such withheld payments or partial payments, except as provided in ORS 279C.570(9). i. If Contractor fails to complete the Project within the time limit fixed in the Contract or any extension, no further estimate may be accepted or progress or other payments allowed until the Project is completed, unless approved otherwise by City. Progress estimates are for the sole purpose of determining progress payments and are not to be relied on for any other purpose. A progress payment is not considered acceptance or approval of any work or materials or waiver of any defects therein. [ORS 279.570(2)]. 22. Final Estimate and Final Payment a. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. Contractor shall notify the City in writing when all or a portion of the work is considered substantially complete. If it appears to the City that the work is not substantially complete, the City shall not make an inspection. The City may make a general list of major work components remaining. If it appears that the work is substantially complete, the City shall, within fifteen (15) days after receiving notice, make an inspection and either accept the work or notify Contractor of work yet to be performed. If accepted, City shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, Exhibit F. Upon acceptance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion by both parties, the City shall be responsible for operation and maintenance of that part of the work described in the Certificate of Substantial Completion, subject to the warranty requirements and protection of the work and all other applicable terms of the contract documents. The date of substantial completion of all the work shall stop the accrual of liquidated damages, if applicable. b. FINAL COMPLETION. Contractor shall notify the City in writing when work is 100% complete. If it appears to the City that the work is not 100% complete, the City shall not make a final inspection. The City may make a general list of major work components remaining. If it appears that the work is 100% complete, the City shall, within fifteen (15) days after receiving notice, make a final inspection and either accept the work or notify Contractor of work yet to be performed on the Contract. A Certificate of Final Completion shall not be prepared until all provisions of the Contract have been met, including but not limited to, the submission by the Contractor of a signed Certificate of Compliance, Exhibit G and executed "Release of Liens and Claims. "(Exhibit H). b. When the work is 100% complete, the City shall prepare a final pay estimate and Certificate of Final Completion accepting the work as of a certain date. The Contractor shall execute and return the final pay estimate and Certificate of Final Completion within five (5) working days of receipt. Unless otherwise provided as a Special Provision, when City accepts the Certificate of Final Completion, the date the Contractor signs the Certificate of Final Completion shall be the date the City accepts Ownership of the work and the start date of the warranty period. The contractor may substitute a Warranty Bond in replacement of the Performance and Payment Bonds in accordance with Section 29. The City shall include in the final pay estimate an addition to the contract amount for any contract deduction from the contract amount for any liquidated damages and a deduction from the contract price in a fair and equitable amount for any damages to the City or for any costs incurred or likely to be incurred by the City due to Contractor's failure to meet any contract provision or specification other than timely completion. C. If the Contractor believes the quantities and amounts specified in the final pay estimate prepared by the City to be incorrect, Contractor shall submit to the City within five (5) working days of receipt of the City's final pay estimate, an itemized statement of any and all claims for additional compensation under the Contract which are based on differences in measurements or errors of computation. Any such claim not so submitted and supported by an itemized statement within said period is expressly waived and the City shall not be obligated to pay the same. d. The Contractor shall commence any suit or action to collect or enforce the claim or claims for any additional compensation arising from errors of computation in the final estimate within a period of one (1) year following the original mailing of the City's final estimate and Certificate of Final Completion to the Contractor's last known address as shown in the records of City. The City's issuance of a revised final estimate pursuant to this subsection does not alter the original final estimate date. If said suit, action or proceeding is not commenced in said one (1) year period, the final estimate and Certificate of Final Completion or revised final estimate and Certificate of Final Completion, if revisions are made, shall be conclusive with respect to the amount earned by the Contractor, and the Contractor expressly waives any and all claims for compensation and any and all causes of suit or action for the enforcement thereof that Contractor might have had. e. Upon return of the fully executed Certificate of Final Completion from the Contractor, the City will submit the Certificate of Final Completion and final estimate to the City for approval. Upon approval and acceptance by the City, Contractor will be paid a total payment equal to the amount due under the Contract including retainage within thirty (30) days in accordance with ORS 279C.570. Failure to pay within 30 days shall implicate the interest on final payment/ retainage requirements of ORS 279C.570(8). f. Monies earned by the Contractor are not due and payable until the procedures set forth in the contract documents for inspection, approval and acceptance of the work; for determination of the work done and the amount due therefore; for the preparation of the final estimate and Certificate of Final Completion and processing the same for payment; for consideration of the Contractor's claim, or claims, if any; and for the preparing of a revised final estimate and Certificate of Final Completion and processing same for payment all have been carried out. g. As a prerequisite to final payment, if Contractor is not domiciled in or registered to do business in t the State of Oregon, the Contractor will provide City with evidence that the requirement of ORS` 279A.120(3) has been satisfied. h. If City declares a default of the Contract, and Surety completes said Contract, all payments made after declaration of default and all retainage held by City shall be paid to Surety and not to Contractor in accordance with the terms of the Contract. i. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment shall release City from any and all claims by Contractor whether known or unknown, arising out of and relating to the work. No payment, however, final or otherwise, shall operate to release Contractor or its Sureties from warranties or other obligations required in the performance of the Contract. j. Disputes as to compensation resolved in favor of the contractor implicate the interest provisions of ORS 279.570(9). 23. Change Orders / Extra Work The Contractor agrees to complete this Contract in accordance with the attached specifications and i C rc' S 11.<rk 38 requirements, including any change orders. A change order submitted by the City must be agreed upon by the Contractor and the City, and in the event of failure to so agree, the City may then proceed with any additional work in any manner the City may choose. A decision by the City to proceed to have work done by another party shall in no way relieve either the Contractor or City of this Contract and neither will such action be cause for collection of damages by either party to the contract, one from the other. Only the City designated Contracting Officer or individual with delegated contracting authority can authorize extra (and/or changed) work and compensation. Such authorization must be in writing. The parties expressly recognize that, except when such order is in writing by an individual with delegated authority, City personnel are not authorized to order extra (and/or) changed work or to waive contract requirements or authorize additional compensation. Failure of the Contractor to secure City authorization for extra work shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims or rights to adjustment in the contract price or contract time due to such unauthorized extra work and thereafter Contractor shall be entitled to no compensation whatsoever for the performance of such work. Contractor further expressly waives any and all right or remedy by way of restitution and quantum meruit for any and all extra work performed by Contractor without express and prior authorization of the City. 24. Contractor/Subcontractor Payment Obligations a. The Contractor is required to include in each subcontract for property or services entered into by the Contractor and a first-tier subcontractor, including a material supplier, for the purpose of performing this Contract: i. A payment clause that obligates the Contractor to pay the first-tier subcontractor for satisfactory performance under its subcontract within 10 days out of such amounts as are paid to the Contractor by the City under such contract; [279C.580(3)(a)] and ii. An interest penalty clause that obligates the Contractor, if payment is not made within 30 days after receipt of payment from the City, to pay to the first-tier subcontractor an interest penalty on amounts due in the case of each payment not made in accordance with the payment clause included in the subcontract pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above. A contractor or first-tier subcontractor shall not be obligated to pay an interest penalty if the only reason that the contractor or first-tier subcontractor did not make payment when payment was due is that the contractor or first-tier subcontractor did not receive payment from the City or contractor when payment was due. The interest penalty shall be: A. For the period beginning on the day after the required payment date and ending on the date on which payment of the amount is due made; and B. Computed at the rate specified in ORS 279C.515(2). [279C.580(3)(b)] b. The Contractor is further required to include in each of its subcontracts, for the purpose of performance of such contract condition, a provision requiring the first-tier subcontractor to include a payment clause and an interest penalty clause conforming to the standards of section a. above in each of its subcontracts and to require each of its subcontractors to include such clauses in their subcontracts with each lower-tier subcontractor or supplier. [279C.580(4)] C. The Contractor shall not request payment of any amount withheld or retained in accordance with ORS 279C.580(5) until such time as the Contractor has determined and certified to the City that the subcontractor is entitled to the payment of such amount. [279C.570(l)]. d. A dispute between the Contractor and a subcontractor relating to the amount or entitlement of a subcontractor to a payment or a late payment interest penalty under a clause included in the subcontract pursuant to subsections (3) and (4) of ORS 279C.580 does not constitute a dispute to which the City is a party. The City shall not be included as a party in any administrative or judicial proceeding involving such a dispute. [279C.580(2)] 'dI ndaC'r~~rl P,-.Ilk 39 e. The Contractor shall make payment promptly, as due, to all persons supplying to the Contractor labor or material for the performance of the work provided for in the contract. [ORS 279C.505(1)(a)] The Contractor shall pay all contributions or amounts due the Industrial Accident Fund and the State Unemployment Compensation Fund from the Contractor or Subcontractor incurred in the performance of the contract. [ORS 279C.505(1)(b)] The Contractor shall not permit any claim or lien to be filed or prosecuted against the City and shall be fully responsible for any lien or claim filed against the City on account of any labor or material furnished. [ORS 279C.505(1)(c)] The Contractor shall pay to the Department of Revenue all sums withheld from employees pursuant to ORS 316.167. [ORS 279C.505(1)(d)] f. Pursuant to ORS 279C.515(1), if Contractor fails, neglects or refuses to make prompt payment of any claim for labor or services furnished to the Contractor or a subcontractor by any person in connection with the Contract as such claim becomes due, the proper officer(s) representing the City may pay the claim and charge the amount of the payment against funds due or to become due Contractor under this Contract. g. Pursuant to ORS 279C.515(2), if the Contractor or a first-tier subcontractor fails, neglects or refuses to make payment to a person furnishing labor or materials in connection with the public improvement Contract within 30 days after receipt of payment from the contracting agency or a contractor, the contractor or first- t tier subcontractor shall owe the person the amount due plus interest charges commencing at the end of the 10-day period that payment is due under ORS 279C.580 (4) and ending upon final payment, unless payment is subject to a good faith dispute as defined in ORS 279C.580. The rate of interest charged to the contractor or first-tier subcontractor on the amount due shall equal three times the discount rate on 90-day commercial. paper in effect at the Federal Reserve Bank in the Federal Reserve district that includes Oregon on the date that is 30 days after the date when payment was received from the contracting agency or from the contractor, but the rate of interest may not exceed 30 percent. The amount of interest may not be waived. h. Pursuant to ORS 279C.515(3), if the Contractor or a subcontractor fails, neglects or refuses to make payment to a person furnishing labor or materials in connection with the public improvement contract, the person may file a complaint with the Construction Contractors Board, unless payment is subject to a good faith dispute as defined in ORS 279C.580. i. Pursuant to ORS 279C.515(4), the payment of a claim in the manner authorized in this section does not relieve the contractor or the contractor's surety from obligation with respect to any unpaid claims. j. Living Wage Rates: If the amount of this contract is $18,703 or more, and Contractor is not paying prevailing wage for the work, Contractor must comply with Chapter 3.12 of the Ashland Municipal Code by paying a living wage, as defined in this chapter, to all employees performing work under this contract and to any subcontractor who performs 50% or more of the work under this contract. Contractor must post the attached Living Wage Notice predominantly in areas where it will be seen by all employees. 25. Inspection and Acceptance Inspection and acceptance of all work required under this contract shall be performed by the City. The Contractor shall be advised of the acceptance or of any deficiencies in the deliverable items. 26. Liquidated Damages City and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence of this Contract and that City will suffer substantial financial loss if the project work is not completed within the timeframe specified in Section (1) of the Public Improvement Contract. City and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or other dispute resolution preceding the actual loss suffered by City if the project work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, City and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) the Contractor shall pay the City Five Hundred Dollars per day ($500.00/day) for each and every day that elapses in excess of the contract time or the final adjusted A . `r~-c k P.,i rik 40 contract time. This amount is a genuine pre-estimation of the damages expected because of a delay in the completion of this project. Any sums due as liquidated damages shall be deducted from any money due or which may become due to the Contractor under this Contract. Payment of liquidated damages shall not release the Contractor from obligations in respect to the fulfillment of the entire Contract, nor shall the payment of such liquidated damages constitute a waiver of the City's right to collect any additional damages which may be sustained by failure of the Contractor to complete the work on time. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the project work or any part thereof after the contract time, or adjusted contract time, has expired shall in no way operate as a waiver on the part of the City or any of its rights under this Contract. The City may in its discretion grant the Contractor an extension of time upon a showing made by the Contractor that the work has been unavoidably delayed by conditions beyond the control of the parties. 27. Liability, Indemnity and Hold Harmless Contractor warrants that all its work will be performed in accordance with generally accepted practices and standards as well as the requirements of applicable federal, state, and local laws, it being understood that acceptance of Contractor's work by City shall not operate as a waiver or release. The Contractor shall hold harmless, indemnify, and defend City, its officers, agents, and employees from any and all liability, actions, claims, losses, damages or other costs of whatsoever nature, including attorney's fees and witness costs (at both trial and appeal level, whether or not a trial or appeal ever takes place) that may be asserted by any person or entity arising from, during or in connection with the performance of the work, actions or failure to perform actions, and other activities of Contractor or its officers, employees, subcontractors or agents, under this Contract, including the professional negligent acts, errors, or omissions of Contractor or its officers, employees, subcontractors, or agents except liability arising out of the sole gross negligence of the City and its employees. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for the work and shall bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to the Contractor, to the City, and to their officers, agents, and employees on account of (a) the character or performance of the work, (b) unforeseen difficulties, (c) accidents, or (d) any other cause whatsoever. The Contractor shall assume this responsibility even if (a) fault is the basis of the claim, and (b) any act, omission or conduct of the City connected with the Contract is a condition or contributory cause of the claim, loss, damage or injury. Contractor waives any and all statutory or common law rights of defense and indemnification by the City. Such indemnification shall also cover claims brought against City under state or federal workers compensation laws. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify City from all loss or damage that may result from Contractor's wrongful or unauthorized use of any patented article or process. If any aspect of this indemnity shall be found to be illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this indemnification. Any specific duty or liability imposed or assumed by the Contractor as may be otherwise set forth in the Contract documents shall not be construed as a limitation or restriction of the general liability or duty imposed upon the Contractor by this section. In the event any such action or claim is brought against the City, the Contractor shall, if the City so elects and upon tender by the City, defend the same at the Contractor's sole cost and expense, promptly satisfy any judgment adverse to the City or to the City and the Contractor jointly, and reimburse the City for any loss, cost, damage, or expense, including attorney fees, suffered or incurred by the City. 28. Insurance The Contractor shall provide and maintain during the life of this Contract the insurance coverage as described in Exhibit C. All costs for such insurance shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be included in the contract price. In case of the breach of any provision of this section, the City may elect to take out and maintain at the expense of the Contractor such insurance as the City may deem proper. The City may deduct the cost of such insurance from any monies that may be due or become due the Contractor under this Contract. Failure to maintain insurance as provided is also cause for immediate termination of the Contract. Contractor shall furnish City certificates of insurance acceptable to City prior to execution by the City and before Contractor or any subcontractor commences work under this Contract. The certificate shall show the name of the insurance carrier, coverage, type, amount (or limits), policy numbers, effective and expiration l.ts . C 41 dates and a description of operations covered. The certificate will include the deductible or retention level and required endorsements. Insuring companies or entities are subject to City's acceptance. If requested, copies of insurance policies shall be provided to the City. Contractor shall be responsible for all deductibles, self-insured retention's, and/or self-insurance. Approval of the insurance shall not relieve or decrease the liability of the Contractor hereunder. 29. Performance, Payment and Warranty Bonds / Notice of Bond Claims At the time of execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish: (1) Performance Bond and (2) Payment Bond written by a corporate surety or other financial assurance in an amount equal to the amount of the Contract based upon the estimate of quantities or lump sum as set forth in the Contract and in accordance with ORS 279.380. The bonds shall be continuous in effect and shall remain in full force and effect until compliance with and fulfillment of all terms and provisions of the Contract, including the obligations of Sections 27 and 30, all applicable laws and the prompt payment of all persons supplying labor and/or material for prosecution of the work. The bond(s) or other financial assurance is subject to approval by the City. Contractor shall furnish a separate warranty bond written by a corporate surety or other financial assurance, in an amount equal to 10% of the final amount of the Contract. The City may permit the warranty amount p to be included in the initial performance and payment bonds. The warranty bond or other financial assurance shall be in effect for a period of one year from the date of Final Completion. The City may require a separate warranty bond or financial assurance for any repairs done pursuant to the warranty obligation. Such separate warranty bond or financial assurance shall be for a period of one year from the date of completion of such repairs. The notice of claim on a bond required by ORS 279C.600 must be sent by registered or certified mail or hand delivered no later than 120 days after the day the person last provided labor or furnished materials or 120 days after the worker listed in the notice of claim by the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries last provided labor. The notice may be sent or delivered to the contractor at any place the contractor maintains an office or conducts business or at the residence of the contractor. Notwithstanding the above, if the claim is for a required contribution to a fund of any employee benefit plan, the notice required by ORS 279C.600 must be sent or delivered within 150 days after the employee last provided labor or materials. The notice of claim must be in writing substantially as set forth in ORS 279C.605(3)-(5)., 30. One-Year Warranty a. In addition to and not in lieu of any other warranties required under the Contract, Contractor shall make all necessary repairs and replacements to remedy, in a manner satisfactory to the City and at no cost to the City, any and all defects, breaks, or failures of the work occurring within one year following the date of completion due to faulty or inadequate materials or workmanship. Repair damage or disturbances to other improvements under, within, or adjacent to the work, whether or not caused by settling, washing, or slipping, when such damage or disturbance is caused, in whole or in part, from activities of the Contractor in performing its duties and obligations under this Contract when such defects or damage occur within the warranty period. The one-year warranty period shall, with relation to such required repair, be extended one year from the date of completion of such repair. If Contractor, after written notice, fails within ten days to proceed to comply with the terms of this section, City may have the defects corrected, and the Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be liable for all expense incurred. In case of an emergency where, in the opinion of the City, delay would cause serious loss or damage, repairs may be made without notice being given to Contractor and Contractor or Surety shall pay the cost of repairs. Failure of the City to act in case of an emergency shall not relieve Contractor or Surety from liability and payment of all such costs. C `r -,k P F Ec 42 31. Nondiscrimination in Labor No person shall be subject to discrimination in the receipt of the benefits of any services or activities made possible by or resulting from this Agreement on the grounds of sex, race, color, creed, marital status, age, sexual orientation or national origin. Contractor shall comply with provisions of Owner's Equal Opportunity Policy and comply with ORS Chapter 659 and ORS Chapter 659A relating to unlawful employment practices and discrimination by employers against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, national origin, marital status or age if the individual is 18 years of age or older. Particular reference is made to ORS 659A.030, which states that it is unlawful employment practice for any employer, because of the race, religion, color, sex, national origin, marital status or age if the individual is 18 years or older or because of the race, religion, color, sex, national origin or age of any other person with whom the individual associates, or because of a juvenile record that has been expunged pursuant to ORS 419A.260 and ORS 419A.262 of any individual, or to refuse to hire or employ or to bar or discharge from employment such individual or to discriminate against such individual in compensation or in terms, conditions or privileges of employment. Any violation of this provision shall be considered a material violation of the Agreement and shall be grounds for cancellation, termination, or suspension in whole or in part.(q). 32. Construction Debris and Yard Waste Contractor shall salvage or recycle construction and demolition debris, if feasible and cost effective. If the contract includes lawn and landscaping maintenance, Contractor shall compost or mulch yard waste material at an approved site, if feasible and cost effective. [ORS 279C.510(1)&(2)] 33. Environmental Regulations Pursuant to ORS 279C.525(1), the following is a list of federal, state and local agencies which have enacted ordinances or regulations dealing with the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of natural resources that may affect the performance of the contract. Federal Agencies: Agriculture, Department of Forest Service Soil Conservation Service Commerce Department of National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) Defense, Department of Army Corps of Project Managers Energy, Department of Federal Energy Regulatory Commission Environmental Protection Agency Health and Human Services Department of Housing and Urban Development, Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank Interior, Department of Bureau of Land Management Bureau of Indian Affairs Bureau of Mines Bureau of Reclamation Geological Survey Minerals Management Service U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Labor, Department of Mine Safety and Health Administration Occupational Safety and Health Administration . . , ~'>tr% 43 Transportation, Department of Coast Guard Federal Highway Administration Water Resources Council State Agencies: Administrative Services, Department of Agriculture, Department of Consumer & Business Services, Department of Oregon Occupational Safety & Health Division Energy, Department of Environmental Quality, Department of Fish and Wildlife, Department of Forestry, Department of Geology and Mineral Industries, Department of Human Resources, Department of Land Conservation and Development Commission Parks and Recreation, Department of Soil and Water Conservation Commission State Project Manager State Land Board (Lands, Division of State) Water Resources Department Local Agencies: CITY of ASHLAND City Council (Ashland Municipal Code) County Courts County Commissioners of Jackson County, County Service Districts Sanitary Districts Water Districts Fire Protection Districts Historical Preservation Commissions Planning Commission If the Contractor awarded the project is delayed or must undertake additional work by reason of existing ordinances, rules or regulations of agencies not cited above or due to the enactment of new or the amendment of existing statutes, ordinances, rules or regulations relating to the prevention of environmental t pollution and the preservation of natural resources occurring after the submission of the successful bid, the City may: (a) Terminate the contract; (b) Complete the work itself, (c) Use non-City forces already under contract with the City; (d) Require that the underlying property owner be responsible for cleanup; (e) Solicit bids for a new contractor to provide the necessary services; or (f) Issue the contractor a change order setting forth the additional work that must be undertaken. The solicitation documents make specific reference to known conditions at the construction site that may require the successful bidder to comply with the ordinances, rules or regulations identified above. If Contractor encounters a condition not referred to in the solicitation documents, not caused by the successful bidder and not discoverable by a reasonable pre-bid visual site inspection, and the condition requires compliance with the ordinances, rules or regulations enacted by the governmental entities identified above, the successful bidder shall immediately give notice of the condition to the contracting agency. Except in the case of an emergency and except as may otherwise be required by any environmental or natural resource Crst1'.? 44 ordinance, rule or regulation, the Contractor shall not commence work nor incur any additional job site costs in regard to the condition encountered and described in subsection (3) of this section without written direction from the contracting agency. Upon request by the City, the Contractor shall estimate the emergency or regulatory compliance costs as well as the anticipated delay and costs resulting from the encountered condition. This cost estimate shall be promptly delivered to the contracting agency for resolution. Within a reasonable period of time following delivery of an estimate of this section, the City may: (a) Terminate the contract; (b) Complete the work itself, (c) Use non-City forces already under contract with the City; (d) Require that the underlying property owner be responsible for cleanup; (e) Solicit bids for a new contractor to provide the necessary services; or (f) Issue the contractor a change order setting forth the additional work that must be undertaken. If the City chooses to terminate the contract under either subsection (a) of this section, the Contractor shall be entitled to all costs and expenses incurred to the date of termination, including overhead and reasonable profits, on the percentage of the work completed. The City shall have access to the contractor's bid documents when making the contracting agency's determination of the additional compensation due to the contractor. If the contracting agency causes work to be done by another contractor under either subsection (c) or (e) above, the initial contractor may not be held liable for actions or omissions of the other contractor. The change order under either subsection (f) of this section shall include the appropriate extension of contract time and compensate the contractor for all additional costs, including overhead and reasonable profits, reasonably incurred as a result of complying with the applicable statutes, ordinances, rules or regulations. The City shall have access to the contractor's bid documents when making the contracting agency's determination of the additional compensation due to the contractor. Notwithstanding the above, the City has allocated all or a portion of the known environmental and natural resource risks to a Contractor by listing such environmental and natural resource risks in the solicitation documents. 34. Waiver The failure of the City to enforce any provision of this Contract shall not constitute a waiver by the City of that or any other provision. City shall not be precluded or estopped by any measurement, estimate or certificate made either before or after completion and acceptance of work or payment therefore, from showing the true amount and character of work performed and materials furnished by the Contractor, or from showing that any such measurement, estimate or certificate is untrue or incorrectly made, or that work or materials do not conform in fact to the Contract. City shall not be precluded or estopped, notwithstanding any such measurement, estimate or certificate, or payment in accordance therewith, from recovering from the Contractor and their Sureties such damages as it may sustain by reason of their failure to comply with terms of the Contract, or from enforcing compliance with the Contract. Neither acceptance by City, or by any representative or agent of the City, of the whole or any part of the work, nor any extension of time, nor any possession taken by City, nor any payment for all or any part of the project, shall operate as a waiver of any portion of the Contract or of any power herein reserved, or any right to damages herein provided. A waiver of any breach of the Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other breach. 35. Errors The Contractor shall perform such additional work as may be necessary to correct errors in the work required under this contract without undue delays and without additional cost. 36. Governing Law The provisions of this Contract shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Oregon and ordinances of the City of Ashland, Oregon. Any action or suits involving any question arising under this lv1 l , ?ta CrcA 1' i 45 Contract must be brought in the appropriate court in Jackson County, Oregon. If the claim must be brought in a federal forum, then it shall be brought and conducted in the United States District Court for the District of Oregon. Contractor, by the signature herein of its authorized representative, hereby consents to the in personam jurisdiction of said courts. In no event shall this section be construed as a waiver of the City of any form of defense or immunity. 37. Severability If any term or provision of this contract is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal or in conflict with any law, the validity of the remaining terms and provisions shall not be affected, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced as if the contract did not contain the particular term or provision held invalid. 38. Attorney's Fees If a suit or action is filed to enforce any of the terms of this contract, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party, in addition to costs and disbursements provided by statute, any sum which a court, including any appellate court, may adjudge reasonable as attorney's fees. 39. Business License The Contractor shall obtain a City of Ashland business license as required by City Ordinance prior to I beginning work under this contract. The Contractor shall provide a business license number in the space provided in this contract. l 40. Notices/Bills/Payments All notices, bills, and payments shall be made in writing and may be given by personal delivery or by mail. Notices, bills, and payments sent by mail should be addressed as follows: City: Steve Ennis, Project Manager Steve Ennis Architect P.O. Box 4051, 2870 Nansen Drive Medford, OR 97501 541-618-9155. steveennis@uci.net and when so addressed, shall be deemed given upon deposit in the United States Mail, postage prepaid. In f all other instances, notices, bills, and payments shall be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names and addresses of the person to whom notices, bills, and payments are to be given by giving notice pursuant to this paragraph. 41. Conflict of Interest Contractor covenants that it presently has no interest and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, which would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of its services. The Contractor further covenants that in the performance of this contract no person having any such interest shall be employed. 42. Merger Clause THIS CONTRACT AND ATTACHED EXHIBITS CONSTITUTE THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES. NO WAIVER, CONSENT, MODIFICATION OR CHANGE OF TERMS OF THIS CONTRACT SHALL BIND EITHER PARTY UNLESS IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY BOTH PARTIES. SUCH WAIVER, CONSENT, MODIFICATION OR CHANGE, IF MADE, SHALL BE EFFECTIVE ONLY IN THE SPECIFIC INSTANCE AND FOR THE SPECIFIC PURPOSE GIVEN. ' ! C ivek 1' r1c 46 THERE ARE NO UNDERSTANDINGS, AGREEMENTS, OR REPRESENTATIONS, ORAL OR WRITTEN, NOT SPECIFIED HEREIN REGARDING THIS CONTRACT. BY ITS SIGNATURE, CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES IT HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS THIS CONTRACT, AND AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS. .psi€lLind Crc, ik I' ,-,,,-k 47 This page intentionally left blank t',; 1~E~1~~GU1 C ,~k I'~~:1t 48 ATTACHMENTS: EXHIBITS B-J EXHIBIT B COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE PUBLIC CONTRACT LAW EXHIBIT C INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS EXHIBIT D INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION EXHIBIT E BONDS (BID, PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE) EXHIBIT F CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION EXHIBIT G CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE EXHIBIT H RELEASE OF LIENS AND CLAIMS EXHIBIT I CERTIFICATE OF FINAL COMPLETION EXHIBIT J INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I ' C ek4 k ll ar l" 49 EXHIBIT B COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT This exhibit contains the requirements for public contracting as set forth in ORS Chapter 279C.360 through and including 279C.800 and is available through the City Project Managering Office at 51 Winburn Way, Ashland, Oregon or online at www.Ieo.state. or.us/ors f t" F} t 1tihhffld ('%'ek t'atk 50 k EXHIBIT C PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS To: Insurance Agent. Please provide Certificates of Insurance to the Project Manager. During the term of the contract, please provide Certificates of Insurance prior to each renewal. Insurance shall be without prejudice to coverage otherwise existing. During the term of this contract, Contractor shall maintain in force at its own expense all insurance noted below: Workers Compensation insurance in compliance with ORS 656.017. All employers, including Contractor and any subcontractors, that employ subject workers who work under this Contract in the State of Oregon shall comply with ORS 656.017 and provide the required Workers' Compensation coverage, unless such employers are exempt under ORS 656.126. Contractor shall ensure that each of its subcontractors complies with these requirements. Commercial General Liability insurance on an occurrence basis, with a combined single limit of not less than ■ $1,000,000 or ❑ $3,000,000 for each occurrence of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. It shall include coverage for broad form contractual liability; broad form property damage; personal and advertising injury; owners and contractor protective; premises/operations; and products/completed operations. Coverage shall not exclude excavation, collapse, underground, or explosion hazards. Aggregate limits shall apply on a per-project basis. ■ Required by City ❑ Not required by City Commercial Automobile Liability insurance with a combined single limit, or the equivalent of not less than ■ $1,000,000 or ❑ $3,000,000 for each accident for Bodily Injury and Property Damage, including coverage for owned, hired and non-owned vehicles. "Symbol One" coverage shall be designated. ■ Required by City ❑ Not required by City ■ Builders Risk (Check here if required) insurance during construction to the extent of 100 percent of the value of the work for the benefit of the parties to the Contract as their interest may appear. Coverage shall also include: (1) formwork in place; (2) form lumber on site; (3) temporary structures; (4) equipment; and (5) supplies related to the work while at the site. Notice of Cancellation or Change. There shall be no cancellation, material change, reduction of limits or intent not to renew the insurance coverage(s) without 30 days written notice from the Contractor or its insurer(s) to the City. This notice provision shall be by endorsement physically attached to the certificate of insurance. Additional Insured. For general liability insurance and automobile liability insurance the City, and its agents, officers, and employees will be Additional Insureds, but only with respect to Contractor's services to be provided under this contract. This coverage shall be by endorsement physically attached to the certificate of insurance. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless, the City and the City's officers, agents, and employees against any liability that may be imposed upon them by reason of the Contractor's or subcontractor's failure to provide workers' compensation and employers liability coverage. Certificates of Insurance. Contractor shall furnish insurance certificates acceptable to City prior to commencing work. The certificate will include the deductible or retention level and required endorsements. Insuring companies or entities are subject to City approval. If requested, copies of insurance policies shall be provided to the City. Contractor shall be responsible for all deductibles, self-insured retention's, and/or self-insurance. EXHIBIT D CERTIFICATION STATEMENT FOR CORPORATION OR INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR A. CONTRACTOR IS A CORPORATION CORPORATION CERTIFICATION: I am authorized to act on behalf of the entity named below, and certify under penalty of perjury that it is a corporation. Entity Signature Date B. CONTRACTOR IS INDEPENDENT. t Independent Contractor Standards. As used in various provisions of ORS Chapters including but not t; limited to 316, 656, 657, and 701, an individual or business entity that performs labor or services for remuneration shall be considered to perform the labor or services as an "independent contractor" if the standards of ORS 670.600 are met. Contractor and Project Manager certifies that the Contractor meets the following standards: 1. Contractor is free from direction and control over the means and manner of providing the labor or h services, subject only to the specifications of the desired results. 2. Contractor is responsible for obtaining all assumed business registrations or professional occupation licenses required by state law or local ordinances. t 3. Contractor furnishes the tools or equipment necessary for the contracted labor or services. 4. Contractor has the authority to hire and fire employees to perform the labor or services. 5. Payment to the Contractor is made upon completion of the performance or is made on the basis of a periodic retainer. 6. Contractor is registered under ORS chapter 701, if the Contractor provides labor or services for which such registration is required. 7. Contractor has filed federal and state income tax returns in the name of the business or a business Schedule C as part of the personal income tax return, for the previous year, for labor or services performed as an independent contractor in the previous year. 8. Contractor represent to the public that the labor or services are to be provided by an independently established business as four or more of the following circumstances exist. (Check four or more of the following:) A. The labor or services are primarily carried out at a location that is separate from Contractors residence or is primarily carried out in a specific portion of Contractors residence, which is set aside as the location of the business. B. Commercial advertising or business cards are purchased for the business, or Contractor has a trade association membership. C. Telephone listing is used for the business that is separate from the personal residence listing. D. Labor or services are performed only pursuant to written contracts. E. Labor or services are performed for two or more different persons within a period of one year. F. Contractor assumes financial responsibility for defective workmanship or for service not provided as evidenced by the ownership of performance bonds, warranties, errors and omission insurance or liability insurance relating to the labor or services to be provided. C~c4 52 If any action is taken by a person or enforcement agency relating to Contractor's independent contractor status in connection with this contract, Contractor shall defend, hold harmless and indemnify the CITY of ASHLAND , its elected and appointed officials, employees, volunteers and agents from any such action, claim, judgment, fine, penalty, or order to pay. Contractor shall pay any additional costs incurred by the City in defending such action or incurred as a result of such action. This indemnification is in addition to any indemnification otherwise in this agreement. Contractor Signature Date Project Manager Signature Date A ?(and C'recl Pm-k 53 EXHIBIT E BONDS CITY OF ASHLAND STANDARD PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT BID BOND We, a corporation or partnership duly organized under the laws of the State of , and authorized to transact business in the State of Oregon, as "PRINCIPAL," and, We, a corporation or partnership duly organized under the laws of the State of , and authorized to transact business in the State of Oregon, as "SURETY," hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and a assigns firmly by these presents to pay unto the City of Ashland, Oregon, (OBLIGEE) the sum of Dollars. The condition of the obligation of this bond, is that the PRINCIPAL herein has in response to City's Notice' to Contractors and Invitation to Bid, submitted its Offer for the Ashland Creek Park, which Offer is ' incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this reference, and Principal is required to furnish bid security in an amount equal to ten (10%) percent of the total amount of the bid pursuant to ORS 279C.365 and the City's public contracting rules and contract documents. ~r NOW THEREFORE, if the Offer, submitted by PRINCIPAL, is accepted, and if the Contract pursuant to the Offer is awarded to the PRINCIPAL, and if the PRINCIPAL executes such contract and furnishes such good and sufficient Performance and Payment Bonds as required by the Bidding and Contract documents within the time specified and fixed by the Documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. If the PRINCIPAL shall fail to execute the proposed Contract and to furnish the Performance and Payment Bonds, the SURETY hereby agrees to pay the OBLIGEE the surety bond sum as liquidated damages within ten (10) days of such failure. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have caused this instrument to be executed and sealed by our duly authorized legal representatives this day of , 20 Surety Principal Address Address By: By: Attorney -in-Fact [A certified copy of the Agent's Power of Attorney must be attached hereto.] IMPORTANT - Surety companies executing BONDS must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the State of Oregon 1 C rc41,,k ::f 54 PERFORMANCE BOND The undersigned as principal, further referred to in this bond as Contractor, and , as surety, further referred to in this bond as Surety, are jointly and severally bound unto City of Ashland, as obligee, further referred to in this bond as City, in the sum of Dollars I Contractor and City have entered into a written contract dated , for the following project: Ashland Creek Park. This contract is further referred to in this bond as the Contract and is incorporated into this bond by this reference. The conditions of this bond are: 1. If Contractor faithfully performs the Contract in accordance with the plans, specifications and conditions of the contract within the time prescribed by the Contract, as required by ORS 279C. 380 through 279C.385, then this obligation is null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. 2. If Contractor is declared by City to be in default under the Contract, the Surety shall promptly remedy the default, perform all of Contractor's obligations under the contract in accordance with its terms and conditions and pay to City all damages that are due under the Contract. 3. This bond is subject to claims under ORS 279C.380 through 279C.390. 4. This obligation jointly and severally binds Contractor and Surety and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors. 5. Surety waives notice of modification of the Contract or extension of the Contract time. 6. Nonpayment of the bond premium shall not invalidate this bond. 7. The bond number and the name, address, and telephone number of the agent authorized to receive notices concerning this bond are as follows. Bond Number: Bond Agent: Address: Telephone: SIGNED this day of 20 PERFORMANCE BOND Page 2 WITNESS: CONTRACTOR: By: (Corporate Seal) Title: Legal Address: Attest: Corporate Secretary WITNESS: SURETY: B (Corporate Seal) Title: e: € Legal Address: Attest: Corporate Secretary PAYMENT BOND The undersigned as principal further referred to in this bond as Contractor, and as surety, further referred to in this bond as Surety, are jointly and severally bound unto City of Ashland as obligee further referred to in this bond as City, in the sum of Dollars Contractor and City have entered into a written contract dated for the following. project: Ashland Creek Park. This contract is further referred to in this bond as the Contract and is incorporated into this bond by this reference. The conditions of this bond are: 1. If Contractor faithfully performs the Contract within the time prescribed by the Contract, and promptly makes payment to all claimants, as defined in ORS 279C.600 through 279C.620, then this obligation is null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. 2. If Contractor is declared by City to be in default under the Contract, the Surety shall promptly remedy the default perform all of Contractor's obligations under the contract in accordance with its terms and conditions and pay to City all damages that are due under the Contract. 3. This bond is subject to claims under ORS 279C.600 through 279C.620. 4. This obligation jointly and severally binds Contractor and Surety and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors. 5. Surety waives notice of modification of the Contract or extension of the Contract time. 6. Nonpayment of the bond premium shall not invalidate this bond. 7. The bond number and the name, address, and telephone number of the agent authorized to receive notices concerning this bond are as follows: Bond Number: Bond Agent: Address: Telephone: SIGNED this day of 20 Pik Park 57 PAYMENT BOND Paie 2 WITNESS: CONTRACTOR: By: (Corporate Seal) Title: Legal Address: Attest: Corporate Secretary WITNESS: SURETY: (Corporate Seal) By: Title: Legal Address: Attest: Corporate Secretary t I' C:'r ck Park 58 EXHIBIT F CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION CITY'S Project No. Project No. N/A Project: CONTRACTOR Contract Contract For Date This Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to: 0 All Work under the Contract Documents, or ❑ To the following specified parts thereof: The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of CITY, CONTRACTOR and CITY, and that Work is hereby declared to be substantially complete in accordance with the Contract Documents on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not be all inclusive, and the failure to include an item in it does not alter the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The items in the tentative list shall be completed or corrected by CONTRACTOR within Days of the above date of Substantial Completion. The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate: AshILInd Creek 11,11-k 59 Effective as of the last date set forth below, the responsibilities between CITY and CONTRACTOR shall be as follows: Security ❑ City ❑ Contractor Operation ❑ City ❑ Contractor Safety ❑ City ❑ Contractor Maintenance ❑ City ❑ Contractor Heat ❑ City ❑ Contractor Utilities ❑ City ❑ Contractor Insurance ❑ City ❑ Contractor Warranties ❑ City ❑ Contractor Other Responsibilities: City Contractor pp4% t., This Certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents, nor is it a release of CONTRACTOR'S obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract 44 Documents. Its CONTRACTOR accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on: By: F' CITY accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on: Y _ ~ - CITY of ASHLAND File: Ohl. ul C' h Park 60 EXHIBIT G CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE CIP Number: Contractor: I, (We) hereby certify that all work has been performed and materials supplied in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents for the above work, and that: 1. If required by law, not less than the prevailing rates of wages have been paid to laborers, workmen and mechanics employed on this work. 2. There have been no unauthorized substitutions of materials; substitutions or assignment of subcontractors; nor have any subcontracts been entered into without the names of the subcontractors having been submitted to the City prior to the start of such subcontracted work. 3. All claims and indebtedness for material and labor and other service performed in connection with these specifications have been paid. 4. All moneys due the State Industrial Accident Fund, the State Unemployment Compensation Trust Fund, the State Department of Revenue (ORS 316.162 to 316.212) hospital associations and/or others (ORS 279C.530) have been paid. 5. All private property and easement areas have been satisfactorily restored in accordance with the contract. 6. If Contractor is not domiciled in or registered to business in the State of Oregon, Contractor has reported to the Oregon Department of Revenue such information and in the manner as required by ORS 279A.120(3). Contractor: By: Date: Title: k 61 EXHIBIT H CONTRACTOR'S RELEASE OF LIENS AND CLAIMS [THIS SWORN STATEMENT IS A PREREQUISITE TO CERTIFICATE OF FINAL COMPLETION] TO: City of Ashland 20 East Main Street Ashland, Oregon 97520 FROM: PROJECT: In connection with our request for final payment for the above project, I, , hereby state that: all subcontractors and suppliers on this project have been paid in full, t all obligations on the project have been satisfied, all monetary claims and indebtedness on this project have been paid, and all disputes with property owners have been resolved. There are no liens or claims of any kind outstanding or threatened against the project. Furthermore, I agree to indemnify and hold harmless CITY of ASHLAND from any and all claims for labor or materials furnished under the contract for the above project. SWORN STATEMENT I hereby certify, under penalty of perjury and false swearing, that the foregoing statements are true and correct. Dated this day of , 20_ Contractor: By: Title: STATE OF OREGON ) f ss. 1. County of ) On this day of 20_, before me personally appeared whom I know personally whose identity I proved on the basis of whose identity I proved on the oath/affirmation of a credible witness to be the signer of the above document, and he/she acknowledged that he/she executed the same under oath/affirmation. Notary Public for Oregon Ashland ('%,ck Pawk 62 EXHIBIT I CERTIFICATE OF FINAL COMPLETION Project Number: Project: Contractor: Contract Signed: Contract Expires: Contract Completed: Delinquent: I hereby certify that I have completed my contract, furnished the materials, and performed the work as shown by the final estimate of the City, according to the plans and specifications. Contractor Title Date The City has determined the project is 100% complete in compliance with all contract documents. Inspector Supervisor Date Project Manager Date CITY of ASHLAND Title Date Unless otherwise provided as a Special Provision, when City accepts the Certificate of Final Completion, the date the Contractor signs the Certificate of Final Completion shall be the date the City accepts ownership of the work and the start date of the warranty period. AshInuid ('l-,ck 11.,u 63 EXHIBIT J INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The provisions of Oregon Administrative Rules Chapter 137, Divisions 46 and 49, apply to all bids and contracts concerning Public Improvements and Public Works in the City of Ashland. The OAR provisions control over any conflicting language in the City Standard Terms and Conditions, Special Provisions, including Technical Provisions and the OAR provisions are incorporated herein by this reference. 1. SCOPE OF WORK The work contemplated under this contract includes all permits, labor, tools, machinery, materials, transportation, equipment and services of all kinds required for, necessary for, or reasonable incidental to, the completion of all the work in connection with the project described in the contract documents, including the general conditions, all applicable special conditions, plans, specifications, or any supplemental documents. 2. EEO AFFIRMATIVE ACTION Bidders must comply with the City of Ashland Equal Opportunity Policy for Contractors. The policy is included in and made a part of these Contract Documents and is attached hereto and made a part hereof as Attachment A. Contractor shall not discriminate against minorities, women or emerging small business enterprises in the awarding of subcontracts. 3. BID PROVISIONS a. Each bid must contain a completed Bid including the following: A. A Bid and Schedule of Prices. B. Acknowledgement that the bidder has received and reviewed all Addenda for the bid. C. A statement that all applicable provisions of ORS Chapters 279A-C, including ORS 279C.800 to 279C.870 (Contracting and Prevailing Wages) shall be complied with. D. A statement by the bidder, as part of their bid, that the bidder agrees to be bound by and will comply with the provisions of ORS 279C.838, 279C.840 or 40 U.S.C. 3141 to 3148. E. A statement as to whether the bidder is a resident bidder as defined in ORS 279A.120. F. A statement as to whether or not the bidder is licensed under ORS 468A.720 for asbestos removal. G. A statement that the bidder has a current and valid registration with the Construction Contractor's Board and/or the State Landscape Contractors Board as required by ORS 671.530. H. A statement confirming that the bidder has a Qualified Drug-testing Program for employees in place. [OAR 137-049-0200(1)(c)(B)]. 1. First Tier Subcontractor form for the project on the City form (physically received in accordance with ORS 279C.370 within 2 working hours of the bid opening). J. A Surety Bond, Cashier's check or Certified check in the amount of 10 percent of the submitted bid. K. Certification: Non-discrimination (in proposal) L. Certification: No Conflict of Interest (in proposal) C rctL I'. k 64 M. Certification: Not ineligible for Public Works Contracts [OAR 137-049- 0230] (in proposal) N. Project Schedule,,as outlined on Page 15. b. The City will mail addenda and will publish notice of any addenda on City's website at: www.ashland.or.us The addenda may be downloaded or picked up at the Ashland Parks and Recreation Office located at 340 South Pioneer Street, Ashland Oregon, 97520. Check the website frequently until closing. Addenda to the Contract Documents shall be mailed to potential Bidders that have obtained a copy of the Contract Documents. C. No bid will be received or considered by the City of Ashland unless the bid contains a statement by the bidder as a part of its bid that the Contractor shall be bound by and will comply with the provisions of ORS 279C.838, 279C.840 or 40 U.S.C. 3141 to 3148. The statement shall be included in the Bid form. The existing prevailing rate of wage is available at: http://www.oregon.gov/BOLI/WHD/PWftwr book.shtml. d. Each Bidder must identify in the Bid whether the Bidder is a "resident bidder" as defined in ORS 279A.120. e. Unless specified in the ITB, and Contract Special Provisions, the bidder or subcontractor need not be licensed under ORS 468A.720 relating to asbestos abatement. f. No bid for a construction contract shall be received or considered by the City of Ashland unless the bidder is licensed with the Construction Contractors Board or licensed by the State Landscape Contractors Board as required by ORS 671.530. g. Each Bidder must demonstrate that its firm has a Qualified Drug Testing Program for employees in place and demonstrate compliance prior to award. h. Instructions for First-Tier Subcontractors Disclosure. Bidders are required to disclose information about certain first-tier subcontractors when the contract value for a Public Improvement is greater than $100,000 (see ORS 279C.370; OAR 137-049-0360). Specifically, when the contact amount of a first-tier subcontractor furnishing labor or labor and materials would be greater than or equal to (i) 5% of the project bid, but at least $15,000, or (ii) $350,000 regardless of the percentage, the bidder must disclose the following information about that subcontract in its bid submission or within two (2) working hours after bid closing: 1) The subcontractor's name, 2) The dollar value of the subcontract, and 3) The category of work that the subcontractor would be performing. If the bidder will not be using any subcontractors that are subject to the above disclosure requirements, the bidder is required to indicate "NONE" on the accompanying form. Disclosure forms will be available for public inspection after the opening of the bids. THE CITY OF ASHLAND MUST REJECT A BID AS NON-RESPONSIVE IF THE BIDDER FAILS TO SUBMIT THE DISCLOSURE FORM WITH THE REQUIRED INFORMATION BY THE STATED DEADLINE (see OAR 137-049-0360). i. Bid Security. [OAR 137-049-0290] No bid will be received or considered unless the Bid is accompanied by a certified check, cashier's check, (payable to the City of Ashland), surety bond (in approved form)(f/k/a/ bid bond), or irrevocable letter of credit issued by an insured institution [ORS 706.008] (in an approved form) in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the total amount bid. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a faithful ( ee II. Irk. 65 performance bond and a labor and material payment bond each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the contract. Said security shall be irrevocable for 60 days, unless specified otherwise. The bid security shall be forfeited, at the City's option, as fixed and liquidated damages, if the bidder fails or neglects to furnish the required performance bond, the insurance, or to execute the contract within 10 working days after receiving the contract from the City for execution. When a bond is used for bid security, the bond shall be executed by a surety company authorized to transact business in the State of Oregon. THE BIDDER SHALL HAVE THE SURETY USE THE BID BOND FORM PROVIDED HEREIN. IF THIS FORM IS NOT USED, THE BID WILL BE DEEMED NON-RESPONSIVE AND SHALL BE REJECTED. All such certified checks or surety bonds will be returned to the respective bidders within 10 working days after the bids are opened, except those of the two low bidders. The bid security of the two low bidders will be held by the City until the selected bidder has accomplished the following: A. Executed a formal contract; B. Executed and delivered to the City a Performance Bond and Payment Bond, both in the amount equal to 100% of the Contract Price; C. Furnish proof of public works bond filed with BOLI; and D. Furnish the required Certificates of Insurance. Upon the execution and delivery to the City of Ashland of the Contract and Performance Bond and Payment Bond and furnishing proof of a Public Works Bond filed with BOLI by the successful bidder, the bid. security shall be returned to the bidder. The bidder who has been awarded a contract and who fails or neglects to promptly and properly execute the contract or bonds shall forfeit the bid security that accompanied the bid. It is hereby specifically provided that a forfeiture of said bid security be declared by the Council if the contract and performance bond and payment bond are not executed and delivered to the City within ten (10) working days of the day of the receipt by the successful bidder of the prepared contract. The Council, at its option, may determine that the bidder has abandoned the submitted accepted bid, in which case the bid security shall become the sole property of the City and shall be considered as liquidated damages and not as a penalty for failure of the bidder to execute the contract and bond. The security of unsuccessful bidders shall be returned to them after the contract has been awarded and duly signed. j. A Bidder submitting a bid thereby certifies that no officer, agent, or employee of the City who has a pecuniary interest in this bid has participated in the contract negotiations on the part of the City, that the f Bid is made in good faith without fraud, collusion, or connection of any kind with any other Bidder for the same call for bids, and that the Bidder is competing solely on its own behalf without connection with, or obligation to, any undisclosed person or firm. k. The Bidder, in submitting the bid, certifies that the Bidder has not been disqualified and is eligible to receive a contract for a public work pursuant to ORS 279C.860 as well as the disqualification provisions of ORS 279C.440 and OAR 137-049-0370. Bidder agrees, if awarded a contract, that every subcontractor; will not be ineligible to receive a contract for a public work pursuant to ORS 279C.860 and will otherwise not be disqualified under ORS 279C.440 and OAR 137-049-0370. 4. PRE-BID CONFERENCE AND PREQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS If a pre-bid conference is scheduled, notice will be provided in accordance with OAR 137-049- 0200(1)(a)(B). If prequalification will be required it will be specifically stated in the Notice to Contractors and Invitation to Bid, including the date prequalification applications must be filed under ORS 279C.430 and the class or classes of work for which bidders must be pre-qualified. [OAR 137-049- 0200(1)(a)(C).].[ORS 279C.365(1)(c)] For example, the requirement for ODOT Prequalifcation reads as follows: Bidders must be pre-qualified with the Oregon Department of Transportation or General Service per ORS 279C.435 to perform the type and size of work contemplated herein and shall submit, to the City upon Ashland Cr,~ek- Park 66 t, request. The City will investigate and determine the qualifications for the apparent low bidder prior to awarding the contract. [OAR 137-049-02201. Applications submitted without being designated for a project advertised for bid by the City will be considered as a general prequalification application and processed pursuant to ORS 279C.430 to 279C.450, and notice of prequalification status will be given within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the application. A notice of disqualification can be given orally. An oral disqualification notice will be followed by written notice and bear the date of the oral notice. (NOTE: No person may engage in any business within the City without first obtaining a City Business License and paying the fee prescribed pursuant to City of Ashland Ordinance and accompanying Fee Resolution ) 5. FORM OF BID A. Bids shall be submitted in sealed envelopes to: Address: Bruce Dickens Parks Superintendent City of Ashland Ashland Parks and Recreation 340 South Pioneer Street Ashland, Oregon 97520 The outside of the transmittal envelope shall bear the following information: Name of Bidder Address and telephone number of Bidder Title of Project Date of opening The words "Sealed Bid" If the sealed bid is forwarded by mail or messenger service, the sealed envelope containing the bid, and marked as above, must be enclosed in another envelope addressed as noted above. Facsimile and Electronic Data Interchange bids shall not be accepted unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. No bid will be received or considered by the City unless the Bid contains all the Required Bid Documents and Certifications. B. All bids must be clearly and distinctly typed or written with ink or indelible pencil and be on the Bid form furnished by Owner. The bid must be signed by the Contractor or a duly authorized agent. If erasures or other changes appear on the form, they shall be initialed in ink by the person who signs the bid. The bidder shall not alter, modify or change the Bid forms except as directed by addendum. All applicable blanks giving general information must be completed, in addition to necessary unit price items and total prices in the column of totals to make a complete bid. The Bid is the bidder's offer to enter into a contract which, if the Bid is accepted for award, binds the bidder to a contract and the terms and conditions contained in the Bid, as well as the Solicitation Documents. A bidder shall not make the Bid contingent upon the City's acceptance of specifications or contract terms which conflict with or are in addition to those advertised in the Notice to Contractors and Invitation to Bid. Any statement accompanying and tending to qualify a bid may cause rejection of such bid, unless such statement is required in a bid embracing alternative bids C. Unless otherwise specified, Bidders shall bid on all bid items included in the bid and the low Bidder shall be determined. Except as provided herein, bids which are incomplete, or fail to reply to all items required in the bid may be rejected. 1 C c n I',it 1_k 67 D. Bidders shall state whether business is being done as an individual, a co-partnership, a corporation, or a combination thereof, and if incorporated, in what state, and if a co-partnership, state names of all partners. The person signing on behalf of a corporation, a co-partnership or combination thereof shall state their position with the firm or corporation, and state whether the corporation is licensed to do business in the State of Oregon. 6. LATE BIDS Bids received after the scheduled closing time for submission of bids as set forth in the invitation for bids will be rejected. Bids will be time and date stamped by Ashland Parks and Recreation personnel upon receipt. Such time and date stamps will govern the determination of on-time submission of bids. Bids received after the time so fixed are late bids. Late bids will be time and date stamped at the time of receipt by City personnel, marked as "Rejected as Late Bid" and will be returned, unopened, to the submitted. 7. INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT AND ADDENDA If a bidder finds error, discrepancies in, or omissions from the plans, specifications or contract documents, or has doubt as to their interpretation or meaning, the bidder shall at once notify the City Contact Person/ Project Manager. The City will investigate and determine if an addendum will be issued. 0 If it should appear to a Bidder that the work to be done or matters relative thereto are not sufficiently described or explained in the Contract Documents or that Contract Documents are not definite and clear, or the Bidder needs additional information or an interpretation of the contract, the Bidder may make written inquiry regarding same to the Project Manager at least ten (10) days, unless otherwise specified, before the scheduled closing time for submission of bids. If, in the opinion of the Project Manager, additional information or interpretation is required, an addendum will be issued to all known specification holders. Any addendum or addenda issued by the City which may include changes, corrections, additions, interpretations or information, and issued seventy-two (72) hours or more before the scheduled closing time for submission of bids, Saturday, Sunday and legal holidays not included, shall be binding upon the Bidder. t City shall supply copies of such Addenda will not be mailed but will be posted on the website and available at Community Development Department Counter; failure of the Contractor to receive or obtain such addenda shall not excuse them from compliance therewith if they are awarded the contract. Bidders shall make written inquiry to the Project Manager no later than 5:00 PM on Wednesday, June 4, 2014. The final addendum (if required) will be issued on Thursday, June 5, 2014. ORAL INSTRUCTIONS OR INFORMATION CONCERNING THE CONTRACT OR THE PROJECT GIVEN OUT BY OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS OF THE CITY TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS SHALL NOT BIND THE CITY. 8. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT, SITE OF WORK AND SUBSURFACE DATA A. Prior to submitting a bid, it is the responsibility of each Bidder to: 1. Examine the plans, specifications and contract documents thoroughly. 2. Become fully informed as to the quality and quantity of materials and the character of the work required. 3. Visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, or performance of the work and sources and supply of materials. 4. Consider all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may affect cost, progress, or performance of the work, including environmental and natural resource ordinance and regulations 68 5. Consider identified site conditions and conduct pre-bid inspection to address environmental and natural resource laws implicated by the project. 6. Study and correlate the Bidder's observations, especially as regards site conditions with the Contract Documents. 7. Notify the Contact Person of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies discovered in the Contract Documents. B. Bidders shall determine for themselves all the conditions and circumstances affecting the project or the cost of the proposed work, including without limitation utility interferences, by personal examination of the site, careful review of the Contract and by such other means as the Bidder feels may be necessary. It is understood and agreed that information regarding subsurface or other conditions, or obstructions indicated in the Contract Documents, is provided by Owner only for the convenience of Bidders and may not be complete or accurate and such information is not expressly or tacitly warranted to accurately represent actual conditions. Bidder's use of such information shall be at Bidder's sole risk, and Bidder is responsible to confirm any information provided from such independent sources as Bidder feels may be necessary. C. Logs of test holes, test pits, soils reports, ground-water levels and other supplementary subsurface information are offered as information of underlying materials and conditions at the locations actually tested. Owner will not be liable for any loss sustained by the Bidder as a result of any variance between conditions contained in or interpretations of test reports and the actual conditions encountered during progress of the work. D. The submission of a Bid shall be conclusive evidence that the Bidder has investigated and is satisfied as to the site subsurface conditions to be encountered, as to the character, quality and quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the Contract. E. The City will not pay any costs incurred by any Bidder in the submission of a Bid, or in making necessary studies or designs for the preparation thereof, or for procuring or contracting for the items to be furnished under the Invitation to Bid. When submitting a bid, the Bidder agrees that consideration has been given to the requirements and conditions contained throughout these Bid Documents. F. Notice: It is further understood that a Bid awarded hereunder is subject to the City being able to comply with all zoning and land development ordinances or obtain rezoning of the property where necessary, and comply with local building code restrictions and conditions for structures contemplated in the project, any or all of which conditions may be contained in the Contract or Contract Special Provisions and if such conditions are not satisfied may result in termination of the Contract. 9. FAMILIARITY WITH LAWS AND ORDINANCES A. The Bidder is presumed to be familiar with all Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, and regulations which in any manner affect those engaged or employed in the work or the materials or equipment used in the proposed construction, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. If the Bidder, or Contractor, shall discover any provision in the Contract which is contrary to or inconsistent with any law, ordinance or regulation, it shall immediately be reported to the Owner in writing. B. No person may engage in any business within the City without first obtaining a City Business License and paying the fee prescribed pursuant to City of Ashland Ordinance. The Contractor and their subcontractors shall obtain a City of Ashland Business License prior to beginning any work within the City of Ashland. 10. UNIT BIDS A. The estimate of quantities of work to be done under unit price bids is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation for comparison of bids and award of the Contract. The City does not warrant that the actual amount of work will correspond to the amount as shown or estimated. Payment will Ashland Creek I'tsk 69 be made at unit prices under a contract, only for work actually performed or materials actually furnished according to actual measurement that were necessary to complete the work. B. Bidders must include in their bid prices the entire cost of each item of work set forth in the Bid, and when, in the opinion of the City, the prices in any bid are obviously unbalanced, such bid may be rejected. C. The unit contract prices for the various bid items of the contract shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools and all things of whatsoever nature are required for the complete incorporation of the item into the work the same as though the item were to read "In Place." 11. WITHDRAWAL, MODIFICATION OR ALTERATION OF BID A. Bids may be withdrawn on written request received from the bidders prior to the time fixed for opening. The request shall be executed by the bidder or a duly authorized representative. The withdrawal of a bid does not prejudice the right of the bidder to file a new Bid. Negligence on the part of the Bidder in preparing the Bid confers no right for the withdrawal of the bid after it has been opened. The Bid will be irrevocable until such time as the City: • Specifically rejects the Bid, and • Awards the contract to another bidder and said contract is properly executed. 1= All bids shall remain subject to acceptance by the City for sixty (60) days after the date of the bid opening. B. Prior to Bid Opening, changes may be made provided the change is initialed by the Bidder or the Bidder's agent. If the intent of the Bidder is not clearly identifiable, the interpretation most advantageous to Owner will prevail. C. No Bidder may withdraw a bid after bid opening unless sixty (60) days have elapsed and the City has not awarded a contract. 12. MISTAKES IN BIDS (1) To protect the integrity of the competitive solicitation process and to assure fair treatment of Bidders, City will carefully consider whether to permit waiver, correction or withdrawal for certain mistakes. (2) Treatment of Mistakes. City shall not allow a Bidder to correct or withdraw a Bid for an error in judgment. If the City discovers certain mistakes in a Bid after Opening, but before Award of the Contract, the City may take the following action: (a) City may waive, or permit a Bidder to correct, a minor informality. A minor informality is a matter of form rather than substance that is evident on the face of the Bid, or an insignificant mistake that can be waived or corrected without prejudice to other Bidders. Examples of minor informalities include a Bidder's failure to: (A) Return the correct number of Signed Bids or the correct number of other documents required by the Solicitation Document; (B) Sign the Bid in the designated block, provided a Signature appears elsewhere in the Bid, evidencing an intent to be bound; and (C) Acknowledge receipt of an Addendum to the Solicitation Document, provided: it is clear on the face of the Bid that the Bidder received the Addendum and intended to be bound by its terms; and the Addendum involved did not affect price, quantity or delivery. (b) City may correct a clerical error if the error is evident on the face of the Bid, or other documents submitted with the Bid, and the Bidder confirms the City's correction in writing. A clerical error is a Bidder's error in transcribing its Bid. Examples include typographical mistakes, errors in extending unit prices, transposition errors, arithmetical errors, instances in which the intended correct unit or 70 amount is evident by simple arithmetic calculations (for example a missing unit price may be established by dividing the total price for the units by the quantity of units for that item or a missing, or incorrect total price for an item may be established by multiplying the unit price by the quantity when those figures are available in the Bid). In the event of a discrepancy, unit prices shall prevail over extended prices. (c) City may permit a Bidder to withdraw a Bid based on one or more clerical errors in the Bid only if the Bidder shows with objective proof and by clear and convincing evidence: (A) The nature of the error; (B) That the error is not a minor informality under this subsection or an error in judgment; (C) That the error cannot be corrected or waived under subparagraph (b) of this subsection; (D) That the Bidder acted in good faith in submitting a Bid that contained the claimed error and in claiming that the alleged error in the Bid exists; (E) That the Bidder acted without gross negligence in submitting a Bid that contained a claimed error; (F) That the Bidder will suffer substantial detriment if the City does not grant it permission to withdraw the Bid; (G) That the City's or the public's status has not changed so significantly that relief from the forfeiture will work a substantial hardship on the City or the public it represents; and (H) That the Bidder promptly gave notice of the claimed error to the City. (d) The criteria in subsection (c) above shall determine whether a City will permit a Bidder to withdraw its Bid after Closing. These criteria also shall apply to the question whether an City will permit a Bidder to withdraw its Bid without forfeiture of its bid bond (or other bid security), or without liability to the City based on the difference between the amount of the Bidder's Bid and the amount of the Contract actually awarded by the City, whether by award to the next lowest Responsive and Responsible Bidder or the best Responsive and Responsible Proposer, or by resort to a new solicitation. (3) Rejection for Mistakes. The City shall reject any Bid in which a mistake is evident on the face of the Bid and the intended correct Bid is not evident or cannot be substantiated from documents accompanying the Bid (i.e., documents submitted with the Bid). 13. REJECTION OF BIDS A. The City may reject any Bid upon a finding that the Bid meets the criteria specified in OAR 137-049-0440(1)(a) or (b) or has not provided the certification required under OAR 137-049-0440(3). The City shall reject a Bid from a Bidder who meets the criteria specified in OAR 137-049-0440(1)(c). The City may, for good cause, reject any or all bids upon a finding it is in the public interest to do so. In any case where competitive bids are required and all bids are rejected, and the proposed contract is not abandoned, new bids may be called for as in the first instance. The City may, at its own discretion, waive minor informalities. B. This Invitation to Bid does not commit the City to pay any costs incurred by any Bidder in the submission of a Bid, or in making necessary studies, subsurface investigations or designs for the preparation of a Bid, or for procuring or contracting for the items to be furnished pursuant to the Contract Documents. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids when such rejection is in the best interest of the City of Ashland. Bids may be rejected if they show any alteration of form, additions not called for, conditional Bids, incomplete Bids, erasures, or irregularities of any kind. When Bids are signed by an agent, other than the officer or officers of a corporation authorized to sign contracts on its behalf, or a member of a partnership, a "Power of Attorney" must be submitted with the Bid i. 1 ('r k~k 1' it 71 or on file with the City Administrator prior to opening of bids; otherwise, the Bid will be rejected as irregular. More than one Bid from an individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof with an interest in more than one bid, for the items bid, will be cause for the rejection of all Bids in which such individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, is interested. If there is reason to believe that collusion exists among bidders, none of the bids of the participants in such collusion will be considered, and all involved bids shall be rejected. Bids in which prices are obviously unbalanced maybe rejected. 14. BID PROTEST. [OAR 137-049-0260]. Bidders may, in writing protest or request changes of any specifications or contract terms in accordance with adopted City contracting rules. The written protest or request for changes must be received by the City no later than ten (10) calendar days prior to the Bid Closing Date. The written protest or request shall include the reasons for the protest or request, and any proposed changes to the bid specifications or contract terms and a description of the prejudice to the bidder. Envelopes containing bid protests shall be marked "Contract Provision Protects or Request" with the Bid Number and Closing Date. No protest against award, owing to the content of the bid specifications or contract terms shall be considered after the deadline established for submitting protests of bid specifications or contract terms. t' 15. ORS 654.150 SANITARY FACILITIES AT CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS STANDARDS, EXEMPTIONS If the contract price is estimated (itemized bid) or bid (lump sum) by Contractor at $1,000,000 or more, Contractor shall be responsible for all costs (which costs shall be included in the bid whether or not a specific bid item is provided therefore) that may be incurred in complying with or securing exemption or partial exemption from the requirements of ORS 654.150 (Sanitary facilities at construction projects;' standards, exemptions) and the rules adopted pursuant thereto. Determination of applicability of ORS 654.150 to the project is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. d l re, k P--o-k 72 Attachment A CITY OF ASHLAND Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Policy for Contractors 1. GENERAL POLICY OF NON-DISCRIMINATION It is the policy of the City of Ashland to promote equal opportunity to all persons regardless of race, religion, color, national origin, sex, age, marital status, handicap, or political affiliation, in respect to employment, public services, facilities and accommodations. This policy is reinforced by obligations assumed by the City as a condition of receipt of federal and state funds. This policy thus becomes an obligation which must be assumed by the Contractor as well. Because in some cases religion, sex, age, or disability may properly be the basis for denial or restriction of privileges with respect to employment, public services, facilities or accommodations, the following more specific obligations, terms, or conditions shall apply. 2. DISCRIMINATION BECAUSE OF RELIGIOUS BELIEF With respect to terms and conditions of employment and hiring only, the Contractor shall be deemed to have complied with the general obligation of according equal opportunity without regard to religion if every reasonable effort has been made to accommodate the particular religious beliefs or practices of an employee or applicant for employment, but such accommodation cannot be made without undue hardship to the employer. 3. DISCRIMINATION BECA USE OF SEX With respect to terms and conditions of employment and hiring only, the Contractor shall be deemed to have complied with the general obligation of according equal opportunity notwithstanding any rule, standard, practice, or decision which accords an employee or applicant different treatment because of sex, if such rule, standard, practice, or decision is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification which the employer cannot, without undue hardship, modify or waive to accommodate the employee or applicant. With respect to public services, facilities, and accommodations the Contractor shall be deemed to have complied with the general obligation of according equal opportunity notwithstanding any rule, standard, practice, or decision which restricts or limits access to such on a basis of sex where: A. Physical facilities such as restrooms, bathing facilities, dressing rooms, etc. must be segregated on the basis of sex to accord personal privacy or comply with local, state, or federal law, or ordinance, or administrative regulation; or B. The content or subject matter of a program or service is clearly of benefit to persons of a particular sex only because it deals with medical, psychological, or sociological factors inherently linked to the characteristics of one sex only, or its effectiveness in providing benefit to persons of one sex would be unreasonably and adversely affected by the participation of persons of the opposite sex. 4. DISCRIMINATION BECA USE OF DISABILITY With respect to terms and conditions of employment and hiring only, the Contractor shall be deemed to have complied with the general obligation of according equal opportunity to persons who are physically or mentally disabled if every reasonable effort has been made to accommodate any physical or mental disabilities of an employee or applicant, but such accommodations cannot be made without undue hardship to the employer; or where, because of such disability, the employee or applicant cannot meet a id :reek 1)a -k 73 bona fide occupational qualification that cannot be waived or modified without undue hardship to the employer. With respect to public services, facilities and accommodations only, the Contractor shall be deemed to have complied with the general obligation of according equal opportunity to persons who are physically or mentally disabled where: A. Architectural barriers limiting access to facilities owned or occupied by the Contractor cannot be eliminated without structural alterations, and are permitted to remain under the provisions of the Oregon State Structural Specialty Code; or B. A program or activity, viewed in its entirety, is readily accessible to and usable by persons who are physically or mentally disabled. C. The purpose of the program, service, or facility is to provide a special benefit to persons characterized by a particular handicap in some respect specially related to the educational, medical, psychological, mobility, social or economic needs of persons so disabled. 1 5. DISCRIMINATION BECA USE OF AGE With respect to terms and conditions of employment and hiring only, the Contractor shall be deemed to have complied with the general obligation of according equal opportunity regardless of age where: A. Certain positions include duties which must, by law or ordinance, be performed by persons over a certain age, and the employer cannot accommodate the employment of a person under that minimum age without undue hardship; B. The employee or applicant has passed any applicable age established by the Congress of the United States beyond which an employer may reject an employment application or mandate an employee's retirement. With respect to public services, facilities, and accommodations only, the Contractor shall be deemed to have complied with the general obligation of according equal opportunity without regard to age where: A. The purpose of the service, facility, or accommodation is to benefit or serve persons under 18 years of age or their adult custodians in some respect specially related to the needs of such persons; or B. The purpose of the service, facility, or accommodation is to benefit or serve persons 65 years of age or older in some respect specially related to the educational, medical, psychological, mobility, social, or economic needs common to persons of that age group. 6. DEFINITIONS As used in this Policy, there are several terms specifically defined in various federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, and administrative regulations applicable either because of the City's receipt of federal or state funds, or because they are general laws and ordinances prohibiting discrimination. In addition, judicial and administrative decisions have created an additional body of law further defining these terms in their application. Because of the magnitude and complexity of these various legal definitions and interpretations, it is not possible to provide exhaustive definitions herein. The Contractor should be guided by the following general rules: A. Where two separate legal definitions or interpretations may apply in a given situation, the one according the greatest degree of protection to the person entitled to their protection shall govern. Ashl. tid C'rcc liar;, 74 B. "Disability" and "handicap" are intended to be synonymous. C. The Contractor is not entitled to advisory opinions or advice from City representatives as regards the specific application of this policy. It is up to the Contractor, and their own legal counsel to ascertain compliance with this policy, federal, state and local law. The City expressly disclaims any responsibility for the Contractor's reliance on advice or opinions given by City representatives. D. The Contractor is cautioned that restrictions in deeds, leases, collective bargaining agreements, and other contracts may not in every case justify an otherwise discriminatory act, policy, or practice. The Contractor must, at his own risk and expense, comply with this Policy regardless of contractual restrictions which do not justify Contractor's acts, policies, or practices. 7. ADVERTISING AND PROMOTIONAL MATERIAL A. In all advertising, postings, and promotional material relating to hiring, the Contractor shall include the following statement: (name of contractor) is an equal opportunity employer and does not discriminate in hiring, promotion, layoff, discipline, transfer, compensation, or other terms of employment because of a person's race, religion, color, national origin, sex, age, marital status, handicap, or political affiliation." EXCEPTION: In "classified" advertising the Contractor need only include the statement "An Equal Opportunity Employer". B. In all advertising, postings, and promotional material relating to programs and services funded in whole or in part under a contract with the City of Ashland, the Contractor shall include the following statement: "This (program or service as applicable) is open to all persons without regard to race, religion, color, national origin, sex, age, marital status, handicap or political affiliation. For further information about this equal opportunity policy, contact (name of contractor's representative) at (phone number) 8. RETALIATION The Contractor shall not, in any manner, accord different or unequal treatment to or in any way discriminate against any person because of such person's filing of or participation in any grievance or complaint of discrimination contrary to its policy, whether such grievance or complaint is logged with the City of Ashland, or any state or federal court or agency. 9. GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE During the term of this Contract, and for at least six months thereafter, the Contractor shall conspicuously display the attached "Notice: Your Rights to Have Discrimination Complaints Heard" in locations accessible to the public at its principal office and all other premises within the City of Ashland where it conducts any operations. Likewise the Contractor shall fully cooperate with the designated representative of the City of Ashland and state and federal civil rights compliance agencies in investigating, mediating, and otherwise handling complaints or grievances concerning this Policy. I(r,Et~P,rb 75 10. VIOLATIONS Violation by the Contractor of any provision of this Policy may, in addition to any remedy accorded an aggrieved person, be cause for termination of the Contract, debarment from participation in future City of Ashland contracts, or both. 11. CONTRACTS DIRECTLYFUNDED BYFEDERAL OR STATE AGENCIES If this Contract is funded in whole or in part by federal or state grants, there may be imposed on the Contractor the additional obligation of "affirmative action" to ensure equal opportunity, and specific standards and reporting requirements to be met. "Affirmative action", in general, means taking positive and affirmative steps to involve historically disadvantaged classes of persons in the performance of the work or participation in the benefits of this Contract. These steps may include special recruitment efforts, specific goals as to percentages of such persons employed in certain jobs, specific goals as to percentages of such persons employed in certain jobs, specific standards for the amount of work to be subcontracted to minority-owned businesses, etc. If there are such additional requirements beyond this policy, the invitation to Bidders or Request for Proposals will state: "This project is funded in whole or in part through the State of Oregon. Special equal opportunity requirements imposed by that agency are contained in the bid documents, and bidders are cautioned to examine them carefully in preparing their bids." 1` x f :`-i'iti2it i~C~ C. '~G'4~ i~t (ii SPECIAL PROVISIONS I certify that the Special Provisions were prepared by me or under my direct supervision. cG ' ASHtANQ, OREGON Z ' OF Steve Ennis Steve Ennis Architect PO Box 4051 Medford, OR 97501 State of Oregon Registered Architect License #3197 Vv111 nd C n:ek PIre 77 CITY OF ASHLAND Ashland Parks and Recreation SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR PART 00100 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The requirements for contract work are contained in the "OREGON STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION, 2008" Oregon Department of Transportation/ Oregon Chapter APWA, together with any current City of Ashland Addenda ,hereinafter referred to as the "Standard Specifications". Copies of the Standard Specifications are available from: ODOT Contractor Plans Office Room 28 Transportation Building 355 Capitol Street NE Salem, OR 97301. Standard Specifications may also be downloaded from the ODOT Web Site: ht %%www ore~on Gov!ODOTIHWY/SPECSiPa~eslstandard specifications.ashx#2008 Standard Specifications f All work performed under this contract shall conform to the Standard Specifications supplemented andJor modified as follows: SECTION 00110 -ORGANIZATION, CONVENTIONS, ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS Comply with Section 00110 of the Standard Specifications SECTION 00120 -BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES Comply with Section 00120 supplemented and/or modified as follows: t 00120.00 Prequalification of Bidders -Substitute the following: On any proposed Public Works contract estimated at $10,000 or over, all Contractors shall comply with all laws of Oregon pertaining to the qualification of bidders, and particularly ORS 279C.430(2) requiring apre- F qualification application on a form provided by the City of Ashland at least five days before the opening of bids. Prequalification applications for all applicable classes of work are available at 51 Winburn Way, Ashland, OR 97520. All prequalification applications must be filed at least 5 days prior to bid opening. 00120.05 Requests for Solicitation Documents -Substitute the following: Copies of the plans and specifications (Solicitation Documents) may be obtained at the Ashland Parks and Recreation, 340 South Pioneer Street, Ashland, OR 97520. The City will add the name of the entity intending to use the Solicitation Documents to the list of Holders of Bidding Plans. Bidders are cautioned that only Solicitation Documents obtained from the City may be used to submit bids. Plans and specifications may also be examined at the above office. Copies of the Standard Specifications may be purchased from the ODOT Procurement Office - Construction, Contractor Plans, 455 Airport Road SE, Building K, Salem, Oregon 97301-5348 (telephone 503-986-6936). The Standard Specifications may also be downloaded from the ODOT's web site: http•%/www orP~on Qov%ODOTiHVJY/SPFCSrPageslstandard specifications.as x~~,2008_Standard_Spe cifications ~0 C' 1' 78 The Plans, which are applicable to the Work to be performed under the Contract, bear title and date as follows: Project: Ashland Creek Park Type of Work: New Park Construction Location: 27 East Hersey Street, Ashland, Oregon Date: April 18, 2014 00120.15 Examination of Work Site and Solicitation Documents; Consideration of Conditions to be encountered Add the following paragraphs: Requests for clarifications specified above should go to: Contractual Questions to: Bruce Dickens, Parks Superintendent City of Ashland Ashland Parks and Recreation 340 South Pioneer Street Ashland, OR 97250 (541) 488-5340 bruce.dickens@ashland.or.us Technical Questions to: Steve Ennis, Project Manager Steve Ennis Architect P.O. Box 4051, 2870 Nansen Drive Medford, OR 97501 541-618-9155 steveennis@uci.net There will be a non-mandatory pre-bid conference to be held at Ashland Creek Park at 9:00 AM on Friday, May 23, 2014. All bidders are encouraged to attend this meeting. 00120.45(b) Electronic Bids - Delete this subsection. 00120.60(a) Paper Bids - Replace the words "ODOT Procurement Office - Construction" with the words "City of Ashland" in the first two paragraphs of this subsection. 00120.60(b) Electronic Bids - Delete this subsection. 00120.70 Rejection of Nonresponsive Bids - Add the following bullet to the end of the bullet list. • The Agency determines that any Pay Item is significantly unbalanced to the potential detriment of the Agency. 00120.91 Rejection of Bid on Grounds of Nonresponsibility of Bidder - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: The Bid of a Bidder who is found to be nonresponsible according to the criteria listed in 00130.10 or ORS 279C.375(3) will be rejected. I` k 79 SECTION 00130 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT Comply with Section 00130 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 00130.10 Award of Contract - Replace the bullet that begins "A satisfactory record of performance..." with the following bullet: • A satisfactory record of performance. In evaluating a Bidder's record of performance, the Agency may consider, among other things, whether the Bidder completed previous contracts of a similar nature with a satisfactory record of performance. For purposes of evaluating a Bidder's performance on previous contracts of a similar nature, a satisfactory record of performance means that to the extent that the costs associated with and time available to perform a previous contract remained within the Bidder's control, the Bidder stayed within the time and budget allotted for the procurement and otherwise performed the contract in a satisfactory manner. Replace the bullet that begins "A satisfactory record of integrity..." with the following bullet: • A satisfactory record of integrity. In evaluating a Bidder's record of integrity, the Agency may consider, among other things, whether the Bidder has previous criminal convictions for offenses t related to obtaining or attempting to obtain a contract or subcontract or in connection with the Bidder's performance of a contract or subcontract. 00130.15 Right to Protest Award - In the paragraph that begins "Adversely affected or...", replace the words "Procurement Office - Construction" with the words "City of Ashland". t 00130.40 Contract Bonds, Certificates, and Registrations - Replace this subsection number and title and replace the sentence that begins "Before the Agency will..." with the following number and title and sentence: t 00130.40 Contract Submittals - Before the Agency will execute the Contract, the successful Bidder shall furnish the following: Add the following subsection: 00130.40(e) Tax Identification Number - The successful Bidder shall furnish the Agency the Bidder's Federal Tax Identification Number. f 00130.50(a) By the Bidder - In the paragraph that begins "The successful Bidder...", replace the words "Procurement Office - Construction" with the words "City of Ashland". SECTION 00140 - SCOPE OF WORK Comply with Section 00140 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified as follows: 00140.00 Purpose of Contract Add the following items to this subsection: 1. See Drawing L3.0 for related work by Owner (City of Ashland). SECTION 00150 - CONTROL OF WORK Comply with Section 00150 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified as follows: 00150.50 Cooperation with Utilities - Add the following subsection (f) Utility Information: There may be some conflicts with the Utilities listed below. Contact those Utilities having buried facilities and request that they locate and mark them for their protection prior to construction. Utility Company Phone Number • City of Ashland Water Department (Steve Walker) (541) 552-2326 • City of Ashland Wastewater Department (Dave Gies) (541) 552-2335 • City of Ashland Electric Department (Dave Tygerson) (541) 552-2387 • Ashland Fiber Network (Mike Ainsworth) (541) 552-2316 • Avista Utilities (Dave McFadden) (541) 858-4740 x6740 • Charter Communications (Brad Dill) (541) 282-8672 • CenturyLink Communications (Jim Martin) (541) 776-8268 Energized power lines overhang portions of the Work with a minimum vertical clearance of 18 feet. Contractor shall maintain at least 10 feet of safety clearance. This Project is located within the Oregon Utility Notification Center area which is a Utilities notification system for notifying owners of Utilities about Work being performed in the vicinity of their facilities. The Utilities notification system telephone number is 811 (or use the old number which is 1-800-332-2344). 00150.75 Protection and Maintenance of Work During Construction Add the following paragraph: The Contractor shall clean and/or maintain existing streets, buildings, sidewalks, and other adjacent private improvements that are outside the work limits of this project if dirtied or damaged by construction activities. There will be no separate or added payment for this work. This requirement includes compliance with the City of Ashland track-out ordinance. Prior to the start of construction, the condition of the existing site and adjacent improvements will be documented by the Project Manager. Any damage to the adjacent improvements by the Contractor shall be repaired by the Contractor. There will be no separate or added payment for this work. 00150.97 Responsibility for Materials and Workmanship Add the following subsection: (c) Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship and, unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting two years from the date of acceptance of the complete building or installation. The City of Ashland shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. Add the following subsection: 00150.98 Adherence to Valdez Principles: On May 5, 1990, the Ashland City Council adopted the attached Valdez Principles. In addition to the requirements of ORS 279C.525, all contractors working within the City of Ashland shall adhere to the Valdez Principles in the course of their work. Creek 81 VALDEZ PRINCIPLES 1. Protection of the Biosphere. 6. Safe Products and Service. We will minimize and strive to eliminate We will provide services that minimize adverse the release of any pollutant that may cause environmental impacts and that are safe for consumers. environmental damage to air, water or earth We will inform consumers of the environmental impacts of or its inhabitants. We will safeguard our service. habitats in creeks, ponds, wetlands, natural areas and will minimize contributing to 7. Damage Compensation. global warming, depletion of the ozone We will take responsibility for any harm we cause to the layer, acid rain or smog. environment by making every effort to fully restore the environment and to compensate those persons who are 2. Sustainable Use of Natural Resources. adversely affected. We will make sustainable use of renewable natural resources, such as water, soils and 8. Disclosure. forests. We will conserve nonrenewable We will disclose to our employees and to the public natural resources through efficient use and incidents relating to our operations that cause careful planning., We will protect wildlife environmental harm or pose health or safety hazards. We habitat, open spaces and wilderness, while will disclose potential environmental, health or safety , preserving biodiversity. hazards posed by our operations, and we will not take any action against employees who report any condition that 3. Reduction of Disposal of Waste. creates a danger to the environment or poses health and We will minimize the creation of waste, and safety hazards. wherever possible, recycle materials. We will dispose of all wastes through safe and 9. Environmental Directors and Managers. responsible methods. At least one member of management will be a person qualified to represent environmental interests and will 4. Wise Use of Energy. commit management resources to implement these We will make every effort to use Principles. environmentally safe and sustainable energy sources to meet our needs. We will invest 10. Annual Assessment. in and promote energy efficiency and We will conduct and make public an annual self-evaluation conservation in our operations and that of of our progress in implementing these Principles and in our citizens. complying with all applicable laws and regulations. 5. Risk Reduction. We will minimize the environmental, health and safety risks to our employees and the communities in which we operate by employing safe technologies and operating procedures and by being constantly prepared for emergencies. By endorsing these Principles, we publicly affirm our belief that the City of Ashland, Oregon, has a direct responsibility for the environment. We believe that we must conduct the public's business as responsible stewards of the environment and seek goals only in a manner that leave the Earth healthy and safe. We believe that the City must not compromise the ability of future generations to sustain their needs. We recognize this to be a long term commitment to update our practices continually in light of advances in technology and new understandings in health and environmental science. We intend to make consistent, measurable progress toward the ideal that these principles describe, and to apply them wherever we operate, in a manner consistent with our other obligations under law. Above are the Valdez Principles. ;14i~lit ~}i! i ~~t. t'. Yi !}...ifti. 82 SECTION 00170 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES Comply with Section 00170 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 00170.02 Permits, Licenses, and Taxes Add the following bulleted items to the end of the list: • The successful bidder shall, prior to the start of work, obtain a City of Ashland Business License. Sub-contractors on the project shall also be required to have a current business license. Licenses may be acquired through the City of Ashland Utility Office during regular business hours. • Comply with the City of Ashland permits secured for this project. 00170.03 Furnishing Right-of-Way and Permits Add the following to this subsection: Obtain all necessary Permits from the City of Ashland Public Works Department, & all other approving agencies where required including required insurance also listing the City of Ashland as an additional insured party, for all construction work within the Public Right of Way, in Public Utility Easements, or on Public Works owned or operated systems within or outside of City Limits a minimum of 3 days prior to commencing work. Notify all adjacent property owners, occupants, other utility companies, and organizations operating underground facilities in the area at the time of the permit application. Provide adequate prior notice (min 24 hours or as required) to allow those impacted by the work to adjust their schedules and patterns accordingly. Coordinate & adjust work as required to accommodate requests for shared trenching, common excavation, or coordination of layout and saw-cutting when requested by concurrent construction projects and utility facility operators. Notifications can be accomplished by mail, telephone conversation, door hangers, or door-to-door visit. Provide the following information in the notifications and update if the information provided changes: • Who will be doing the work & for whom (name and 24 hr phone number of contractor or permit holder). • What the project will consist of (e.g. excavation, patching, flatwork, etc), • Where the work will be done (in the public way and/or on private property), • When construction will begin and end (dates and time of day if outside normal working hours) 00170.65 Minimum Wage and Overtime Rates for Public Works Projects - Replace this subsection with the following subsection: 00170.65 Minimum Wage and Overtime Rates for Public Works Projects: (a) General - The Contractor is responsible for investigating local labor conditions. The Agency does not imply that labor can be obtained at the minimum hourly wage rates specified in State or Federal wage rate publications, and no increase in the Contract Amount will be made if wage rates paid are more than those listed. s" sill' C . 83 (b) State Prevailing Wage Requirements - The Contractor shall comply with the prevailing wage provisions of ORS 279C.800 through ORS 279C.870. (1) Minimum Wage Rates - The Bureau of Labor and Industries (BOLI) determines and publishes the existing State prevailing wage rates in the publication "Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works Contracts in Oregon". The Contractor shall pay workers not less than the specified minimum hourly wage rate according to ORS 279C.838 and ORS 279C.840 and shall include this requirement in all subcontracts. See the Project Wage Rates page included with the Special Provisions for additional information about which wage rates apply to the project and how to access the applicable wage rates. The applicable BOLI wage rates will be included in the Contract. (2) Payroll and Certified Statements - As required in ORS 279C.845, the Contractor and every subcontractor shall submit written certified statements to the Project Manager on the form prescribed by the Commissioner of BOLI in OAR 839-025-0010 certifying compliance with wage payment requirements and accurately setting out the Contractor's or subcontractor's weekly payroll records for each worker employed upon the project. The Contractor and subcontractors shall preserve the certified statements for a period of six years from the date of completion of the Contract. (3) Additional Retainage: a. Agency - As required in ORS 279C.845(7) the Agency will retain 25% of any amount earned by the Contractor on the project until the Contractor has filed the certified statements required in ORS 279C.845 and in FHWA Form 1273, if applicable. The Agency will pay to the Contractor the amount retained within 14 days after the Contractor files the required certified statements, regardless of whether a subcontractor has failed to file certified statements. b. Contractor - As required in ORS 279C.845(8) the Contractor shall retain 25% of any amount earned by a first tier subcontractor on the project until the first tier subcontractor has filed with the Agency the certified statements required in ORS 279C.845 and in FHWA Form 1273, if applicable. Before paying any amount retained, the Contractor shall verify that the first tier subcontractor has filed the certified statement. Within 14 days after the first tier subcontractor files the required certified statement the Contractor shall pay the first tier subcontractor any amount retained., (4) Owner/Operator Data - The Contractor shall furnish data to the Project Manager for each owner/operator providing trucking services. Furnish the data before the time the services are performed and include without limitation for each owner/operator: • Drivers name; • Copy of driver's license; • Vehicle identification number; • Copy of vehicle registration; • Motor vehicle license plate number; • Motor Carrier Plate Number; • Copy of ODOT Motor Carrier IA Permit; and • Name of owner/operator from the side of the truck. .~e33 21,1t~ ~.~rcek I'irx 84 (c) State Overtime Requirements - As a condition of the Contract, the Contractor shall comply with the pertinent provisions of ORS 279C.540. (1) Maximum Hours of Labor and Overtime Pay - According to ORS 279C.540, no person shall be employed to perform Work under this Contract for more than 10 hours in any one day, or 40 hours in any one week, except in cases of necessity, emergency, or where public policy absolutely requires it. In such instances, the Contractor shall pay the employee at least time and a half pay: • For all overtime in excess of eight hours a day or 40 hours in any one week when the work week is five consecutive days, Monday through Friday; or • For all overtime in excess of 10 hours a day or 40 hours in any one week when the work week is four consecutive days, Monday through Friday; and • For all Work performed on Saturday and on any legal holiday specified in ORS 279C.540. For additional information on requirements for overtime and establishing a work schedule see OAR 839-025-0050 and OAR 839-025-0034. (2) Notice of Hours of Labor - The Contractor shall give written notice to employees of the number of hours per day and days per week the employees may be required to work. Provide the notice either at the time of hire or before commencement of work on this Contract, or by posting a notice in a location frequented by employees. (3) Exception - The maximum hours of labor and overtime requirements under ORS 279C.540 will not apply to the Contractor's Work under this Contract if the Contractor is a party to a collective bargaining agreement in effect with any labor organization. For a collective bargaining agreement to be in effect it shall be enforceable within the geographic area of the project, and its terms shall extend to workers who are working on the project (see OAR 839-025-0054). (d) State Time Limitation on Claim for Overtime - According to ORS 279C.545, any worker employed by the Contractor is foreclosed from the right to collect any overtime provided in ORS 279C.540 unless a claim for payment is filed with the Contractor within 90 days from the completion of the contract, provided the Contractor posted and maintained a circular as specified in this provision. Accordingly, the Contractor shall: • Cause a circular, clearly printed in boldfaced 12-point type containing a copy of ORS 279C.545, to be posted in a prominent place alongside the door of the timekeeper's office or in a similar place which is readily available and freely visible to any or all workers employed to perform Work; and • Maintain such circular continuously posted from the inception to the completion of the Contract on which workers are or have been employed. Add the following subsection: 00170.67 Fees - The fee required by ORS 279C.825(1) will be paid by the Agency to the Commissioner of the Oregon Bureau of Labor and Industries under the administrative rules of the Commissioner. 00170.70(a) Insurance Coverages - See Exhibit C for insurance requirements. 00170.72 Indemnity/Hold Harmless - Add the following paragraph and bullets to the end of this subsection: Extend indemnity and hold harmless to the Agency and the following: • The City of Ashland and its officers, agents, and employees. e A 11! 85 irk 00170.80 Responsibility for Damage to Work Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: (a) Responsibility for Damage in General - The Contractor shall perform Work, and furnish Materials and Equipment for incorporation into the Work, at the Contractor's own risk, until the entire Project has been completed and accepted by the Agency. The Contractor shall repair all damages to Work performed, Materials supplied, and Equipment incorporated into the Work, except as otherwise provided in this Section. (b) Repair of Damage to Work - Until Final Acceptance, the Contractor shall promptly rebuild, repair, restore, and make good damages to all portions of the permanent or temporary Work, except to the extent the Agency has assumed responsibility according to the provisions of (c) below. Perform all repairs of damage to Work at no additional cost to the Agency, except for repairs necessitated by damage caused by: • Acts of God or Nature, as defined in Section 00110; or • Actions of governmental authorities. (c) Responsibility for Damage to Work Caused by Public Traffic - The Contractor may apply for relief of responsibility for damage to Work caused by public traffic by submitting a signed Contractor's Request for Relief of Responsibility, form 734-2768, to the Engineer by mail, personal delivery or , courier, by FAX, or other agreed-upon method. 1 The Engineer will process a maximum of two forms per month and return the forms within seven ( Calendar Days indicating each item as "approved" or "denied". The approval of the Engineer is limited, and is made only for the purposes of determining relief of responsibility for damage to completed portions of the Work caused by public traffic. The completed portions of the Work are not considered complete, and are not finally accepted for any other purposes under the Contract. If the Contractor disagrees with the Engineer's findings, the Contractor may request a Region level review according to 00199.40(b). (1) Request for Relief - The Agency will only accept a request for relief from and will only assume responsibility for damages caused by public traffic, to the following completed portions of the Work: • A segment of roadway, drainage facilities, slopes, lighting, traffic control devices and access facilities; • A Bridge or other Structure within a segment of roadway; • Traffic signals and appurtenances at an intersection; • Permanent, passive traffic control devices; • Complete circuits of a highway lighting system; and • Portions of a building open to public use. The Agency will approve a request for the Agency to assume responsibility for damages to the completed portions of the Work caused by public traffic only under the following conditions: • The completed portions of the Work are completed according to Contract Change Orders, the Contract Plans or approved stage construction Plans; • The traffic control complies with approved Traffic Control Plans; and • All required Materials conformance and quality compliance documents pertaining to the completed portions of the Work are on file with the Engineer (see Section 00165). ,411ankl C r-!% Pam 86 fi (2) Scope of Relief - When the Agency assumes responsibility for damage to completed portions of the Work caused by public traffic any damages will be repaired by the Contractor on an Extra or Changed Work basis, or by Agency forces, or by other means as determined by the Engineer. If completed portions of the Work are damaged by public traffic before Final Inspection, and the Agency requires the Contractor to repair the damages, the Engineer will reimburse the Contractor for the Extra or Changed Work at 75% of the total amount calculated according to Section 00197. If completed portions of the of Work are damaged by public traffic after Final Inspection, and the Agency requires the Contractor to repair the damages, the Engineer will reimburse the Contractor for the Extra or Changed Work at 100% of the total amount calculated according to Section 00197. If any additional Work is performed by the Contractor on completed portions of the Work for which the Agency has assumed responsibility for damages caused by public traffic, and the Work is performed outside of the approved stage construction Plans or approved Traffic Control Plans, the Contractor shall become fully responsible and liable, and shall make good all damages caused by public traffic at no additional cost to the Agency. (d) Vandalism - The Contractor shall provide reasonable protection of the Work from vandalism until Third Notification. If reasonable protection has been provided, the Contractor's responsibility for damage resulting from vandalism will be limited to $5,000.00 per occurrence. Requests for reimbursement of amounts in excess of $5,000.00 shall be in writing and directed to the Engineer. Upon receipt, the Engineer will investigate, evaluate the amount of damages and their cause, and determine whether, and how much, the Contractor will be recompensed. 00170.85 (b) Contractor Furnished Warranties Add the following paragraph to this subsection: The Contractor shall warrant all work performed under this Contract for a period of two years from the date of final acceptance, as specified in Subsection 00150.97 (c) of these provisions. SECTION 00180 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Comply with Section 00180 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified as follows: Add the following subsection: 00180.40(c) Specific Limitations - Limitations of operations specified in these Special Provisions include, but are not limited to, the following: Limitations Subsection Cooperation with Utilities ....................................00150.50 Contract Completion Time 00180.50(h) Traffic Lane Restrictions 00220.40(e) Special Events ......................................................00220.40(e) In-water Work Restrictions 00290.34(a) Noise Control 00290.32 00180.41 Project Work Schedules After the paragraph that begins "Contractor's activity..." add the following paragraphs: id Crbtlk Park 87 The Contractor shall submit a supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule each week to the Owner's Project Manager. The "look ahead" Project Work schedule is supplemental to the Type A, B, or C schedule specified below. The supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule shall: • Identify the sequencing of activities and time required for prosecution of the Work. • Provide for orderly, timely, and efficient prosecution of the Work. • Contain sufficient detail to enable both the Contractor and the Project Manager to plan, coordinate, analyze, document, and control their respective Contract responsibilities. The supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule shall be written in common terminology and show the planned Work activities broken down into logical, separate activities by area, stage, and size and include the following information: • The resources the Contractor, subcontractors, or services will use. • The locations of each activity that will be done including the limits of the work by mileposts, stations, or other indicators. • The time frames of each activity by Calendar Days, shifts, and hours. • All anticipated shoulder, lane, and road closures. t t At a minimum, the Contractor shall prepare a bar chart that: t: • Shows at least three weeks of activity including the week the bar chart is issued. 1' • Uses a largest time scale unit of one Calendar Day. Smaller time scale units maybe used if needed. • Is appropriate to the activities. • Identifies each Calendar Day by month and day. Include the Contract name, Contract number, Contractor's name, and date of issue on each page of the bar chart. The Contractor shall submit the supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule starting at First . Notification and continuing each week until Second Notification has been issued and all punch list items and final trimming and clean up has been completed. The Contractor shall meet with the Project Manager each week to review the supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule. If the Project Manager or the Contractor determines that the current supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule requires changes or additions, either notations can be made on the current schedule or the Project Manager may require the submittal of a revised supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule. Review of the current and subsequent supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedules does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for timely and efficient execution of the Contract.. Add the following subsection: 00180.50(h) Contract Time -Complete all Work to be done under the Contract within 120 calendar days. (See special provisions). Recording of the elapse of Calendar Days will begin on the day the Contractor begins On-Site Work as defined in 00110.20. 00180.85(b) Liquidated Damages -Add the following paragraph: The liquidated damages for failure to complete the Work on time required by 00180.50(h) will be $500.00 per Calendar Day * Calendar Day amounts are applicable when the Contract time is expressed on the Calendar Day or fixed date basis. ry . ~f ~ i i i! ~i. 80 SECTION 00190 - MEASUREMENT OF PAY QUANTITIES Comply with Section 00190 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified as follows: 00190.10(b) Area - Replace this subsection with the following subsection: (b) Area - Areas will be determined by measuring width and length at least to the nearest 0.1 foot and computed at least to the nearest 0.1 square foot or 0.1 square yard as appropriate, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. SECTION 00195 - PAYMENT Comply with Section 00190 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified as follows: 00195.50 (a) (1) Progress Estimates - Replace the sentence that begins "At the same time each month..." with the following sentence: The Project Manager will make an estimate of the amount and value of Pay Item Work completed through the final day of each month. 00195.50(b) Retainage - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection: As provided in 00170.65(a) additional retainage of 25% of amounts earned will be withheld and released according to ORS 279C.845 (see Senate Bill 477) when the Contractor fails to file the certified statements required in ORS 2790.845, FHWA Form 1273, and 00170.65. 00195.50 (c) Forms of Retainage - Replace this subsection with the following subsection 00195.50 (c) Forms of Retainage - The only acceptable form of retainage is Cash, Alternate A as described below in subsection (1). (1) Cash, Alternate A - Retainage will be deducted from progress payments and held by the Agency until final payment is made in accordance with 00 195.90, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. 00195.50(e) Withholding Payments - Add the following paragraph to the end of this Subsection: Notwithstanding ORS 2790.555 or 279C.570, if a Contractor is required to file certified statements on the prevailing rate of wages, but fails to do so, the Agency will retain 25% of any amount earned as required in 00170.65 SECTION 00196 - PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK Comply with Section 00196 of the Standard Specifications. SECTION 00197 - PAYMENT FOR FORCE ACCOUNT WORK Comply with Section 00197 of the Standard Specifications. SECTION 00199 -DISAGREEMENTS, PROTESTS AND CLAIMS Delete Section 00199 of the Standard Specifications in their entirety and substitute the following: Ashl in7 t C'r <k ]),irk 89 00199.00 General - In any case where the Contractor deems extra compensation is due for work or materials not allowed by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall in writing notify the Project Manager of their intention to make claim for such compensation before the Contractor begins the work on which the Contractor bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Project Manager is not afforded proper facilities by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost, then the Contractor agrees to waive the claim for extra compensation. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the Project Manager has kept account of the cost, shall not in any way be construed as proving the validity of the claim. Notwithstanding any other notices that are required, in the event Contractor discovers any subsurface, latent or other conditions at the site differing materially from those indicated in the contract documents, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Project Manager and not disturb them until the Project Manager has reviewed such conditions. 1 4 <~~~1~,11it~ C r~~k ~~iti14 9o e` PART II TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR WORK WITHIN THE RIGHT OF WAY (SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOLLOWING PAGE 99 FOR WORK WITHIN THE PROPERTY) 1l-,,AInrk 91 This page intentionally left blank ' 1,t4tx7ci C d.E P.. f. 92 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION All Public Works Construction within the City Limits, within the Utilities Service Boundary, or planned to become a part of a system owned or operated by the City shall be constructed in accordance with the 2008 edition of the "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction" ODOT/APWA as amended by the Project Special Provisions, as well as any special provisions included with the plans. All number references in the "Addendum" and Special Provisions shall be understood to refer to the Sections and Subsections of the Standard Specifications bearing like numbers and to Sections and Subsections contained herein in their entirety. All references to Measurement and Payment for items of work in these Technical Specifications for Work within the Right of Way are deleted. The Contract lump sum amount for the bid item ROW Improvements is payment in full for all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified. The Special Provisions and any Addendum are available to view at the City's Public Works Offices. Copies of the Standard Specifications & ODOT APWA standard drawings may be obtained from the ODOT Contractor Plans office, Room 28 Transportation Building, 355 Capitol St. NE, Salem, Oregon 97301; phone (503) 986-3720. The Standard Specifications are also available on line on ODOT's Web Site: http:/iwww oregon,.,govrODOT/HWY/SPECS/sta.ndardspecifications.,shtm1 2008Standard Specifications - - - PART 00200 -TEMPORARY FEATURES AND APPURTENANCES SECTION 00205 -FIELD LABORATORY, WEIGH HOUSE, ETC. Delete Section 00205 of the Standard Specifications. SECTION 00210 -MOBILIZATION Comply with Section 00210 of the Standard Specifications. SECTION 00220 -ACCOMMODATIONS FOR PUBLIC TRAFFIC Comply with Section 00220 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 00220.02 Public Safety and Mobility -Add the following bullets to the end of the bullet list: • Do not place work zone signs or supports that will block existing walkways or existing bikeways. I' t SECTION 00225 -WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Delete Section 00225 of the Standard Specifications. SECTION 00280 -EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Comply with Section 00280 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: Description 00280.00 Scope -Add the following to the end of this subsection: Comply with Drawing CD282 by Public Works Engineering, entitled "Minimum Site Erosion & Sediment Control", dated 12!10. Contract Project Manager for a copy of this drawing. Measurement f'" 00280.80(a) Lump Sum Basis -Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: No separate measurement will be made for work in this Section. Payment 00280.90 General -Delete the first paragraph and the following list of Pay Items and substitute the following. All erosion and sediment control as specified or directed, required by specification, permit requirements and as required by the contractor's own operation shall be paid as lump sum. The Contract lump sum amount for the bid item Erosion & Sediment Control will be payment in full for all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified. The progress payment amount paid for the lump sum item Erosion & Sediment Control will be based on the percent of the original Contract amount that is earned from other Contract items except for Mobilization. No separate or additional payment will be made for orange plastic mesh fencing. SECTION 00290 - ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Comply with Section 00290 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 00290.20(c-3) Reuse, Recycle, and Dispose of Materials - Replace the bullet that begins "Reuse demolition..." with the following bullet: • Reuse demolition debris. 00290.32 Noise Control - Add the following paragraphs to the end of this section In addition to the restrictions above, the contractor must comply with the City of Ashland's Noise Ordinance, Ashland Municipal Code 9.08.170.13. Where ever there is a conflict between the City's code and the provisions of subsection 00290.30(d) of the Standard Specifications, the more restrictive provision shall apply. The Contractor shall be responsible for applying for any variances they deem to be desirable for their operations. Denial of any and all variance requests will not be considered in any requests for extension of time to complete work, or for increased compensation. 00290.42 Tree Preservation Specifications - Add the following section: , City of Ashland Tree Preservation Specifications These specifications shall be made a part of all construction documents. They were developed in order to protect all trees that have either direct or indirect encroachment into their driplines during construction within Ashland Parks. Tree roots grow horizontally through the soil and depending on the tree can extend 40 feet or more beyond the branch tips. These smaller roots are primarily responsible for water and mineral absorption. There can be hundreds of roots in a cubic inch of soil - thus any removal of soil or root severance forces a tree to compromise its physiological processes to sustain the loss. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. No equipment is to be operated or parked under a tree, nor is any material to be stored within the dripline of a tree or leaned against a tree trunk. Do not pile or compact soil within a dripline. 2. Driving equipment and walking within the dripline causes soil compaction and is a serious cause of tree decline and death, and usually manifests long after construction is complete. As a precaution, place large plywood sheets over the ground to disperse weight. 3. Do not nail grade stakes or anything else to trees. 4. Encroachment from paving or structures within the dripline of a tree shall be permitted with authorization from the Parks Arborist. 5. The Parks Arborist must review any roots larger than 2" diameter. If roots must be severed, cuts are to be made clean and soil backfilled or covered immediately. Exposed roots must be covered with wet burlap if tree roots are going to be exposed for more than 24 hours. 95 i~sltcE!t~ ~Ya 6. No further work within the root zone shall be done beyond that which was approved without obtaining written approval from the Ashland Parks Arborist, prior to proceeding. 7. Pruning for vertical clearance of buildings, traffic, and construction equipment shall be performed by an aborist only, and not by construction or maintenance personnel. 8. Ashland Parks Arborist Anne Thayer (541-951-2790) is available to answer any general questions regarding trees in parks. 00290.90 Lump Sum Basis -Add the following paragraph: Payment shall be made only if there is a bid item, otherwise, providing environmental protection is considered incidental to one or more existing bid items. No separate or additional payment will be made for orange plastic mesh fencing. 4 ~4~~~.?~fc! Crce~ I'~r~ 96 PART 00300 - ROADWORK SECTION 00310 - REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS Comply with Section 00310 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 00310.41(a) General - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: Where an abutting structure or part of a structure is to be left in place, make clean, smooth, vertical cuts with a saw or other approved cutting device. Avoid operations that may damage any portion of the remaining structure. SECTION 00320 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING Comply with Section 00320 of the Standard Specifications. SECTION 00330 - EARTHWORK Comply with Section 00330 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 00330.03 Basis of Performance - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection: Perform all earthwork under this Section as "Earthwork". 00330.41(a-5) Waste Materials - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the following: Unless otherwise specifically allowed and subject to the requirements of 00280.03, dispose of materials, classed as waste materials in 00330.41(a-3) and 00330.41(a-4), outside and beyond the limits of the Project and Agency controlled property according to 00290.20. Do not dispose of materials on wetlands, either public or private, or within 300 feet of rivers or streams. 00330.71 Daily Progress Reports - Delete this subsection. 00330.80 General - Delete this subsection. 00330.81 Excavation Basis - Delete this subsection. 00330.82 Embankment Basis Measurement - Delete this subsection. 00330.90 General - Delete this subsection. 00330.91 Kinds of Excavation - Delete this subsection. 00330.92 Kinds of Incidental Earthwork - Delete this subsection. 00330.93 Excavation Basis Payment - Delete this subsection. 00330.94 Embankment Basis Payment - Delete this subsection. PART 00400 - DRAINAGE AND SEWERS SECTION 00405 - TRENCH EXCAVATION, BEDDING AND BACKFILL Trench Excavation, Bedding, and Backfill shall be in conformance with the City of Ashland Standards and Section 00405 of the Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction supplemented and/or modified as follows: 00405.00 Scope - Add the following to the end of this subsection: Prior to installation of all piping, the Contractor shall call for locates and pothole all potential utility crossings and inform the Engineer of any conflicts, and the Engineer will immediately work on a solution. Trench excavation and Backfill, fittings, connections, miscellaneous appurtenances and potholing are incidental to the work, which shall be paid for on a per linear foot cost for pipe installation. Construction of the structures shall be paid for under an existing bid item. The contractor shall coordinate the work on any facilities with the appropriate utility company for that area. Refer to the Project Plans cover sheet for a list of utilities, which may have facilities located within the project limits. No separate payment shall be made for this work. t_ 00405.15 Quality Control - Add the following: f A minimum of two density tests at upper and lower elevation within the trench shall be taken at 300' intervals at all trench locations, or as directed by the Engineer (If slurry is not used). 4 00405.92 Incidental Basis - Delete this section in its entirety. Add the following: "Excavation bedding and backfill for all pipes will be incidental to the pipe bid item and no separate t payment will be made." f 00405.93 Incidental Basis for Testing Density tests for in-place trench backfill shall be considered incidental work. SECTION 00440 - COMMERCIAL GRADE CONCRETE 00440.14(d) - Acceptance Sampling and Testing, Hardened CGC - Add the following: t All testing required to be performed will be by an independent laboratory and will be at the City's expense. t However, if any of the required tests do not pass on the first attempt, additional testing will be done at the Contractor's expense. Additionally, all testing will be at the discretion of the City SECTION 00445 - SANITARY, STORM, CULVERT, SIPHON AND IRRIGATION PIPE Sanitary, Storm, Culvert, Siphon, and Irrigation Pipe shall be in conformance with Section 00445 of the Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction. All specifications of the City of Ashland Sewer Standards and the City of Ashland Standard Drawings take precedence. C reek I',- ,,,,k 98 PART 00600 - BASES SECTION 00641- AGGREGATE SUBBASE, BASE, AND SHOULDERS Comply with Section 00641 of the Standard Specifications and/or modified as follows: 00641.16 Acceptance of Aggregates - Replace this subsection with the following: Acceptance of Aggregate shall include the following criteria: Source Certification - The Agency requires that all aggregate used in public improvement projects meet all requirements of Section 00160. Aggregate shall be tested by an approved lab and certified by a Professional Project Manager, registered in the State of Oregon. The certifications shall identify the source by its state designated source number and situs. An employee of the certifying laboratory must obtain samples. It is the responsibility of the supplier to supply this information for City approval prior to its use in public works projects Aggregate certifications must be submitted to the agency on a semi-annual basis. Certifications are due January 1 and July 1. Only certifications performed within the two months prior to the due date will be accepted for review. The certifications will be considered valid for the six-month period unless visual or performance evaluations indicated that the product has changed. In such cases, the Agency may then require additional certifications assuring compliance. Aggregate Source - Contractor shall use the same source of material for the entire project. If circumstances develop prior to completion of a job the following rules shall apply. 1. Rock shall be an approved material from a certified source. 2. Previous material and material from the new source shall not be mixed. 3. If the materials are not kept separate when placed and mixing occurs, the COA shall use the higher optimum density when computing compaction. PART 00700 - WEARING SURFACES SECTION 00744 - MINOR HOT MIXED ASPHALT CONCRETE (MHMAC) PAVEMENT Asphalt Concrete Pavement shall be in conformance with Section 00744 of the Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction supplemented and/or modified as follows: Asphalt Concrete Pavement shall be 1/2" dense, Level 3 PG 64-22 mixture according to 00744.11 and 00744.12. SECTION 00759 - MISCELLANEOUS PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE STRUCTURES 00759.90 General (a) Concrete Curbs - delete the Unit of Measurement Foot or Cubic Yard and replace with Lineal Foot. i C 1' k 99 PART 02000 -MATERIALS CONCRETE MATERIALS AND ADDITITVES SECTION 02001 -CONCRETE Comply with Section 02001 of the Standard Specifications. SECTION 02010 -PORTLAND CEMENT Comply with Section 02001 of the Standard Specifications. SECTION 02030 -MODIFIERS t Comply with Section 02030 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 02030.10 Fly Ash -Replace this subsection with the following subsection: 02030.10 Fly Ash -Furnish Class C, Class F, or Class N fly ash from the QPL and meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 295 (ASTM C 618). SECTION 02050 -CURING MATERIALS ( Comply with Section 02050 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 02050.10 Liquid Compounds -Add the following to the end of this subsection: Before using liquid compounds, submit one quart samples of each lot for testing except samples are not required for commercial grade concrete applications unless the liquid compound is a conditionally approved product. SECTION 02510 -REINFORCEMENT Comply with Section 02510 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: 02510.10 Deformed Bar Reinforcement -Replace the sentence that begins "Unless otherwise specified..." with the following sentence: Unless otherwise specified or shown, all reinforcing bars shall be Grade 60. ~~!~l~~r~~i C. ~c~k 3'~. 100 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR WORK WITHIN THE PROPERTY (SEE SPECIFICATIONS ON PAGES 91-100 FOR WORK WITHIN THE RIGHT OF WAY) A hl,md Cr _ 101 This page intentionally left blank 'f C ~i;l:~~<I t ~au~ ('s.r1 102 TABLE of CONTENTS SPECIFICATIONS GROUP FACILITY CONSTRUCTION SUBGROUP DIVISION 03: CONCRETE 032000 CONCRETE REINFORCING 032100 REINFORCEMENT BARS 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053 MISCELLANEOUS EXTERIOR CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3111 NORMAL WEIGHT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DIVISION 04: MASONRY 040500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MASONRY 040513 CEMENT AND LIME MASONRY MORTARING 040516 MASONRY GROUTING 042000 UNIT MASONRY 04 2223 ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 05: METALS 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5214 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 057000 DECORATIVE METAL 05 7500 DECORATIVE FORMED METAL DIVISION 06: WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1011 WOOD FASTENINGS 06 1100 WOOD FRAMING 06 1636 WOOD PANEL PRODUCT SHEATHING 062000 FINISH CARPENTRY 062001 COMMON FINISH CARPENTRY REQUIREMENTS 06 2024 DOOR, FRAME, AND FINISH HARDWARE INSTALLATION Table of Contents - 1 - Document 00 0110 DIVISION 07: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 071000 DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING 07 1113 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 072000 THERMAL PROTECTION 072116 BLANKET INSULATION 07 2616 BELOW-GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS 072719 PLASTIC SHEET AIR BARRIERS 074000 ROOFING AND SIDING PANELS 07 4619 STEEL SIDING 076000 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 076100 SHEET METAL ROOFING 077000 ROOF AND WALL SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 07 7123 MANUFACTURED GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS g 079000 JOINT PROTECTION g~ 07 9213 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08: OPENINGS I 081000 DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1213 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES. 08 1313 HOLLOW METAL DOORS 087000 HARDWARE 08 7101 COMMON FINISH HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 09: FINISHES 092000 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD e, 09 2900 GYPSUM BOARD 09 3000 T I L I N G 09 3013 CERAMIC TILING 099000 PAINTS AND COATINGS 099001 COMMON PAINTING AND COATING REQUIREMENTS 09 9112 EXTERIOR PAINTED FERROUS METAL 09 9113 EXTERIOR PAINTED GALVANIZED METAL 099122 INTERIOR PAINTED CMU 09 9123 INTERIOR PAINTED GYPSUM BOARD, PLASTER 099124 INTERIOR PAINTED METAL 09 9125 INTERIOR PAINTED WOOD 099321 INTERIOR SEALED CONCRETE FLOORS 099413 INTERIOR TEXTURED FINISHING 099623 GRAFFITI-RESISTANT COATINGS Table of Contents -2- Document 00 0110 DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES 102000 INTERIOR SPECIALTIES 10 2813 COMMERCIAL TOILET ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11: EQUIPMENT 116500 ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT 11 6813 PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT DIVISION 12: FURNISHINGS 129000 OTHER FURNISHINGS 12 9313 BICYCLE RACKS D I V I S 10 N S 13 THROUGH 19: NOT USED FACILITY SERVICES SUBGROUP D I V I S 10 N S 20 THROUGH 21: NOT USED DIVISION 22: PLUMBING 220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 0501 COMMON PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 22 0719 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 221000 PLUMBING PIPES AND PUMPS 22 1116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 1313 FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4213 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS 22 4216 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES AND SINKS 22 4700 DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS DIVISION 23: HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING 238000 DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 8333 ELECTRIC RADIANT HEATERS DIVISION 24825: NOT USED Table of Contents -3- Document 00 0110 DIVISION 26: ELECTRICAL 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0501 COMMON ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 0519 LINE-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 262000 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 2417 CIRCUIT-BREAKER PANELBOARDS 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES 265000 LIGHTING 26 5100 INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5600 EXTERIOR LIGHTING DIVISIONS 27 THROUGH 29: NOT USED SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE SUBGROUP m. DIVISION 30: NOT USED DIVISION 31: EARTHWORK 310500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR EARTHWORK t 31 0501 COMMON EARTHWORK REQUIREMENTS 311000 SITE CLEARING 31 1100 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 31 1123 AGGREGATE BASE 31 1413 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING 312000 EARTH MOVING X' 4. 31 2213 ROUGH GRADING 31 2216 FINE GRADING 312316 EXCAVATION 312323 FILL DIVISION 32: EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 323000 SITE IMPROVEMENTS 32 3129 WOOD FENCES AND GATES 329000 PLANTING 32 9120 TOPSOIL AND PLACEMENT Table of Contents - 4 - Document 00 0110 DIVISION 33: UTILITIES 331000 WATER UTILITIES 33 1116 SITE WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 333000 SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES 333313 SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE 334000 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 4116 SITE STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING DIVISIONS 36 THROUGH 39: NOT USED PROCESS EQUIPMENT SUBGROUP DIVISIONS 40 THROUGH 49: NOT USED END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Table of Contents -5- Document 00 0110 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 03 2100 REINFORCEMENT BARS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install concrete reinforcement bars as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 03 3111: 'Normal Weight Structural Concrete'. a. Reinforcement installed in concrete. t 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS t A. Pre-Installation Conferences: 1. Participate in pre-installation conference as specified in Section 03 3111. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Reinforcing placement drawings. " PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL A. Reinforcement Bars: 1. Bars shall have grade identification marks and conform to ASTM A615/A615M: a. Grade 60 minimum, except dowels that are to be field bent, Grade 40 minimum. 2. Bars shall be deformed type. 3. Bars shall be free of heavy rust scales and flakes, or other bond-reducing coatings. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Bar Supports: 1. Concrete masonry units or bricks are not acceptable. 2. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are plastic protected (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel protected (CSRI, Class 2). 3. Type Two Acceptable Products: a. Concrete 'dobies' or blocks wired to reinforcing. b. Manufactured chairs with 4 sq inch (25.8 sq cm) bearing surface on sub-grade, or other feature to prevent chair from being pushed into sub-grade or damaging vapor retarder under slabs on grade. c. Equals as approved by Architect before installation. Reinforcement Bars - 1 - 03 2100 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate reinforcement bars according to the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 'Manual of Standard Practice' and details on Contract Documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Avoid cutting or puncturing vapor retarder during reinforcement placement and concrete operations. 2. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. 3. Blowtorch shall not be used to facilitate field cutting or bending or any other reinforcing work. 4. Reinforcement shall not be bent after partially embedded in hardened concrete. B. Placing Reinforcement: 1. Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 'Manual of Standard Practice' recommended practice for 'Placing Reinforcing Bars' for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports. and as herein specified. 2. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations: a. Locate and support reinforcing by chairs, runners, bolsters, bar supports, spacers, or hangers, as required as recommended by'ACI Detailing Manual, latest edition, except slab on grade work. b. Support bars in slabs on grade and footings with specified bar supports around perimeter and at 4-1/2 feet (1 350 mm) on center each way maximum to maintain specified concrete cover. c. Install bar supports at bar intersections. 3. Bend bars cold. 4. Dowel vertical reinforcement for formed concrete columns or walls out of footing or structure below with rebar of same size and spacing required above. 5. Securely anchor and tie reinforcement bars and dowels before placing concrete. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. C. Splices: 1. Non-Concrete Structural System: a. Avoid splices of reinforcement bars at points of maximum stress. Lap bars 60 bar diameters minimum unless dimensioned otherwise on Drawings. Run reinforcement bars continuous through cold joints. 2. Concrete Structural System: a. In beams, slabs, and walls, avoid splices of reinforcement bars at points of maximum stress. b. Lap bars as follows: 1) Compression Splices: 45 bar diameters minimum. 2) Tension Splices: In accordance with ACI Class B requirements. 3) No splice shall be less than 20 inches (508 mm). 4) For epoxy coated rebar, increase lap-splice lengths by 1.5 times those listed above. c. In columns, splices in vertical bars are permitted only at floor levels or points of lateral support and shall consist of 45 bar diameter laps. d. Run reinforcement bars continuous through cold joints. D. Tolerances: 1. Provide following minimum concrete cover for reinforcement as per ACI 318. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations: a. Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth: Reinforcement Bars -2- 03 2100 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1) Interior Slabs on Grade: 1 inches (25 mm). clear from top of slab at 4 inches (100 mm) slabs, 2 inches (50 mm) clear at 6 inches (150 mm) slabs. b. Concrete Exposed to Earth or Weather: 1) No. 6 and Larger Bars: 2 inches (50 mm). 2) No. 5 and Smaller Bars, W31 and D31 Wire: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). END OF SECTION t=~ Reinforcement Bars -3- 03 2100 i:- Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 03 3053 MISCELLANEOUS EXTERIOR CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (BY OWNER) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Compact aggregate base for miscellaneous cast-in-place concrete as described in Contract Documents. 2. Furnish and install miscellaneous cast-in-place concrete and equipment pads as described in Contract Documents. 3. Furnish and install sealants and curing compounds as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 03 3111: `Normal Weight Structural Concrete' for: a. Concrete mix information and use admixtures. b. Field Quality Control Testing and Inspection requirements for concrete. 2. Section 07 9213: 'Elastomeric Joint Sealant' for quality of sealants. 3. Section 31 0501: `Common Earthwork Requirements' for: a. General procedures and requirements for earthwork. b. Pre-installation conference held jointly with other common earthwork related sections. 4. Section 31 1123: 'Aggregate Base' for installation of aggregate base. 5. Section 31 2213: `Rough Grading' for rough grading and preparation of natural soil subgrades below fill and aggregate base materials. 6. Section 31 2323: 'Fill' for compaction procedures and tolerances. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Joint layout plan for control and expansion joints for sidewalks, curbs, and gutters for written approval before starting work on this Section. 1.3 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Cold Weather Limitations: a. Follow requirements of ACI 306 for cold weather concreting. 2. Hot Weather Limitations: a. Follow requirements of ACI 305 for hot weather concreting. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Materials: 1. Concrete: a. Meet requirements specified in Section 03 3111 for exterior concrete. Miscellaneous Exterior Cast-In-Place Concrete - 1 - 03 3053 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Expansion Joint Material: 1. 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick. 2. Manufactured commercial fiber type: a. Meet requirements of ASTM D1751. b. Type Two Acceptable Products: 1) Conflex by Knight-Celotex, Northfield, IL www.aknightcompany.com. 2) Sealtight by W R Meadows Inc, Hampshire, IL www.wrmeadows.com. 3) Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. 3. Recycled Vinyl: a. Light gray color. b. Type Two Acceptable Products: 1) Proflex by Oscoda Plastics Inc, Oscoda, MI www.oscodaplastics.com. 2) Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Concrete Forms: a. Verify dimensions and spot elevations for locations of forms for concrete footings, stem walls, building slabs, curbs, gutters, walkways, and drainage systems are correct before concrete is placed. 1) Notify Architect of incorrect dimensions or spot elevations in writing. 2) Do not place concrete until corrections are made and verified. 3.2 PREPARATION. A. Surface Preparation: t` 1. Aggregate base and subgrade: a. Prepare aggregate base as specified in Section 31 1123. b. Prepare natural soil subgrade as specified in Section 31 2213. c. Prepare fill subgrade as specified in Section 31 2323. t B. Concrete Slab Thickness: 1. Increase thickness of concrete beneath detectable warning panels one inch (25 mm). 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Form vertical surfaces full depth. Do not allow concrete to flow out from under forms in any degree into landscaped areas. B. Sidewalks, Exterior Stairs, And Landings: 1. Slope with cross slope of 1/8 to 1/4 inch per ft (3 to 6 mm per 300 mm) (one to two percent) in direction of intended drainage. 2. Slope away from building 1/8 to 1/4 inch per ft (3 to 6 mm per 300 mm) (one to two percent) minimum. 3. Do not dust with cement. 4. Concrete walks shall be screeded to bring surface to grades and lines as indicated. Surface shall be floated with wood float with no coarse aggregate showing and then given broom finish before concrete sets. Miscellaneous Exterior Cast-In-Place Concrete -2- 03 3053 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 C. Aprons: 1. Aggregate base not necessary under aprons. 2. Compact topsoil underneath aprons to density of undisturbed earth. D. Joints: 1. Control Joints: a. Depth of control joints shall be approximately one quarter of concrete slab thickness, but not less than one inch (25 mm). b. Control joints to be hand tooled in sidewalks, curbs and gutters, and aprons. c. Spacing On Center Sidewalks 4 feet to 6 feet Curbs and Gutters 10 feet Flat Drainage Structures 7 feet to 10 feet 2. Expansion Joints: a. Install so top of expansion joint material is 1/4 inch (6 mm) below finished surface of concrete. b. No expansion joint required between curbs and sidewalks parallel to curb. C. Provide expansion joints at ends of exterior site concrete elements that are perpendicular to and terminate at curbs, building foundations or other concrete elements (i.e. sidewalks, mow strips, aprons). d. Provide expansion joints between sidewalks that are parallel, and adjacent, to the storage building or main building. e. Provide expansion joints around perimeter of concrete slab on grade at mechanical enclosure, around perimeter of slab on grade at dumpster enclosure and at top and bottom of exterior stairs. f. Spacing On Center Sidewalks, Curbs and Gutters 40 feet to 100 feet Aprons 20 feet to 40 feet Flat Drainage Structures 50 feet g. Seal expansion joints as specified in Section 07 9213 for following areas: 1) Between entryway slabs and building foundations. 2) Between sidewalks and building foundations. 3) Within curbs and gutters. 4) Within flat drainage structures and at joints between flat drainage structures and other concrete elements. h. Expansion joints are not required to be sealed for following areas: 1) Within aprons and where apron abuts sidewalks. 2) Within sidewalks. E. Finish: 1. Flatwork: a. Curb, Gutter Sidewalks, Flat Drainage Structures, Stairs, And Miscellaneous: 1) After completion of floating and troweling when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete surface finishing, as follows: a) Provide fine hair finish where grades are less than 6 percent 1-1/4 inch (32 mm). b) Provide rough hair finish where grades exceed 6 percent 1-1/4 inch (32 mm). c) Provide exposed aggregate finish utilizing Surface Retarder by Golden Pacific Quality Products. d) Do not remove forms for twenty four (24) hours after concrete has been placed. After form removal, clean ends of joints and point-up any minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or sections with major defects, as directed by Architect. e) Round edges exposed to public view to 1/2 inch (13 mm) radius, including edges formed by expansion joints. f) Remove edger marks. Miscellaneous Exterior Cast-In-Place Concrete -3- 03 3053 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 2. Vertical Surfaces (Exposed To View Vertical Surfaces, Exposed Retaining Walls, Exposed Foundation Walls, Concrete Piers, and etc.): a. General: 1) Finishing Material to fill and smooth interior and exterior concrete surface defects such as spalls, gouges, cracks, dents, chips, bug holes, stone pockets, honeycombs, voids and other defective areas. 2) Chamfer lines shall be finished. b. Surface Preparation: 1) Formwork shall be stripped from concrete while concrete is still "green". 2) Concrete surface to be finished immediately after formwork has been removed. a) Immediately after removing forms, remove joints, marks, bellies, projections, loose materials and other irregularities, and cut back metal ties from surfaces to be exposed. b) Repair defective areas and voids or stone pockets with Finishing Material and smooth to even surface matching surrounding undamaged area. c. Smooth Rubbed Finish: 1) Thoroughly wet with water, apply Finishing Material in thin layer, rub in circular motion to smooth uniform finish. 2) Entire surface shall be protected from rapid drying for not less than three (3) days. 3) Surfaces shall be cleaned of drip marks and discolorations. 4) Concrete surface shall be left with clean, neat, uniform finish, free from form markings and shall be uniform in color and texture. t` 3.4 APPLICATION A. Interface With Other Work: 1. Membrane Curing Compound: a. Apply to curbs, gutters, sidewalks, flat drainage structures, stairs, landings, and pads. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Non-Conforming Work: Non-conforming work as covered in the General Conditions applies, but is not ` limited to the following: 1. Correct any work found defective or not complying with contract document requirements at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.6 PROTECTION A. General: 1. Protect concrete that has not received its initial set from precipitation to avoid excess water in mix and unsatisfactory surface finish. END OF SECTION Miscellaneous Exterior Cast-In-Place Concrete -4- 03 3053 f Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 03 3111 NORMAL WEIGHT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install Project concrete work as described in Contract Documents. 2. Quality of concrete used on Project but furnished under other Sections. B. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Concrete accessories. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 032100: 'Reinforcement Bars'. 2. Section 04 2223: 'Architectural Concrete Unit Masonry' for masonry columns and bond beams confined in hollow masonry units. 3. Section 31 1123: 'Aggregate Base' for aggregate base under miscellaneous cast-in-place concrete and exterior slabs, under interior slabs-on-grade concrete, and asphalt paving. 4. Section 31 2213: 'Rough Grading' for grading and preparation of natural soil subgrades below fill and aggregate base materials. 5. Section 31 2216: 'Fine Grading' for grading of subgrade below aggregate base and topsoil. 6. Section 31 2323: 'Fill' for compaction procedures and tolerances. 7. Section 32 9121: 'Topsoil Grading' for grading of subgrade below topsoil. 8. Furnishing of items to be embedded in concrete specified in Section involved. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Conference: 1. Participate in pre-installation conference held jointly with following sections: a. Section 03 2100: 'Reinforcement Bars'. b. Section 03 3053: 'Miscellaneous Exterior Cast-In-Place Concrete'. c. Section 22 1116: 'Domestic Water Piping'. d. Section 26 0526: 'Grounding And Bonding For Electrical Systems'. 2. Schedule pre-installation conference prior to placing of footings, installation of foundation forms and reinforcing steel, and installation of anchors, dowels, inserts, and block outs in foundation walls and slabs: 3. Review following: a. Installation scheduling, coordination, placement of concrete, and placement of items installed in and under floor slab. b. Review requirements for preparation of subgrade. c. Review aggregate base requirements. d. Review formwork requirements. e. Review approved mix design requirements and use of admixtures. f. Review reinforcing steel submittals. g. Review placement, finishing, and curing of concrete including cold and hot weather requirements. h. Review jointing requirements and joint layout. i. Review concrete slab tolerances and corrective measures if tolerances not met. j. Review safety issues. Normal Weight Structural Concrete - 1 - 03 3111 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Show reinforcement and all necessary bending diagrams and reinforcing steel list, and construction joint locations. b. Provide bar schedules and bending details. c. Show all formwork for concrete surfaces which are to remain exposed in the finished work. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Design Data: a. Mix Design: 1) Furnish proposed mix design to Architect for review prior to commencement of Work. a) Include density (unit weight) and void content determined per ASTM C1688/C1688M for fresh mixed properties and per ASTM C140 for hardened concrete properties. b) Mix design shall show proposed admixture, amount, usage instructions, and justification for proposed use. b. Ready-Mix Supplier: 1) Require mix plant to furnish delivery ticket for each batch of concrete. Keep delivery tickets at job-site for use of Owner or his representatives. Tickets shall show following:, a) Name of ready-mix batch plant. b) Serial number of ticket. c) Date and truck number. d) Name of Contractor. e) Name and location of Project. f) Specific class or designation of concrete conforming to that used in Contract Documents. g) Amount of concrete. h) Amount and type of cement. i) Total water content allowed by mix design. j) Amount of water added at plant. k) Sizes and weights of sand and aggregate. 1) Time loaded. m) Type, name, manufacturer, and amount of admixtures used. n) Design Data. 2) Provide certificates with supporting testing reports verifying compliance with Contract Document requirements and that materials provided are from single source for following: a) Cement. b) Aggregate. c) Fly Ash. 2. Source Quality Control Submittals: a. Concrete mix design: Submit mix designs to meet following requirements: 1) Proportions: a) Mix Type A: (1) 3000 psi (20.68 MPa) minimum at twenty eight (28) days. (2) Water / Cement Ratio: 0.45 to 0.50 by weight. b) Mix Type B (also to be used for exterior concrete subject to freeze thaw conditions and de-icers): (1) 4500 psi (31.03 MPa) minimum at twenty eight (28) days. (2) Water / Cement Ratio: 0.45 maximum by weight (water/cement ratio shall not exceed 0.45 for exterior concrete flatwork (sidewalks, curb and gutter, concrete paving, etc.)). 2) Slump: a) 4 inch (100 mm) slump maximum before addition of high range water reducer. b) 8 inch (200 mm) slump maximum with use of high range water reducer. 3) Admixtures: Normal Weight Structural Concrete -2- 03 3111 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 a) Mix design shall show proposed admixture, amount, usage instructions, and justification for proposed use. Do not use any admixture without Architect's written approval. b) Mineral: An amount of specified Class F (or Class C where Class F is not available) fly ash not to exceed twenty (20) percent of weight of cement may be substituted for cement. If substituted, consider fly ash with cement in determining amount of water necessary to provide specified water / cement ratio. c) Chemical: Specified accelerator or retarder may be used if necessary to meet environmental conditions. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Record Documentation: 1) Pour Reports: a) Provide report that records following information: b) Date and time of start of pour, Date and time of end of pour, and Date and time of end of finishing procedures. c) Temperature at start of pour, Temperature at end of Pour, and Maximum temperature during performance of finishing procedures. d) Wind speed at start of pour, Wind speed at end of pour, and Maximum wind speed during performance of finishing procedures. e) Humidity at start of pour, Humidity at end of pour, and High and low humidity during performance of finishing procedures. f) Cloud cover at start of pour, Cloud cover at end of pour, and High and low cloud cover during performance of finishing procedures. g) Screeding method and equipment used. h) Saw cut method and equipment used. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing and Inspection: 1. Owner will provide Testing and Inspection on concrete: PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. BASF Admixtures, Cleveland, OH www.basf-admixtures.com. b. Bonsal American, Charlotte, NC www.bonsal.com. C. Dayton Superior Specialty Chemicals, Kansas City, KS www.daytonsuperiorchemical.com. d. Euclid Chemical Company, Cleveland, OH www.euclidchemical.com. e. Fritz-Pak Concrete Admixtures, Dallas, TX www.fritzpak.com. f. Grace Construction Products, Cambridge, MA www.graceconstruction.com and Grace Canada Inc, Ajax, ON (905) 683-8561. g. L & M Construction Chemicals, Omaha, NE www.Imcc.com. h. Larsen Weldcrete by Larsen Products Corp, Rockville, MD www.larsenproducts.com. i. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ www.sikaconstruction.com and Sika Canada, Pointe Claire, QC www.sika.ca. j. Sonneborn / BASF Building Systems, Shakopee, MN www.chemrex.com. k. Unitex, Kansas City, MO www.unitex-chemicals.com. 1. U S Mix Products Co, Denver, CO www.usspec.com. m. W R Meadows, Hampshire, IL www.wrmeadows.com. B. Performance: Normal Weight Structural Concrete -3- 03 3111 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1. Design Criteria: Conform to requirements of ASTM C94/C94M unless specified otherwise: a. Floor Slab for interior concrete slabs: 1) Class 1 Floor: a) Anticipated type of traffic: exposed surface - foot traffic. b) Special considerations: Uniform finish, nonslip aggregated in specific areas, curing. c) Final finish: Normal steel-troweled finish, nonslip finish where required. 2. Capacities: a. For testing purposes, following concrete strengths are required: 1) At 7 days: 60 percent minimum of 28 day strengths. 2) At 28 days: 100 percent minimum of 28 day strengths. C. Materials: 1. Table One: Portland Cement / Blended Hydraulic Cement Equivalencies ASTM C150/C150M (Low Alkali) ASTM C595/C595M ASTM C1157/C1157M Type l IP GU t Type II IP MS MS Type III HE Type V HS 2. Hydraulic Cement: Meet requirements of ASTM C150/C150M, Type <Insert Type>. a. Meet requirements of ASTM C595/C595M, Type <Insert Type>. b. Meet requirements of ASTM C1157/C1157M, Type <Insert Type>. 3. Aggregates: a. General: 1) Submit a letter on quarry's letterhead that certifies all aggregate for concrete complies with the requirements of this section. Material certificates which are submitted shall be signed by both the materials producer and the contractor, certifying that materials comply with or exceed requirements specified herein to the Architect, Civil and Structural Engineering Consultant and the Independent Testing Laboratory for review and approval. 2) Aggregates for all concrete shall come from a quarry that is DOT approved and meets or exceeds durability Class I aggregate. The quarry shall submit a letter to Engineer that certifies that all aggregate complies with DOT requirements for durability. Aggregate not meeting DOT durability requirements shall not be used. b. Coarse: 1) Meet requirements of ASTM C33/C33M or nonconforming aggregate that by test or actual service produces concrete of required strength and conforms to local governing codes. 2) Aggregate shall be uniformly graded by weight as follows: f` a) Table Two: Flat Work, Size No. 67. Sieve Percent Passing Sieve Percent Passing One Inch 100 25 mm 100 3/4 Inch 90 - 100 19 mm 90 - 100 3/8 Inch 20 - 55 9 MM 20 - 55 No.4 0-10 4.75 mm 0-10 No.8 0-5 2.36 mm 0-5 b) Table Three: All Other, Size No. 57. Sieve Percent Passing Sieve Percent Passing 1-1/2 Inch 100 38 mm 100 One Inch 95 - 100 25 mm 95 - 100 1/2 Inch 25 - 60 12 nm 25 - 60 No. 4 0-10 4.75 mm 0-10 No.8 0-5 2.36 mm 0-5 Normal Weight Structural Concrete -4- 03 3111 t Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 C. Fine: 1) Meet requirements of ASTM C33/C33M. 2) Aggregate shall be uniformly graded by weight as follows: a) Table Four: Sieve Percent Passing Sieve Percent Passing 3/8 Inch 100 9 mm 100 No. 4 95 - 100 4.75 mm 95 - 100 No. 8 80 - 100 2.36 mm 80 - 100 No. 16 50 - 85 1.18 mm 50 - 85 No. 30 25 - 60 0.60 mm 25 - 60 No. 50 10 - 30 0.30 mm 10 - 30 No. 100 2-10 0.15 mm 2-10 4. Water: Clear, apparently clean, and potable. 5. Admixtures And Miscellaneous: a. Mineral: 1) Fly Ash: Meet requirements of ASTM C618, Class F (or Class C where Class F is not available) and with loss on ignition (LOI) of three (3) percent maximum. b. Chemical: 1) No admixture shall contain calcium chloride nor shall calcium chloride be used as an admixture. All chemical admixtures used shall be from same manufacturer and compatible with each other. 2) Air Entraining Admixture: a) Meet requirements of ASTM C260/C260M. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) MB-VR, MB-AE or Micro Air by BASF. (2) Air Mix 200 Series or AEA-92 Series by Euclid. (3) Air Plus or Super Air Plus by Fritz-Pak. (4) Sika Air by Sika. (5) Daravair or Darex Series AEA by W R Grace. (6) Equal as approved by Architect before use. 3) Water Reducing Admixture: a) Meet requirements of ASTM C494/C494M, Type A and containing not more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) Pozzolith Series by BASF. (2) Eucon WR 75 or Eucon 91 by Euclid. (3) FR-2 or FR-3 by Fritz-Pak. (4) Plastocrete 160 by Sika. (5) Daracem, WRDA, or MIRA Series by W R Grace. (6) Equal as approved by Architect before use. 4) Water Reducing, Retarding Admixture: a) Meet requirements of ASTM C494/C494M, Type D and contain not more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) Pozzolith Series by BASF. (2) Eucon Retarder 75 by Euclid. (3) FR-1 or Modified FR-1 by Fritz-Pak. (4) Plastiment by Sika. (5) Daratard Series or Recover by W R Grace. (6) Equal as approved by Architect before use. 5) High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): a) Meet requirements of ASTM C494/C494M, Type F or G and containing not more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) Rheobuild 1000 or Glenium Series by BASF. (2) Eucon 37 or Eucon 537 by Euclid. (3) Supercizer 1 through 7 by Fritz-Pak. (4) Sikament 300 by Sika. Normal Weight Structural Concrete -5- 03 3111 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 (5) Daracem or ADVA Series by W R Grace. (6) Equal as approved by Architect before use. 6) Non-Chloride, Non-Corrosive Accelerating Admixture: a) Meet requirements of ASTM C494/C494M, Type C or E and containing not more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) Accelguard 80 by Euclid. (2) Pozzolith NC 534 or 122HE or Pozzutec 20+. (3) Daraset, Polarset or Lubricon by W R Grace. (4) Equal as approved by Architect before use. 7) Corrosion Inhibiting Admixture: a) Liquid admixture to inhibit corrosion of steel reinforcement in concrete by introducing proper amount of anodic inhibitor. Admixture shall contain thirty (30) percent calcium nitrite solution and shall be used where called for in specifications or on drawings. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) Eucon CIA by Euclid. (2) DCI or DCI-S by W R Grace. (3) Equal as approved by Architect before use. 8) Alkali-Silica Reactivity Inhibiting Admixture: a) Specially formulated lithium nitrate admixture for prevention of alkali-silica reactivity (ASR) in concrete. Admixture must have test data indicating conformance to ASTM C1293. , b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) Eucon Integral ARC by Euclid. (2) RASIR by W R Grace. (3) Equal as approved by Architect before use. 9) Viscosity Modifying Admixture (VMA): a) Liquid admixture used to optimize viscosity of Self-Consolidating Concrete (SCC). Subject to compliance with requirements, provide following at dosage rates per manufacturer's recommendation. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) Visctrol by Euclid. (2) VMAR3 by W R Grace. (3) Equal as approved by Architect before use. 10) Shrinkage Reducing Admixture (SRA): a) Liquid admixture specifically designed to reduce drying shrinkage and potential for cracking. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: ` (1) Eucon SRA by Euclid. (2) Eclipse 4500 (exterior concrete) by W R Grace. (3) Eclipse Floor 200 (interior concrete) by W R Grace. (4) Equal as approved by Architect before use. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agents: 1. Type Two Acceptable Products: a. Acrylic Additive by Bonsal American. b. Day Chem Ad Bond (J-40) by Dayton Superior. c. Flex-Con by Euclid Chemical Co. d. Larsen Weldcrete by Larsen Products Corp. e. Everbond by L & M Construction Chemicals. f. Acryl Set by BASF. g. Sonocrete by Sonneborn. h. U S Spec Multicoat by U S Mix Products. i. Intralok by W R Meadows. j. Equal as approved by Architect before use. Normal Weight Structural Concrete -6- 03 3111 ' Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 B. Evaporation Retardant: 1. Type Two Acceptable Products: a. Confilm by BASF. b. Sure Film J-74 by Dayton Superior. C. Eucobar By Euclid Chemical Co. d. E-Con by L & M Construction Chemicals. e. Pro Film by Unitex. f. U S Spec Monofilm ER by U S Mix Products. g. Equal as approved by Architect before use. C. Expansion Filler Material: 1. Expansion Filler Material: a. Design Criteria: 1) Resilient, flexible, non-extruding, expansion-contraction joint filler meeting requirements of ASTM D1751 and AASHTO M-213. 2) 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick. 3) Resilience: a) When compressed to half of original thickness, recover to minimum of 70 percent of original thickness. b. Type Two Acceptable Products: 1) Fiber Expansion Joint by W R Meadows, Hampshire, IL www.wrmeadows.com. 2) Equal as approved by Architect before installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Concrete Mixing: 1. General: a. All concrete shall be machine mixed. b. Water gauge shall be provided to deliver exact predetermined amount of water for each batch. c. reliable system must be employed to insure that no less than predetermined amount of cement goes into each batch. d. Re-tempering partly set concrete will not be permitted. 2. Transit Mix: a. Transit mix concrete may be used provided it conforms to Specifications and tests herein described and ASTM C94/C94M. b. Central plant producing concrete and equipment transporting it are suitable for production and transportation of controlled concrete and plant is currently approved by local state DOT. c. Maximum elapsed time between time of introduction of water and placing shall be one (1) hour. d. Minimum time of mixing shall be one (1) minute per cubic yard after all material, including water, has been placed in drum, and drum shall be reversed for an additional two (2) minutes. e. Mixing water shall be added only in presence of Inspecting Engineer or inspector employed by Testing Agency. f. Trucks shall not be overloaded in excess of rated capacity as recommended by manufacturer. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Inserts, bolts, boxes, templates, pipes, conduits, and other accessories required by Divisions 22, 23, and 26 shall be installed and inspected before placing concrete. 2. Install inserts, bolts, boxes, templates, pipes, conduits, and other accessories furnished under other Sections to be installed as part of work of this Section. a. Tie anchor bolts for hold-down anchors and columns securely to reinforcing steel. Normal Weight Structural Concrete -7- 03 3111 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 C. Removal: 1. Remove water and debris from space to be placed. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Special Techniques: 1. Cold Weather Concreting Procedures: a. General Requirements: 1) Materials and equipment required for heating and protection of concrete shall be approved and available at Project site before beginning cold weather concreting. a) Heating devices used to maintain specified temperatures shall have baffle plate above, of sufficient size, and sand bed below, in order to distribute heat. b) Heating devices shall be so operated that temperature of air immediately below slab forms shall not exceed 100 deg F (37.8 deg C). Provide sufficient and suitable thermometers to verify compliance. 2) Forms, reinforcement, metallic embedments, and fillers shall be free from snow, ice, and frost. Surfaces that will be in contact with newly placed concrete, including sub- grade materials, shall be 35 deg F (2 deg C) minimum at time of concrete placement. 3) Thaw sub-grade 6 inches (150 mm) deep minimum before beginning concrete placement. If necessary, re-compact thawed material. 4) Use no frozen materials or materials containing ice. 5) No salt or other chemical may be used for such protection. S< 6) Only specified non-corrosive non-chloride accelerator shall be used. Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05 percent chloride ions are not permitted. b. Requirements When Average twenty four (24) Hour Temperature, midnight to midnight, Is Below 40 deg F (4 deg C): 1) Temperature of concrete as placed and maintained shall be 55 deg F (13 deg C) minimum and 75 deg F (27 deg C) maximum. 2) Heat concrete for seventy two (72) hours minimum after placing if regular cement is used; for 48 hours if high early strength cement is used; or longer if determined necessary by Architect. a) During this period, maintain concrete surface temperature between 55 and 75 deg F (13 and 27 deg C). 3) Vent flue gases from combustion heating units to outside of enclosure to prevent carbonation of concrete surface. 4) Prevent concrete from drying during heating period. Maintain housing, insulation, covering, and other protection twenty four (24) hours after heat is discontinued. 5) After heating period, if temperature falls below 32 deg F (0 deg C), protect concrete from freezing until strength of 2000 psi (13.79 MPa) minimum is achieved. a) Protect flatwork exposed to melting snow or rain during day and freezing during night from freezing until strength of 3500 psi (24.13 MPa) minimum is achieved. C. Requirements When Average twenty four (24) Hour Temperature, midnight to midnight, Is Above 40 deg F (4 deg C), but when temperature falls below 32 deg F (0 deg C): 1) Protect concrete from freezing for seventy two (72) hours after placing, or until strength of 2000 psi (13.79 MPa) is achieved, whichever is longer. 2) Protect flatwork exposed to melting snow or rain during day and freezing during night from freezing until strength of 3500 psi (24.13 MPa) minimum is achieved. d. Protect soil supporting concrete footings from freezing under any circumstances. 2. Hot Weather Concreting Procedures: a. Maximum concrete temperature allowed is 90 deg F (32 deg C) in hot weather. b. Cool aggregate and subgrades by sprinkling. c. Avoid cement over 140 deg F (60 deg C). d. Use cold mixing water or ice. e. Use fog spray or evaporation retardant to lessen rapid evaporation from concrete surface. B. Tolerances: 1. Tolerances shall conform to requirements of ACI 117 or CSA A23.1, except where specified differently: Normal Weight Structural Concrete -8- 03 3111 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 a. Floor test surfaces shall be measured and reported within seventy two (72) hours after completion of slab concrete finishing operations and before removal of any supporting shores to eliminate any curling effect F-numbers. 2. Local Flatness / Levelness of Interior Slabs: a. Specified Overall Value of FF50 / FL33 and Minimum Local Value of FF25 / FL17 when tested in accordance with ASTM E1155. b. Remedy For Out-of-Tolerance Building Slabs: 1) Sections of slabs to be covered by wood flooring, which do not meet specified tolerances but are within ten (10) percent of specified tolerances, may be corrected by grinding or filling, at Owner's option. 2) Remove and replace sections of slabs measuring outside specified correctable tolerances. C. Placing: 1. General: a. Structural 2. General: a. Place as soon after mixing as possible. b. Deposit as nearly as possible in final position. C. No concrete shall be deposited in water. d. Placing of concrete shall be continuous until panel or section is complete. e. Compact concrete in forms by vibrating and other means where required. 1) Thoroughly consolidate concrete around reinforcing bars. 2) Use and type of vibrators shall conform to ACI 309. f. Consolidate concrete thoroughly. g. Do not embed aluminum in concrete. h. Do not use contaminated, deteriorated, or re-tempered concrete. i. Avoid accumulation of hardened concrete. 3. Footings: a. Bear 12 inches (300 mm) minimum into undisturbed earth or on mechanically compacted engineered fill. Step footings at ratio of 1-1/2 horizontal to One vertical unless detailed otherwise. Exterior wall footing shall bear <Insert Dimension> minimum below finish grades. b. Level top of finish footing and leave rough. c. Where joints are required, bulkhead, key horizontally, and dowel with two No. 5 reinforcing bars, 48 inches (1 200 mm) long. 4. Foundations And Walls: Leave steel projecting where required for floor tie. 5. Exterior Slabs: a. Dusting with cement not permitted. b. For continuous placing and where shown on Drawings, saw cut one inch deep control joints before shrinkage occurs (2 inches at 6 inch slabs) (50 mm at 150 mm slabs). 6. Equipment Bases: Coordinate with appropriate Sections for locations and dimensions. 7. Joints: a. Construction Joints: Locate where shown on Drawings to least impair strength of completed structure. Construction joints in foundation walls shall not occur within 6 feet (1.80 meters) of corner and be keyed. 8. Anchor Bolts: a. Place anchor bolts not tied to reinforcing steel immediately following leveling of concrete. Reconsolidate concrete around bolt immediately after placing bolt. b. Do not disturb bolts during finishing process. D. Finishing: 1. Rubbed Finish, Exposed Vertical Surfaces: a. Smooth Rubbed Finish shall be as specified in Section 03 3053. 2. Steel Trowel Finishes, Interior Flatwork: a. Float and steel trowel interior slabs after concrete has set enough to avoid bringing water and fines to surface. b. If power troweling is used, get approval of finish from Architect. 3. Broom Finishes, Exterior Flatwork Not Specified in Section 03 3053: a. Broom finish exterior slabs. Normal Weight Structural Concrete -9- 03 3111 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 b. Round edges including edges formed by expansion joints. C. Remove edger marks. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete that has not received its initial set from precipitation to avoid excess water in mix and unsatisfactory surface finish. B. Do not allow materials resulting from construction activities, which will affect concrete or application of finish floor systems adversely, to come in contact with interior concrete slabs. C. Protect interior concrete floors from stains, paint, mortar and other construction activities. END OF SECTION a Normal Weight Structural Concrete -10- 03 3111 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 04 0513 CEMENT AND LIME MASONRY MORTARING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Quality of masonry mortar used on Project. B. Related Requirements: 1. Sections Under 04 2000 Heading: Furnish and install mortar. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Source Quality Control Submittals: a. If pre-mixed wet mortar or pre-blended dry mortar mix are to be used, provide certification from Manufacturer or Supplier verifying that mixes meet specification requirements. b. If site mixed / blended mortar is to be used, provide written description of proposed method of measuring and mixing of materials. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Performance: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength at 28 Days: a. Type N: 750 psi (5.17 MPa). B. Materials: 1. Portland Cement: a. Meet requirements of ASTM C150, Type II Low Alkali unless approved otherwise in writing by Architect. 2. Hydrated Lime: a. Meet requirements of ASTM C207, Type S. 3. Aggregate: a. Standard Mortar: 1) Natural or manufactured sand meeting requirements of ASTM C144 and following: a) Fineness modulus: 1.6 to 2.5 percent b) Water demand, ratio by weight: 0.65 percent maximum c) Grading: Sieve Sieve Percent Passing Natural Sand Manufactured Sand No. 4 4.750 mm 100 100 No. 8 2 360 mm 95 to 100 95 to 100 No. 16 1.191 mm 70 to 100 70 to 100 No. 30 0.594 mm 40 to 75 40 to 75 No. 50 0.297 mm 10 to 35 20 to 40 No. 100 0.150 mm 2 to 15 10 to 25 No. 200 0.075 mm none 0 to 10 Cement And Lime Masonry Mortaring - 1 - 04 0513 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 4. Water: a. Clean and free of acids, alkalis, and organic materials. 5. Admixtures: a. Use no admixtures, except for color pigments specified below, without Architect's written permission. Use of any admixture to meet cold weather requirements and admixtures that increase air entrainment are expressly forbidden under all circumstances. C. Mixes: 1. General: a. Heat water and sand to 140 deg F (60 deg C) maximum if temperature is below 40 deg F (4 deg C). 2. Unit Masonry Mortar: Type 'N' a. Parts by Volume: Portland Cement 1 Hydrated Lime 1 Damp Loose Sand: 2-1/4 minimum to three maximum, times sum of volumes of cement and lime used. Maintain sand piles in damp, loose condition. b. Parts by Weight: Portland Cement 94 Ibs 43 kg ' Hydrated Lime 40 Ibs 18 kg Dry Sand 360 Ibs min. to 480 Ibs max. 163 kg min. to 218 kg max. I PART 3 - EXECUTION: Not Used END OF SECTION e Cement And Lime Masonry Mortaring -2- 04 0513 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 04 0516 MASONRY GROUTING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Quality of masonry grout used on Project. B. Related Requirements: 1. Sections under 04 2000 heading: Furnish and install masonry grout. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Source Quality Control Submittals: a. If pre-blended dry grout is to be used, provide certification from Manufacturer or Supplier verifying that mixes meet specification requirements. b. If grout is to be mixed in field, provide written description of proposed procedure for measuring and mixing of materials. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Performance 1. Minimum Compressive Strength for laboratory cured specimens at 28 Days: a. 2000 psi (13.8 MPa). B. Materials: 1. Portland Cement: a. Meet requirements of ASTM C150/C150M. b. Use Type II Low Alkali in exterior walls and in walls subject to moisture, unless approved otherwise in writing by Architect. 2. Hydrated Lime: a. Meet requirements of ASTM C207, Type S. 3. Aggregate: a. Meet requirements of ASTM C404, Table 1. 1) Gradin Requirements for Fine A re ate, Natural, Size 2. Sieve Sieve Percent Passing No. 4 4.750 mm 100 No. 8 2 360 mm 95 - 100 No. 16 1 191 mm 60 - 100 No. 30 0.595 mm 35 - 70 No. 50 0.297 mm 15 - 35 No. 100 0.150 mm 2 - 15 2) Grading Requirements for Coarse Aggregate, Size 8. Masonry Grouting - 1 - 04 0516 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 Sieve Sieve Percent Passing 1/2 Inch 12 7 mm 100 3/8 Inch 9.5 mm 85 - 100 No. 4 4.750 mm 10 - 30 No. 8 2 360 mm 0 - 10 No. 16 0.150 mm 0 - 5 4. Water: a. Clean and free of acids, alkalis, and organic materials. 5. Admixtures: a. No additives are allowed which will increase air entrainment. Other additives may be used as approved in writing by Architect before use. C. Mixes: 1. Procedure: a. Use of pre-blended dry grout mix is allowed only with submission of certification that material specification requirements have been complied with. k b. Use method of measuring and mixing materials that will ensure consistently proportioned grout batches throughout installation of masonry work. No measuring of materials by 'shovels full' is permitted for field mixed grout. c. Batch, mix, and deliver transit-mixed grout in accordance with requirements of ASTM f, C94/C94M. 2. Proportions by Volume: a. Water: Enough to give creamy pouring consistency, usually slump of between 8 and 10. Material Fine Grout Coarse Grout Portland Cement One cu ft 0.028 cu m One cu ft 0.028 cu m Hydrated Lime 1/10 cu ft 0.0028 cu m 1/10 cu ft 0.0028 cu m (optional) Damp, Loose 2.1/4 to 3 cu ft 0.063 to 0.084 2-1/4 to 3 cu ft 0.063 to 0.084 cu m Sand cum Pea Gravel none none 1 to 2 cu ft 0.028 to 0.056 cu m PART 3 - EXECUTION f 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Use fine grout for cavities 2 inches (50 mm) and smaller in smallest dimension. Use coarse grout for cavities greater than 2 inches (50 mm) in smallest dimension. END OF SECTION Masonry Grouting -2- 04 0516 r Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 04 2223 ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install architectural concrete unit masonry as described in Contract Documents. 2. Grout door frames installed in CMU walls. B. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Door frames. 2. Elastomeric joint sealants. 3. Grout. 4. Mortar. 5. Reinforcement bars. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 03 2100: 'Reinforcement Bars'. 2. Section 04 0513: Quality of mortar. 3. Section 04 0516: Quality of grout. 4. Section 07 9213: 'Elastomeric Joint Sealants'. 5. Section 08 1213: Steel Door Frames. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Conference: 1. Review following: a. Review storage and handling requirements. b. Review cold and hot weather procedure requirements. c. Review protection requirements. d. Review masonry cleaning requirements. e. Review clean up requirements. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Installer: a. Minimum of five (5) years experience on successfully completed projects of similar nature. 1.4 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Check, carefully unload, and deliver material to site in such manner as to avoid soiling, damaging, or snipping. 2. Do not use damaged masonry units, damaged components of structure, or damaged packaged materials. B. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. Aggregate: a. Store different aggregates separately. Architectural Concrete Unit Masonry - 1 - 04 2223 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 b. Store on high ground, or ideally, off ground to prevent contamination from dirt, organic materials and ground water, any of which may contribute to efflorescence and may be deleterious to mortar performance. c. Store under protective cover to avoid saturation and freezing in cold weather. 2. Cementitious material: a. Do not use cementitious materials that have become contaminated. b. Protect from precipitation and groundwater. 1) Store materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in dry location. 2) Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. 3. Masonry accessories: a. Store masonry accessories clear of ground, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and contamination by dirt and ground water which may contain soluble salts and other matter which may contribute to efflorescence and staining. b. Protect from damage until installation. 4. Masonry units: a. Store material on planks clear of ground which may contain soluble salts and protect from damage, dirt, or disfigurement. b. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof membrane, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until they are dry. 5. Reinforcement: a. Protect reinforcement, ties, and metal accessories from permanent distortions, elements and store off ground. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Cold Weather and Hot Weather Limitations: a. Follow requirements of TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5-11 and TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. PART 2 - PRODUCTS } 2.1 SYSTEM A. Design Criteria: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength of (2000 psi 13.8 MPa). B. Materials: 1. Mortar: Type 'S' mortar as specified in Section 04 0513. 2. Concrete Masonry Units: a. CMU Caps and Split Faced CMU: 1) Desert Tan color by Willamette Graystone. 2) Equals as approved by Architect before use. b. Design Criteria: 1) Meet requirements of ASTM C90, lightweight classification: a) 85 Ibs per cu ft (1 362 kg per cu meter) minimum weight classification. b) Lightweight aggregates conforming to ASTM C331/C331M. c) Do not use re-crushed masonry units as aggregate. 2) Outside Corners: Square-edged, except where bull nose is indicated on Drawings. 3) Use special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding, etc, as required. 4) Uniform color and textures with unbroken edges. Smooth face, except where shown otherwise on Drawings. Architectural Concrete Unit Masonry -2- 04 2223 E Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Construction Cleaning Compounds: 1. Type Two Acceptable Products: a. 202 or 202V by Diedrich Technologies, Oak Creek, WI www.diedrichtechnologies.com. b. Surekleen No. 600 or Vana-Trot by ProSoCo Inc, Kansas City, KS www.prosoco.com. c. Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01 6200. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Verify substrates have been properly prepared. 2. Verify built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry. 3. Notify Architect of any unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. a. Do not install masonry over unsuitable conditions. b. Commencement of Work by installer is considered acceptance of substrate. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of reinforcement, anchors and accessories, flashings and weep holes and other moisture control products specified in other sections. B. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain bracing in place until building structure provides permanent support. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Place masonry, mortar and grout in accordance with TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. 2. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness. 3. Masonry cutting: a. Make cuts proper size to accommodate work of other trades. b. Cut openings for electrical devices using cover plates no larger than can be covered by standard size plate. c. Replace unit masonry in which larger than necessary openings are cut. d. Do not patch openings with mortar or other material. 4. Step back unfinished work for joining with new work. a. Use toothing only with Architect's approval. 5. Built-In Work: a. As work progresses, install masonry flashings and weep holes and other built-in work specified in other sections. B. Laying: 1. Layout: a. Running bond except where indicated otherwise. 2. Joints: a. Tool concave: Fill completely except where indicated differently. b. Do not tool until mortar has taken initial set. c. Point holes in joints. Fill and tool properly. 3. Concrete Masonry Units: a. Lay hollow masonry units dry. Do not lay masonry on frozen material. b. Align cells or cavities to preserve an unobstructed cavity for grouting. Architectural Concrete Unit Masonry -3- 04 2223 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 c. Full bedding required on both webs and face shell under first course. Other courses need only face shell bedding except where bedding is needed to control flow of grout. C. Reinforcing: 1. Reinforcing shall be free of material that may destroy bond. 2. Masonry Reinforcing Steel: a. Place steel as shown on Drawings. b. Splice 48 bar diameters minimum. c. Place reinforcing and dowels before pouring grout. d. Dowel vertical reinforcing bars out of structure below with bars of same size and spacing. e. Place horizontal bars in 8 inch (200 mm) deep bond beam units at top of wall and at 48 inches (1 200 rnm) on center between. Continue bond beam units and reinforcement uninterrupted around corners and across wall intersections. f. Place special vertical bars of same size as normal vertical reinforcement at corners and jambs of openings and recesses where bond beams are interrupted and at beam bearing locations not otherwise detailed. g. Unless detailed otherwise, place special horizontal bars of same size as normal reinforcing above and below openings. Extend bars 24 inches (600 mm) minimum beyond opening. 3. Rebar Positioners: a. Before grouting, secure masonry reinforcing steel in place before grouting with rebar positioners at top of first course and bottom of top course minimum. b. Install intermediary positioners for every 192 bar diameters maximum between positioners. c. Locate intermediary positioners with approximately equidistant spacing in wall when number required has been determined. t D. Grouting: 1. CMU Cells. f a. Place grout in 48 inch (1 200 mm) maximum lifts. b. Consolidate grout by means of mechanical vibrator. Do not use cell reinforcing to rod grout. c. Before loss of plasticity, mechanically reconsolidate grout. 2. Grout hollow metal door frames solid. 3. Provide grout-leveling bed for support of wall plates. , E. Special Techniques: 1. General: a. Comply with cold-weather and hot weather requirements contained in TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5-11 and TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. b. Ideal mortar temperature is 70 deg F ± 10 deg F (21 deg C ± 6 deg C). Mixing temperature should be maintained within 10 deg F (6 deg C). c. Cold weather: t 1) Do not lay masonry in Cold Weather unless authorized by Architect. 2) Minimum temperature of units when laid: 20 deg F (minus 7 deg C). 3) The following options may be used in cold weather construction: a) Change to higher type of mortar required in ASTM C270 (Example: If ASTM type N mortar is specified for normal temperature, change to type S or type M.). b) Increase the protection time where required for twenty four (24) hour to forty eight (48) hour with no change being made in the type of mortar. c) Without changing the mortar type and maintaining twenty four (24) hour protection, replace Type I portland cement in the mortar with type III, ASTM C150/C150M. d) Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Keep materials free of ice and snow. Do not lay masonry on frozen material. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. e) Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and higher and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than seven (7) days after completing cleaning. d. Hot weather: 1) During hot weather, shading masonry materials and equipment reduces mortar and grout temperatures. Scheduling construction to avoid hotter periods of day should be considered. Architectural Concrete Unit Masonry -4- 04 2223 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 a) To improve flexural bond strength, sand piles should be kept cool and in damp, loose condition by sprinkling and by covering with plastic sheet to limit evaporation. 2. Cold Weather Requirements. Implement approved cold weather procedures and comply with following: a. Preparation requirements. Comply with following requirements prior to conducting masonry work: 1) Do not lay masonry units having either temperature below 20 deg F (minus 7 deg C) or containing frozen moisture, visible ice, or snow on their surface. 2) Remove visible ice and snow from top surface of existing foundations and masonry to receive new construction. Heat these surfaces above freezing, using methods that do not result in damage. b. Construction requirements. These requirements apply to work in progress and are based on ambient air temperature. Do not heat water or aggregates used in mortar or grout above 140 deg F (60 deg C). Comply with following requirements when following ambient air temperatures exist: 1) Air temperature 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) to 32 deg F (0 deg C): a) Heat sand or mixing water to produce mortar temperatures between 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and 120 deg F (49 deg C) at time of mixing. Grout does not require heated materials, unless temperature of materials is below 32 deg F (0 deg C): 2) Air temperature below 32 deg F (0 deg C) to 25 deg F (minus 3.9 deg C): a) Heat sand and mixing water to produce mortar temperatures between 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and 120 deg F (49 deg C) at time of mixing. b) Maintain mortar temperature above freezing until used in masonry. Heat grout aggregates and mixing water to produce grout temperature between 70 deg F (21.1 deg C) and 120 deg F (49 deg C) at time of mixing. Maintain grout temperature above 70 deg F (21.1 deg C) at time of grout placement. Heat masonry units to minimum temperature of 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) before installing thin-bed mortar. 3) Air temperatures below 25 deg F (minus 3.9 deg C) to 20 deg F (minus 7 deg C). Comply with the following: a) Heat sand and mixing water to produce mortar temperatures between 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and 120 deg F (49 deg C) at time of mixing. b) Maintain mortar temperature above freezing until used in masonry. Heat grout aggregates and mixing water to produce grout temperature between 70 deg F (21.1 deg C) and 120 deg F (49 deg C) at time of mixing. Maintain grout temperature above 70 deg F (21.1 deg C) at time of grout placement. Heat masonry units to minimum temperature of 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) before installing thin-bed mortar. c) Heat masonry surfaces under construction to 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and use windbreaks or enclosures when wind is in excess of 15 mph (24 kph). Heat masonry to minimum of 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) prior to grouting. 4) Air temperature below 20 deg F (minus 7 deg C). Comply with the following: a) Heat sand and mixing water to produce mortar temperatures between 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and 120 deg F (49 deg C) at time of mixing. b) Maintain mortar temperature above freezing until used in masonry. Heat grout aggregates and mixing water to produce grout temperature between 70 deg F (21.1 deg C) and 120 deg F (49 deg C) at time of mixing. Maintain grout temperature above 70 deg F (21.1 deg C) at time of grout placement. Heat masonry units to minimum temperature of 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) before installing thin-bed mortar. c) Heat masonry surfaces under construction to 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and use windbreaks or enclosures when wind is in excess of 15 mph (24 kph). Heat masonry to minimum of 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) prior to grouting. d) Provide enclosures and auxiliary heat to maintain air temperature above 32 deg F (0 deg C) within enclosure. c. Protection: These requirements apply after masonry is place and are based on anticipated minimum daily temperature for grouted masonry and anticipated mean daily temperature for ungrouted masonry. Protect completed masonry in following manner: 1) Maintain temperature of masonry units above 32 deg F (0 deg C) for first four (4) hours after thin-bed mortar application. Architectural Concrete Unit Masonry -5- 04 2223 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 2) Mean daily air temperature 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) to 25 deg F (minus 3.9 deg C): a) Protect masonry from rain or snow for twenty four (24) hour by covering with weather-resistive membrane. 3) Mean daily air temperature below 25 deg F (minus 3.9 deg C) to 20 deg F (minus 7 deg C): a) Completely cover masonry with insulating blankets or equal protection for twenty four (24) hours after completion of work. Extend time period to forty eight hours for grouted masonry, unless only cement in grout is Type III portland cement. 4) Mean daily air temperature below 20 deg F (minus 7 deg C) and below: a) Maintain newly constructed masonry temperature above 32 deg F (0 deg C) for at least twenty four (24) hours after being completed by using heated enclosures, electric heating blankets, infared lamps, or other acceptable methods. Extend time period to forty eight (48) hours for grouted masonry, unless only cement in grout is Type III portland cement. 3. Hot Weather Requirements. Implement approved hot weather procedures and comply with following: a. Preparation. Comply with following requirements prior to conducting masonry work: 1) When ambient air temperature exceeds 100 deg F (37.8 deg C), or exceeds 90 deg F (32.2 deg C) with wind velocity greater than 8 mph (12.9 kph): a) Maintain sand piles in damp, loose condition. b) Provide necessary conditions and equipment to produce mortar having a t temperature below 120 deg F (49 deg C). 2) When ambient temperature exceeds 115 deg F (46.1 deg C), or exceeds 105 deg F (40.6 deg C) with wind velocity greater than 8 mph (12.9 kph), implement following requirements: a) Maintain sand piles in damp, loose condition. b) Provide necessary conditions and equipment to produce mortar having a temperature below 120 deg F (49 deg C). 1 c) Shade materials and mixing equipment from direct sunlight. b. Construction. While masonry work is in progress: 1) When ambient air temperature exceeds 100 deg F (37.8 deg C), or exceeds 90 deg F (322 deg C) with wind velocity greater than 8 mph (12.9 kph): a) Maintain temperature of mortar and grout below 120 deg F (49 deg C). b) Flush mixer, mortar transport container, and mortar boards with cool water before they come into contact with mortar ingredients or mortar. c) Maintain mortar consistency by retempering with cool water. d) Use mortar with two (2) hours of initial mixing. e) Spread thin-bed mortar no more than 4 feet (1.20 m) ahead of masonry units. f) Set masonry units within one (1) minute after spreading thin-bed mortar. 2) When ambient temperature exceeds 115 deg F (46.1 deg C), or exceeds 105 deg F> (40.6 deg C) with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph (12.9 kph), implement following requirements: a) Maintain temperature of mortar and grout below 120 deg F (49 deg C). b) Flush mixer, mortar transport container, and mortar boards with cool water before they come into contact with mortar ingredients or mortar. c) Maintain mortar consistency by retempering with cool water. d) Use mortar with two (2) hours of initial mixing. e) Spread thin-bed mortar no more than 4 feet (1.20 m) ahead of masonry units. f) Set masonry units within one (1) minute after spreading thin-bed mortar. g) Use cool mixing water for mortar and grout. Ice is permitted in mixing water prior to use. Do not permit ice in mixing water when added to other mortar or grout materials. 3) Protection: a) When ambient air temperature exceeds 100 deg F (37.8 deg C), or exceeds 90 deg F (32.2 deg C) with wind velocity greater than 8 mph (12.9 kph): (1) Fog spray newly constructed masonry until damp, at least three (3) times a day until masonry is three (3) days old. F. Tolerances: Architectural Concrete Unit Masonry -6- 04 2223 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1. Masonry work shall be true to vertical and horizontal planes within 1/8 inch (3 mm) in 10 feet (3 meters), non-cumulative. 2. Maintain 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) mortar joints throughout. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Non-Conforming Work: 1. Remove and replace defective material at Architect's direction and at no additional cost to Owner. 3.5 PROTECTION A. General: 1. During construction, all walls to protect from weather and to prevent accumulation of water in cores of CMU, should be kept dry by covering top of wall with a strong, water-resistant membrane at end of each day or shutdown period. Covering should overhang wall by at least 24 inches (610 mm) on each side, and should be secured against wind. 2. Covering should remain in place until top of cavity wall is completed or protected by adjacent materials. 3. Protect masonry with covering during rainy weather. B. Freezing: 1. In cold weather, all materials and walls should be properly protected against freezing including storing of materials, preparation of mortar, heating of masonry units, laying precautions, and protection of Work. Follow recommendations for cold weather of Masonry Standards Joint Committee (MSJC) - The Masonry Society (TMS) / American Concrete Institute (ACI) / American Society of Civil Engineers (SEI/ASCE) TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5-11 and TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. 2. Remove all masonry deemed frozen or damaged. C. Brace masonry walls until walls attain adequate strength and are tied into building structure. D. Do not allow structural loading of masonry walls until walls attain adequate strength. 3.6 CLEANING A. General: 1. Clean CMU as outlined in Brick Industry Association Technical Notes on Brick Construction 20, 'Cleaning Brickwork'. 2. After mortar has hardened, wet masonry and clean with specified cleaning compound. Use stiff fibered brush for application. Rinse masonry surfaces with water immediately after cleaning. Leave masonry clean, free of mortar daubs, and with tight mortar joints. 3. Wash adjacent non-masonry surfaces. Use detergent and soft brushes or cloth. 4. Sweep and rake adjacent pavement and grounds to remove mortar and debris. Where necessary, pressure wash pavement surfaces to remove mortar, dust, dirt, and stains. B. Waste Management: 1. Clean up masonry debris and remove from site. END OF SECTION Architectural Concrete Unit Masonry -7- 04 2223 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 05 5214 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS (BY OWNER) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install galvanized steel pipe handrails as described in Contract Documents. B. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. Anchoring sleeves in concrete (if used). C. Related Requirements: ' 1. Section 03 3111: 'Normal-Weight Structural Concrete' for installation of anchoring sleeves. 2. Finish painting: a. Section 09 9113: 'Exterior Painted Galvanized Metal'. 3. Section 10 2813: 'Commercial Toilet Accessories' for grab bars in Rest Rooms. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions: 1. Galvanized: To coat iron or steel with zinc for protection from rust and corrosion. 2. Non-shrink Grout: Structural grout used for filling voids between elements that is formulated with cement, fine aggregates and admixtures. Admixtures are used to provide expansive properties of the material during curing. This expansion counteracts the natural tendency of cement grouts to shrink during curing. f° 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation of handrails and railings including floor plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other elements of The Work. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLIES A. Materials: 1. Handrails, Railings, And Balusters: Galvanized steel pipe meeting requirements of ASTM A53/A53M or galvanized steel tubing meeting requirements of ASTM A501. 2. Sleeves: a. 6 to 9 inches (15Q to 225 mm} long with cross-section shape and dimension to allow 1/2 inch (12.7 mm} minimum of grout around perimeter of pipe or tube. b. Provide with fully welded steel plate forming bottom closure. 3. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, And Anchors: a. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting handrails and railing systems to concrete or masonry work. Galvanized Steel Pipe And Tube Railings - 1 - 05 5214 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 B. Fabrication: 1. Preassemble railing systems in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. 2. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. 3. Grind smooth welded joints and buff welds to same appearance as remainder of railing. Repair galvanizing and cut pipe ends. 4. Form curves by bending pipe in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each configuration required. Maintain cylindrical cross-section of pipe throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of pipe. 5. Welded Connections: a. Fabricate railing system and handrail connections by welding. b. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with following: 1) Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2) At tee and cross intersections, notch ends of intersecting members to fit contour of pipe to which end is joined and weld all around. 3) At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent surfaces. 6. Cap pipe ends of floor / ground mounted handrails and exterior handrails. 7. After fabrication, shop prime metal to be painted. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Rail Setting Grout: 1. Commercial nonshrink grout conforming to requirements of ASTM C1107/C1107M, Type B or Type C. 2. Type Two Approved Manufacturers: a. Normal Construction Grout A by Bonsal American, Charlotte, NC www.bonsal.com. b. Advantage 1107 Grout by Dayton Superior Specialty Chemicals, Kansas City, KS www.daytonsuperiorchemical.com. c. NS Grout by Euclid Chemical Co, Cleveland, OH www.euclidchemical.com d. 5 Star Special Grout 110 by Five Star Products Inc, Fairfield, CT www.fivestarproducts.com. e. Duragrout by L&M Construction Chemicals Inc, Omaha, NE www.Imcc.com f. Sonneborn / BASF Building Systems, Shakopee, MN www.chemrex.com. g. Tamms Grout 621 by TAMMS Industries, Mentor, OH www.tamms.com. h. U S Spec MP Grout by U S Mix Products Co www.usspec.com. i. CG-86 Grout by W R Meadows, Hampshire, IL www.wrmeadows.com. j. Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01 6200. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Coring of concrete for installation of balusters is acceptable. i B. Touch up field welds to match pre-finished material. END OF SECTION Galvanized Steel Pipe And Tube Railings -2- 05 5214 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 05 7500 DECORATIVE FORMED METAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install decorative formed metal for the Restroom Building windows as described in Contract Documents. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLY A. Materials: 1. Decorative Metal: a. Type 304 Stainless Steel. b. Weight per square foot: 1.18#. c. Open Area: 43.5%. d. Approved Product: 1) Shire 8314 by McNichols Co. www.mcnichols.com (800) 237-3820. 2) Equal as approved by Architect before installation. 44 B. Fabrication: 1. Form accurately to details. 2. Profiles, bends, and intersections shall be even and true to line. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Welds, Screws, Bolts, Nails, And Accessory Fasteners: Of strength and type consistent with function. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install without seams. B. Allow sufficient tolerance for expansion and contraction. C. Insulate work to prevent electrolytic action. 3.2 CLEANING A. Leave metals clean and free of defects, stains, and damaged finish. END OF SECTION Decorative Formed Metal - 1 - 05 7500 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 061011 WOOD FASTENINGS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Quality of wood fastening methods and materials used for Rough Carpentry unless specified otherwise. B. Related Requirements: 1. Furnishing and installing of other fasteners are specified in individual Sections where installed. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Description: 1. Nail Terminology: a. When following nail terms are used in relation to this Project, following lengths and diameters will be understood. Refer to nails of other dimensions by actual length and diameter, not b one of listed terms: Nail Term Length Diameter Length Diameter 8d Box 2-1/2 inches 0.113 inch 63.5 mm 2.827 mm 8d Common 2-1/2 inches 0.131 inch 63.5 mm 3.389 mm 10d Box 3 inches 0.128 inch 76.2 mm 3.251 mm 10d Common 3 inches 0.148 inch 76.2 mm 3.759 mm 16d Box 3-1/2 inches 0.135 inch 88.9 mm 3.411 mm 16d Sinker 3-1/4 inches 0.148 inch 82.6 mm 3.759 mm 16d Common 3-1/2 inches 0.162 inch 88.9 mm 4.115 mm B. Materials: 1. Fasteners: a. General: 1) Fasteners for preservative treated and fire-retardant-treated wood shall be of hot dipped zinc-coated galvanized steel, stainless steel, silicon bronzed, or copper. Coating weights for zinc-coated fasteners shall be in accordance with ASTM Al53/A153M. b. Nails: 1) Meet requirements of ASTM F1667. 2) Unless noted otherwise, nails listed on Drawings or in Specifications shall be common nail diameter, except 16d nails, which shall be box diameter. c. Wood Screws: 1) SDS Screws: a) Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of categories. (1) SIDS Screws by Simpson Strong Tie Co, Dublin, CA www.strongtie.com. 2) All Other: Standard type and make for job requirements. d. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: 1) Type One Quality Standard: Hilti X-DNI 62P8. 2) Manufacturers: a) Hilti, Tulsa, OK www.us.hilti.com. b) Redhead Division of ITW, Wood Dale, IL www.itw-redhead.com and Markham, ON www.itwconstruction.ca. Wood Fastenings - 1 - 06 1011 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 c) Equals as approved by Architect through shop drawing submittal before installation. 2. Adhesives: a. Construction Mastics: 1) Meet requirements of 'APA-The Engineered Wood Association' Specification AFG-01 or ASTM D3498. 2) Use phenol-resorcinol type for use on pressure treated wood products. 3. Framing Anchors: a. Framing anchors and associated fasteners in contact with preservative hot dipped zinc- coated galvanized steel or stainless steel. Do not use stainless steel items with galvanized items. b. Type Two Acceptable Products: 1) KC Metals Inc, San Jose, CA www.kcmetals.com. 2) Simpson Strong Tie Co, Dublin, CA www.strongtie.com. 3) United Steel Products Co Inc (USP), Montgomery, MN www.uspconnectors.com. 4) Equals as approved by Architect through shop drawing submittal before installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ERECTION A. Secure one Manufacturer approved fastener in each hole of framing anchor that bears on framing member unless approved otherwise in writing by Architect. B. Provide washers with bolt heads and with nuts bearing on wood. END OF SECTION fi Wood Fastenings -2- 06 1011 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 061100 WOOD FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install wood framing and blocking as described in Contract Documents. B. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Roof related blocking, wood nailers, and curbs. 2. Wood panel product sheathing. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 1636: Furnishing of wood panel product sheathing. 2. Sections in Division 07: Roofing membranes for related blocking, wood nailers, and curbs. 1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Protect lumber and sheathing and keep under cover in transit and at job site. 2. Do not deliver material unduly long before it is required. B. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. Store lumber and sheathing on level racks and keep free of ground to avoid warping. 2. Stack to insure proper ventilation and drainage. 3. Handle and store wood trusses in accordance with ANSI / WTCA Booklet BSCI except trusses may be unloaded by dumping if trusses are shipped horizontally, are rolled off low profile roller bed trailer, and no part of any truss is required to drop more than 18 inches (450 mm). PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Dimension Lumber: 1. Design Criteria: a. Meet requirements of PS 20 and National Grading Rules for softwood dimension lumber. b. Bear grade stamp of WWPA, SPIB, or other association recognized by American Lumber Standards Committee identifying species of lumber by grade mark or by Certificate of Inspection. c. Lumber 2 inches (50 mm) or less in nominal thickness shall not exceed 19 percent in moisture content at time of fabrication and installation and be stamped 'S-DRY', 'K-D', or 'MC15'. d. Lumber shall be S4S. e. Preservative Treated Plates / Sills: 1) 2x4 (38 mm by 64 mm): Standard and better Douglas Fir, Southern Pine, or HemFir, or StrandGuard by iLevel by Weyerhaeuser Boise, ID www.ilevel.com. (LSL 1.3 E) 2) 2x6 (38 mm by 140 mm) And Wider: No. 2 or or MSR 1650f - 1.5e Douglas Fir, Southern Pine, HemFir, or StrandGuard by iLevel by Weyerhaeuser, Boise, ID www.ilevel.com. (LSL 1.3 E). Wood Framing - 1 - 06 1100 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 B. Posts, Beams, And Timbers 5 Inches by 5 Inches (125 mm by 125 mm) And Larger: 1. Design Criteria: a. No. 1 or better Douglas Fir or Southern Pine. C. Lumber Ledgers: 1. Design Criteria: a. No. 2 Douglas Fir-Larch, or Southern Pine. D. See drawings for additional requirements. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Blocking: 1. Sound lumber without splits, warps, wane, loose knots, or knots larger than 1/2 inch (13 mm). B. Furring Strips: 1. Utility or better. C. Sill Sealer: 1. Closed-cell polyethylene foam, 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick by width of plate. PART 3 - EXECUTION M; 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Use preservative treated wood for wood members in contact with concrete or masonry, including wall, sill, and ledger plates, door and window subframes and bucks, etc. B. Interface With Other Work: 1. Coordinate with other Sections for location of blocking required for installation of equipment and building specialties. Do not allow installation of gypsum board until required blocking is in place. 2. Where manufactured items are to be installed in framing, provide rough openings of dimensions within tolerances required by manufacturers of such items. Confirm dimensions where not shown on Contract Drawings. ; C. Tolerances: 1. Walls: a. 1/4 inch (6 mm) in 20 feet (6 meters), non-cumulative in length of wall. b. 1/8 inch (3 mm) in 10 feet (3 meters) with 1/4 inch (6 mm) maximum in height of wall. c. Distances between parallel walls shall be 1/4 inch (6 mm) maximum along length and height of wall. D. Walls: 1. Openings: Single, bearing stud supporting header and one adjacent (king) stud continuous between top and bottom plates, unless shown otherwise. 2. Corners And Partition Intersections: Triple studs. 3. Top Plates In Bearing Partitions: Doubled or tripled and lapped. Stagger joints at least 48 inches (1 200 mm). 4. Ends Of Stud Wall To Masonry. Use one of the following methods: a. Connect with 1/2 inch (13 mm) machine bolts 6 inches (150 mm) from top, 6 inches (150 mm) from bottom, and 48 inches (1 200 mm) maximum on center. Use three bolts minimum in height of 6 foot (1 800 mm) or higher wall. b. Secure wood to masonry using continuous 1/4 inch (6 mm) minimum bead of construction adhesive and powder actuated fasteners installed at 32 inches (800 mm) on center minimum. Wood Framing -2- 06 1100 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 5. Sill Plates: a. Shear Walls And Bearing Walls: 1) Provide specified anchor 12 inches (300 mm) maximum and 4 inches (103 mm) minimum from each end of each plate. 2) Shear Walls: Fasten with anchor bolts embedded in concrete or with screw anchors. 3) Bearing Walls: Fasten with anchor bolts embedded in concrete, or with screw anchors or expansion bolts in drilled holes. b. Non-Structural Walls: Fasten with powder actuated fasteners. c. In addition to requirements of paragraphs 'a' and 'b' above, set sill plates of interior walls measuring less than 36 inches (900 mm) in length in solid bed of specified construction adhesive, except where sill sealer is used. d. Install specified seal sealer under sill plates of exterior walls of main building and of acoustically insulated interior walls. e. Masonry Wall Plates: 1) Anchor 2x6 and 2x8 wall plates to top of block walls with 5/8 inch (16 mm) diameter anchor bolts at 32 inches (800 mm) on center unless noted otherwise. 2) Set plates on masonry bearing walls true and level to provide full bearing. Use mortar as specified in Division 04 for leveling if leveling is required. 6. Posts And Columns: a. Unless shown otherwise, nail members of multiple member columns together with 16d at 6 inches (150 mm) on center from each side. 7. Beams And Girders: a. Built-Up Members: 1) Stagger individual members of multiple span beams and girders so, over any one support, no more than half the members will have a joint. In all cases, however, joints shall occur over supports. 2) Unless shown otherwise on Drawings, nail two-ply built-up members with 10d nails 12 inches (300 mm) on center top and bottom, staggered on opposite sides. Nail three-ply built-up members with 16d nails at 12 inches (300 mm) on center, top and bottom, staggered, on opposite sides. Set with crown edge up with full bearing at ends and intermediate supports. b. Wood shims are not acceptable under ends. c. Do not notch framing members unless specifically shown in Drawing detail. 8. Nailing: a. Stud to plate: 2 b 4 inch nominal 38 b 89 mm End nail, two 16d OR toe nail, four 8d 2 by 6 inch nominal 38 b 140 mm End nail, three 16d OR toe nail, four 8d 2 b 8 inch nominal 38 b 184 mm End nail, four 16d OR toe nail, six 8d 2 b 10 inch nominal 38 b 235 mm End nail, five 16d OR toe nail, six 8d b. Top plates: Spiked together, 16d, 16 inches (400 mm) on center. c. Top plates: Laps, lap members 48 inches (1200 mm) minimum and nail with 16d nails 4 inches (100 mm) on center d. Top plates: Intersections, three 16d. e. Backing And Blocking: Three 8d, each end. f. Corner studs and angles: 16d, 16 inches (400 mm) on center. E. Roof And Ceiling Framing: 1. Place with crown side up at 16 inches (400 mm) on center unless noted otherwise. 2. Install structural blocking and bridging as necessary and as described in Contract Documents. 3. Special Requirements: a. Roof And Ceiling Joists: Lap joists 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and secure with code approved framing anchors. b. Roof Rafters And Outlookers: 1) Cut level at wall plate and provide at least 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) bearing where applicable. Spike securely to plate with three 10d nails. 2) Attach to trusses or other end supports with framing anchors described in Contract Documents. 3) Provide for bracing at bearing partitions. Wood Framing -3- 06 1100 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 F. Accessory / Equipment Mounting And Gypsum Board Back Blocking (nailers): 1. Furnish and install blocking in wood framing required for hardware, specialties, equipment, accessories, and mechanical and electrical items, etc. G. Furring Strips 1. On Wood or Steel: Nail or screw as required to secure firmly. 2. On Concrete or Masonry: a. Back up furring strips on exterior walls or walls in contact with earth with 15 lb (6.8 kg) felt strip. b. Nail at 12 inches (300 mm) on center maximum. END OF SECTION Wood Framing -4- 06 1100 t, Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 061636 WOOD PANEL PRODUCT SHEATHING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install wood panel product sheathing required for walls and roofs as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: a. Section 06 1100: 'Wood Framing' 1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Do not deliver material unduly long before it is required. 2. Protect sheathing and keep under cover in transit and at job site. B. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. Store sheathing on level racks and keep free of ground. 2. Stack to insure proper ventilation and drainage. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. Meet requirements of PS 1, PS 2, PRP-108 (APA), or PRP-133 (TECO). Except where plywood is specifically indicated on Drawings, oriented strand board (OSB) is acceptable. B. Materials: 1. Sheathing: a. Sheathing shall bear grade stamp from American Plywood Association (APA) or equal grading organization. b. Sheathing shall not exceed 18 percent moisture content when fabricated or more than 19 percent when installed in Project. c. Sheathing 23/32 inch (18.3 mm) thick and thicker used for single-layer subflooring shall be tongue and groove. d. Sheathing used for same purpose shall be of same thickness. In all cases, thickness specified is minimum required regardless of span rating. e. Minimums an ratings for given thicknesses shall be as follows: Thickness San Rating 3/8 inch 9.5 mm 24/0 7/16 inch nominal 11 mm nominal 24 / 16 15/32 inch actual 11.9 mm actual 32 / 16 1/2 inch nominal 12.5 mm nominal 32 / 16 19/32 inch actual 15.1 mm actual 40 / 20 5/8 inch nominal 15.9 mm nominal 40 / 20 Wood Panel Product Sheathing - 1 - 06 1636 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 23/32 inch actual 18.3 mm actual 48 i24 3/4 inch nominal 19 mm nominal 48 / 24 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Top of nail heads shall be flush with sheathing surface. 2. Use of edge clips to provide spacing between sheathing panels is acceptable. B. Wall Sheathing: 1. Spacing: a. Provide 1/8 inch (3 mm) space between sheets at end and edge joints. 2. Edge Bearing And Blocking: a. Panel edges shall bear on framing members and butt along their center lines. b. Back block panel edges, which do not bear on framing members, with 2 inch nominal (45 mm) framing. 3. Nail Spacing: t. a. As indicated on Drawings. b. Place nails not less than 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in from edge. 4. Thickness: a. As indicated on Drawings. 5. Do not install any piece of wall sheathing with shortest dimension of less than 12 inches (300 M` MM). C. Roof Sheathing: 1. Placing: a. Lay face grain at right angles to supports. Provide blocking for support if framing turns at roof overhang. b. Provide 1/8 inch (3 mm) space between sheets at end and side joints. c. Stagger panel end joints. d. Sheathing shall be continuous of two spans minimum. 2. Nail Spacing: a. As indicated on Drawings. b. Place nails at least 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in from edge.. 3. Thickness: a. As indicated on Drawings. 4. Do not install any piece of roof sheathing with shortest dimension of less than 24 inches (600 mm) unless support is provided under all edges. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect roof sheathing from moisture until roofing is installed. END OF SECTION Wood Panel Product Sheathing -2- 06 1636 t Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 06 2001 COMMON FINISH CARPENTRY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install sealants required for items installed under this Section, as described in Contract Documents. 2. Furnish and install following items as described in Contract Documents: B. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Miscellaneous Wood Trim. 2. Miscellaneous as specified elsewhere. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 1100: 'Wood Framing' for furring and blocking. 2. Section 06 1636: 'Wood Panel Product Sheathing'. 3. Section 07 9213: 'Elastomeric Joint Sealants' for quality of sealants, submittal and installation requirements. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Glue: Waterproof and of best quality. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Verify walls, ceilings, floors, and openings are plumb, straight, in-line, and square before installing Architectural Woodwork. 2. Report conditions that are not in compliance to Architect before starting installation. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: 1. Install Architectural Woodwork after wall and ceiling painting is completed in areas where Architectural Woodwork is to be installed. B. Items Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: Install in accordance with requirements specified in Section furnishing item. Common Finish Carpentry Requirements - 1 - 06 2001 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Special Techniques: 1. AWS Custom Grade is minimum acceptable standard, except where explicitly specified otherwise, for installation of architectural woodwork. B. General Architectural Woodwork Installation: 1. Fabricate work in accordance with measurements taken on Project site. 2. Scribe, miter, and join accurately and neatly to conform to details. 3. Exposed surfaces shall be machine sanded, ready for finishing. 4. Allow for free movement of panels. 5. Countersink nails. Countersink screws and plug those exposed to view. C. Items Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: Install in accordance with requirements specified in Section furnishing item. END OF SECTION 2 Common Finish Carpentry Requirements -2- 06 2001 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 06 2024 DOOR, FRAME, AND FINISH HARDWARE INSTALLATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install sealants for caulking door frames as described in Contract Documents. 2. Furnish and install insulation in doorframes as described in Contract Documents. B. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Hollow metal doors. 2. Hollow metal door frames. 3. Finish hardware. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 9213: Quality of sealants. 2. Sections under 08 1000 heading: Furnishing of doors and metal frames. 3. Sections under 08 7000 heading: Furnishing of finish hardware. 1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Metal Frames: a. Examine door frames and note damage upon acceptance. B. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. Metal Frames: a. Protect metal frames from damage before and during installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Hollow Metal Frames: 1. Site Tolerances: a. Squareness: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) from top edge to opposite top edge. b. Plumbness: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) from top of jamb to bottom of jamb. c. Alignment: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) from plane of left side face of jamb to right side face of jamb. d. Twist: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) across throat of jamb plane measured across each face to plane of opposite jamb throat. e. Finished Clearance Between Door And Frame: 1) 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) at head and hinge jamb plus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) maximum 2) 1/8 inch (3 mm) at strike jamb plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) maximum. 3) 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) to top of finished floor surface or 1/4 inch (6 mm) to top of threshold, plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) maximum. 2. Set frame in location and level head. a. Use of crowbar or other prying device to set door frame into wall opening will damage door frames and are not permitted to be used. Door, Frame, And Finish Hardware Installation - 1 - 06 2024 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 3. Equalize with adjustable floor anchor. 4. Set spreaders and fasten jambs to floor and wall. a. Wood spreaders shall be square, fabricated from lumber one inch minimum thick, be same length as door opening at header, and same depth as frame. b. Cut notches for frame stops. c. Do not remove spreaders until frames are permanently anchored in wall. d. Use one spreader at base of frame and another at strike level. e. Do not use temporary spreaders welded to base of jambs during installation of frame. 5. Fill gap between frame and framing with urethane foam or tightly-packed fiberglass insulation. If urethane foam is used, foam interior of frames before installing frame. Trim excess before installation of frame. 6. Caulking: a. Caulk around both sides of frames of doors receiving acoustical seals with specified sealant. B. Doors: 1. When Project is completed, doors shall not bind, stick, or be mounted so as to cause future hardware difficulties. 2. Do not impair utility or structural strength of door in fitting of door, applying hardware, or cutting and altering door louvers, panels, or other special details. C. Hardware: 1. General: a. Install using set of Manufacturer's installation, adjustment, and maintenance instructions. Follow as closely as possible. b. Mount closers on jamb stop side of door in parallel arm configuration where it is physically possible to do so and not damage or hinder operation of door or closer. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests: 1. Arrange to have keys brought to Project site and, in meeting attended by local representatives and Architect, test every new key and locking mechanism. B. Non-Conforming Work: Non-conforming work as covered in the General Conditions applies, but is not limited to the following: 1. Correct any work found defective or not complying with contract document requirements at no r additional cost to the Owner. 2. Door frames: a. Door frames damaged by use of crowbar or other prying devices to set door frames shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to Owner. END OF SECTION k Door, Frame, And Finish Hardware Installation -2- 06 2024' Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 071113 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and apply bituminous dampproofing to exterior foundation walls and top of footings as described in Contract Documents. 1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. Maintain dampproofing at 40 deg F (4 deg C) or above before application. 1.3 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Do not apply when ambient temperature is below 40 deg F (4 deg C), surface temperature is below 33 deg F (one deg C), or when rain is expected before applied dampproofing will dry. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Bituminous Damproofing: 1. Type Two Acceptable Products: a. Ecomul-11 by Epro Waterproofing Systems, Derby, KS www,eproserv.com. b. Henry 788 by Henry Company, El Segundo, CA www.henry.com. c. Karnak 100 by Karnak Chemical Corp, Clark, NJ www.karnakcorp.com. d. Sealmastic Asphalt Emulsion Dampproofing Type I by W R Meadows, Hampshire, IL www.wrmeadows.com. e. Equal as approved by Architect before application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Spray Application: 1. Spray to a thickness of 10 mils (0.254 mm) minimum. B. Brush / Roller Application: 1. Apply two coats of dampproofing at rate recommended by Manufacturer. 2. Apply coats in cross hatch method so coats are applied perpendicular to each other. 3. Before applying second coat allow first coat to dry in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. Bituminous Dampproofing - 1 - 07 1113 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 C. Apply dampproofing to cover area from 6 inches (150 mm) below finish grade line down to and including top of footings. D. Do not backfill against bituminous dampproofing for twenty four (24) hours after application. END OF SECTION r t. Bituminous Dampproofing -2- 07 1113 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 07 2116 BLANKET INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install faced thermal batt insulation as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 2024: Furnishing and installing of insulation in hollow metal door frames. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: 1. Insulation: a. Type One Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) Certainteed Corp, Valley Forge, PA www.certainteed.com. 2) FiberTEK, Salt Lake City, UT www.fibertekinsulation.com. 3) Guardian Fiberglass, Greer, SC www.guardianbp.com. 4) Johns Manville, Denver, CO www.jm.com. 5) Knauf Fiber Glass, Shelbyville, IN www.knaufusa.com. 6) Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corporation, Toledo, OH www.owens-corning.com. 7) Thermafiber, Wabash, IL www.thermafiber.com. b. Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. B. Materials: 1. Thermal And Acoustic Insulation: a. Faced Insulation: 1) Kraft faced meeting requirements of ASTM C665, Type ll, Class C. b. Order insulation by'R' factor rather than 'U' factor, rating, or thickness, either 16 or 24 inches (400 or 600 mm) wide according to framing spacing. c. 'R' Factor Required: R-21. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Leave no gaps in insulation envelope. 2. Provide minimum clearance around recessed lighting fixtures as approved by local code. B. In Framing: 1. Install insulation behind plumbing and wiring, around duct and vent line penetrations, and in similar places. 2. Fit ends of batts snug against top and bottom plates. 3. Fit batts snug against stud framing at each side. Blanket Insulation - 1 - 07 2116 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 4. Where insulation is not enclosed by structure or drywall, support in place with wire or other suitable material. 5. Install baffles between trusses and rafters at ventilation spaces if necessary to prevent insulation from blocking airflow from soffit. END OF SECTION ik t? f t; t Blanket Insulation - 2 - 07 2116 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 07 2616 BELOW-GRADE VAPOR RETARDER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. Vapor retarder, seam tape, and penetration accessories for installation under interior slabs-on- grade. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 1123: 'Aggregate Base' for the following: a. Installation of vapor retarder over aggregate base. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's literature or cut-sheets. 1.3 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty: 1. Manufacturer standard warranty to be free of defects and installed without damage. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Fortifiber, Reno, NV www.fortifiber.com. b. Insulation Solutions, East Peoria, IL www.insulationsolutions.com. c. Inteplast Group, Livingston NJ www.BarrierBac.com. d. Raven Industries, Sioux Falls, SD www.ravenind.com. e. Reef Industries, Houston, TX www.reefindustries.com. f. Stego Industries, San Juan Capistrano, CA www.stegoindustries.com. g. W R Meadows, Hampshire, IL www.wrmeadows.com. B. Materials: 1. Vapor Retarder: a. Design Criteria: 1) Meet requirements of ASTM E1745, Class A rating. 2) Thickness: 15 mil {0.38 mm) minimum. 3) Physical Properties: a) Water Vapor Pemeance ASTM E96, Method A Perm 0.01 b) Puncture Resistance ASTM D1709. b. Approved Products. 1) Barrier-Bac VB-350 (16 mil) by Inteplast Group. Below-Grade Vapor Retarder - 1 - 07 2616 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 2) Griffolyn 15 by Reef Industries. 3) Moistop Ultra 15 Underslab Vapor Retarder by Fortifiber. 4) Perminator (15 mil) by W R Meadows. 5) Stego Wrap by Stego. 6) Vapor Block 15 by Raven Industries. 7) Viper Vaporcheck II (15 mil) by Insulation Solutions. C. Accessories: 1. Vapor Barrier: a. Seam Tape: As recommended by Membrane Manufacturer for continuous taping of seams and sealing of penetration boots. b. Penetration Boots at Utility Penetrations: 1) Quality Standard: Factory fabricated pipeboots: a) Moistop: The Boot. b) Raven: VaporBoot. c) Reef Industries: VaporBoot. d) All Others: (1) Other Manufacturer's boot system. or (2) Field fabricated from same material as vapor retarder membrane. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION t Below-Grade Vapor Retarder -2- 07 2616 t t;, Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 07 2719 PLASTIC SHEET AIR BARRIERS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install air infiltration barriers on exterior side of exterior wall sheathing as described in Contract Documents. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Category Four Approved Products: a. Styrofoam Weathermate Plus by Dow, Chemical Co, Midland, MI www.dow.com b. Tyvek HomeWrap by Du Pont Company, Wilmington, DE www.dupont.com c. DriShield Housewrap by Protecto Wrap, Denver, CO www.protectowrap.com d. Fortress Pro by Raven Industries, Sioux Falls, SD www.ravenind.com e. Typar Housewrap by Fiberweb, Old Hickory, TN www.typar.com. B. Materials: 1. Air Retarder: a. Non-woven. b. Meet requirements of ASTM E1677, Type I. 2. Sealing Tape: a. Type Two Acceptable Products: 1) DuPont Contractor Tape. 2) Fortress Pro Seaming Tape. 3) Typar Construction Tape. 4) 3M Contractor Sheathing Tape. 5) Protecto Wrap BT25 XL Window Sealing Tape. 6) As recommended in writing by Air Retarder Manufacturer. 3. Fasteners: a. Category Four Approved Products: 1) Wood Framing: Corrosion resistant roofing nails with 3/4 inch (19 mm) long shank minimum and one inch (25 mm) diameter plastic head or Tyvek Wrap Caps. Staples are only allowed to aid in installation with permanent fasteners installed immediately thereafter. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install over exterior wall sheathing. 1. Apply specified fasteners along stud lines at 18 inches (450 mm) maximum on center. Lap horizontal joints 6 inches (150 mm) minimum, with upper layer placed over lower layer. Lap vertical seams 16 or 24 inches (400 or 600 mm) as necessary to match framing spacing. Do not Plastic Sheet Air Barriers - 1 - 07 2719 i Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 fasten at bottom where necessary to allow for installation of flashing behind air infiltration barrier at base of masonry veneer. 2. Seal joints and penetrations through air infiltration barrier with specified tape before installation of finish material. Air infiltration barrier shall be air tight and free from holes, tears, and punctures. END OF SECTION Plastic Sheet Air Barriers -2- 07 2719 t Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 07 4619 STEEL SIDING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install steel siding as described in Contract Documents. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer Instructions: a. Manufacturer's published installation instructions. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual: a. Warranty Documentation: 1) Final, executed copy of Warranty. b. Record Documentation: 1) Manufacturers documentation: a) Manufacturer's literature. b) Color selection. 1.3 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty: 1. Manufacturer's written 15-year guarantee for baked enamel and PVC finishes and 20-year guarantee for Polyvinyledene Fluoride finishes. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: 1. Vertical Siding: 1) Strata Rib by ASC Building Products. DuraTech A color as selected by Architect. 2) Equal by Bruce & Dana. 3) Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. B. Materials: 1. Description: a. Steel: Panel Gauge: Steel conforming to ASTM A792, Grade 33, minimum yield 33,000 psi, thickness 26 gauge. b. Configuration: Vertical Siding. C. Fabrication: 1. Siding may either be shop-fabricated using metal from a specified manufacturer, or a factory- fabricated standard system from a specified manufacturer. Steel Siding - 1 - 07 4619 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 2. Unless otherwise shown on drawings or specified herein, fabricate panels in continuous i lengths and fabricate flashings and accessories in longest practical lengths. 3. Field-formed panels are not acceptable. ~ 4. For panels exceeding 40 ft. in length, a clip must be used to allow for expansion and contraction. See installation guide for details. D. Finish: 1. DuraTech xl exterior finish consisting of a baked on acrylic primer (0.2 mil) and abaked-on finish coat (0.8 mil) tota{ing nominal 1.0 mil dry film thickness with coo4 ceramic pigments (min. 25% Solar Reflectance Value). 2. Color: Select from manufacturer's standard selection. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: 1. Unpainted 1 inch (25 mm) corrosion-resistant screws or 1-1(2 inches (38 mmj ring-shanked nails. t: PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Isolate dissimilar metals to prevent electrolytic action. , B. Paint exposed fasteners to match siding. ' END OF SECTION t~, Steel Siding - 2 - 07 4619 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 07 6100 SHEET METAL ROOFING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install metal roofing system as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 9213: 'Elastomeric Joint Sealant'. 2. Division 22: 'Plumbing' for vent piping. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's literature. 2. Shop Drawings: Show all aspects of installation and accessories. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Warranty Documentation: 1) Final, executed copy of Warranty. 1.3 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty: 1. Manufacturer's written thirty (30) year guarantee for finishes. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Panel Profile: Skyline Roofing with 1" high integral standing seams at 16" on center by ASC Building Products. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. ASC Building Products. b. Bruce & Dana. c. Equal as approved by Architect before installation. 3. Other systems may be approved providing Architect is provided with complete specifications and details, tailored to job conditions, ten (10) days minimum before bid opening and system is approved on an Addendum. B. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. Roof construction shall carry UL Construction Uplift Rating of at least Class 90. C. Roofing Panels: Sheet Metal Roofing - 1 - 07 6100 t Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1. Accessories to include valleys, copings, scuppers, and edge flashings. 2. Panel Gauge: Steel conforming to ASTM A792, Grade 33, minimum yield 33,000 psi, thickness 26 gauge. 3. Protective Coating: Zincalume® conforming to ASTM-A792 AZ50, thickness 1.6 mils. 4. Finish: a. DuraTech xl exterior finish consisting of a baked on acrylic primer (0.2 mil) and a baked- on finish coat (0.8 mil) totaling nominal 1.0 mil dry film thickness with cool ceramic pigments (min. 25% Solar Reflectance Value). 5. Color: Select from manufacturer's standard selection. D. Accessories: 1. Underlayment shall be minimum of 15# asphalt-saturated felt. E. Fabrication: 1. Unless otherwise shown on drawings or specified herein, fabricate panels in continuous lengths and fabricate flashings and accessories in longest practical lengths. 2. Roofing panels shall be factory formed. Field-formed panels are not acceptable. 3. For panels exceeding 40 ft. in length, a clip must be used to allow for expansion and contraction. See installation guide for details.„ PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install roofing, valleys, and coping as shown in Manufacturer's details and specifications modified for this Project. Fasteners shall be concealed. END OF SECTION Ie'; f'r I t" f f Sheet Metal Roofing -2- 07 6100 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 07 7123 MANUFACTURED GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install gutters and downspouts as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 6100: 'Sheet Metal Roofing' for metal panels. 2. Section 07 9213: 'Elastomeric Joint Sealant', for quality of sealants for joints. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standard: 1. Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Inc: a. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, (7th edition 2012). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: Show gutter cross-section, mounting method, gauge of metal, expansion joint design and locations, and downspout locations minimum. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. ASC Building Products. b. Bruce & Dana. c. Equal as approved by Architect before installation. B. Materials 1. Steel: Flat stock material matching those supplied for Sheet Metal Roofing in Section 07 6100. 2. Color: Select from manufacturer's standard selection (may not match 07 6100).. 3. Components: a. Downspouts: Rectangular, galvanized steel including necessary elbows. b. Gutters: Galvanized steel. c. Brackets: Galvanized steel. C. Fabrication: 1. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Manual recommendations, where applicable. 2. Cross-sectional configuration of gutter shall be as shown on drawings and approved by Architect. 3. Form accurately to details. 4. Profiles, bends, and intersections shall be even and true to line. Manufactured Gutters And Downspouts - 1 - 07 7123 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protection Of In-Place Conditions: 1. Before starting work, verify governing dimensions at building. Inspect for conditions that would prevent installation of specified system. Do not install over improper conditions. 2. Insulate work from fascia as necessary to prevent electrolytic action. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Allow no more than 40 feet (12 meters) between downspouts. Lap joints in downspouts 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum in direction of water flow. B. Furnish and install outlet tubes and gutter ends where required. Furnish and install expansion joints in runs exceeding 50 feet (15 meters) and in runs that are restrained at both ends. Lap other joints in gutter one inch (25 mm) minimum, apply sealant in lap, and stainless steel rivet one inch (25 mm) on center maximum. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests: 1. At completion of this work, block downspouts and flood gutters. 2. Notify Architect two (2) working days before testing. 3. Repair leaks and adjust for proper drainage. 3.4 CLEANING A. Leave metals clean and free of defects, stains, and damaged finish. END OF SECTION f: f• Manufactured Gutters And Downspouts -2- 07 7123 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 07 9213 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install sealants not specified to be furnished and installed under other Sections. 2. Quality of sealants to be used on Project not specified elsewhere, including submittal, material, and installation requirements. B. Related Requirements: 1. Furnishing and installing of sealants is specified in Sections specifying work to receive new sealants. C. Products Furnished But not Installed Under This Section: 1. Interior Ceramic Tile Joint Sealants: D. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 3013: 'Ceramic Tiling'. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Scheduling: 1. Schedule work so waterproofing, water repellents and preservative finishes are installed after sealants, unless sealant manufacturer approves otherwise in writing. 2. Ensure sealants are cured before covering with other materials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. b. Manufacturer's literature for each Product. c. Schedule showing joints requiring sealants. Show also backing and primer to be used. 1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Do not install sealant during inclement weather or when such conditions are expected. Allow wet surfaces to dry. 2. Follow Manufacturer's temperature recommendations for installing sealants. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty: Elastomeric Joint Sealants - 1 - 07 9213 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1. Signed warranties against adhesive and cohesive failure of sealant and against infiltration of water and air through sealed joint for period of three (3) years from date of Substantial Completion. a. Manufacturer's standard warranty covering sealant materials. b. Applicator's standard warranty covering workmanship. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Dow Corning Corp., Midland, MI www.dowcorning.com. b. Franklin International, Inc. Columbus, OH www.titebond.com. c. GE Sealants & Adhesives (see Momentive Performance Materials Inc.). d. Laticrete International Inc., Bethany, CT www.laticrete.com. e. Momentive Performance Materials Inc. (formally GE Sealants & Adhesives), Huntersville, NC www.ge.com/silicones. t` f. Sherwin-Williams, Cleveland, OH www.sherwin-williams.com. g. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ www.sikaconstruction.com or Sika Canada Inc, Pointe Claire, QC www.sika.ca. h. Tremco, Beachwood, OH www.tremcosealants.com or Tremco Ltd, Toronto, ON (800) 363- 3213. B. Materials: 1. Design Criteria: a. Compliance: Meet or exceed requirements of these standards: 1) ASTM C920: Elastomeric joint sealant performance standard. 2) ASTM C639 or ASTM D2202: Flow (sag or slump). 3) ASTM C661 or ASTM D2240: Durometer hardness (shore A). 4) ASTM C679 or ASTM C794: Tack free time. 5) ASTM C719: Joint movement capability. 6) ASTM C1135 or ASTM D412: Tensile adhesion strength. 7) ASTM C1184: Structural silicone sealants. 8) ASTM C1248: Staining. 9) Federal Specification TT-S-001543A. 10) Federal Specification TT-S-00230C. ` 11) GSA CID A-A-272A. ; 12) GSA CID A-A-1556. b. Comply with Manufacturer's ambient condition requirements. c. Sealants must meet Manufacturer's shelf-life requirements. d. Sealants must adhere to and be compatible with specified substrates. e. Sealants shall be stable when exposed to UV, joint movements, and particular environment prevailing at project location. f. Primers (Concrete, stone, masonry, and other nonporous surfaces typically do not require a primer. Aluminum and other nonporous surfaces except glass require use of a primer. Installer Option to use Adhesion Test to determine if primer is required or use primer called out in related sections): 1) Adhesion Test: a) Apply silicone sealant to small area and perform adhesion test to determine if primer is required to achieve adequate adhesion. If necessary, apply primer at rate and in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. See `Field Quality Control' in Part 3 of this specification for Adhesive Test. 2) If Primer required, shall not stain and shall be compatible with substrates. 3) Allow primer to dry before applying sealant. 2. Sealants At Precast CMU Wall Caps: a. Description: P: Elastomeric Joint Sealants -2- 07 9213 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1) Soft lead strip, when set and bedded in sealant, form cap which assures permanent elastic seal for any horizontal masonry joint. b. Design Criteria: 1) Meet following standards for Sealant: a) ASTM C920: Type S Grade NS, Class 50 Use A, G, M. b) Strips should be of sufficient size to cover the joint width, plus percentage allowance for anticipated joint movement, plus 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). c. Approved Products: 1) Dow Corning: a) Primer: 1200 Prime Coat. b) Sealant: 791 Silicone Weatherproofing Sealant. 2) Momentive Performance Materials (formerly, GE Sealants & Adhesives): a) Primer: SS4044 Primer. b) Sealant: GE SCS2000 SilPruf Silicone Sealant & Adhesive. 3) Tremco: a) Primer: (1) Metal surface: No. 20 primer. (2) Porous surfaces: No. 23 primer. b) Sealant: Spectrum 1 Silicone Sealant. 3. Sealants At Exterior Building Elements: a. Description: 1) Weathersealing expansion, contraction, perimeter, and other movement joints which may include all or part of the following for project: a) Columns. b) Connections. c) Door frames. d) Louvers. e) Masonry. f) Parapet caps. g) Wall penetrations. h) Other joints necessary to seal off building from outside air and moisture. b. Design Criteria: 1) Meet following standards for Sealant: a) ASTM C920: Type S Grade NS, Class 50 Use A, G, M. 2) Color: a) Architect to select from Manufacturer's standard colors. b) Match building elements instead of window (do not use white that shows dirt easily). c. Approved Products: 1) Dow Corning: a) Primer: 1200 Prime Coat. b) Sealant: 791 Silicone Weatherproofing Sealant. 2) Momentive Performance Materials (formerly, GE Sealants & Adhesives): a) Primer: SS4044 Primer. b) Sealant: GE SCS2000 SilPruf Silicone Sealant & Adhesive. 3) Tremco: a) Primer: (1) Metal surface: No. 20 primer. (2) Porous surfaces: No. 23 primer. b) Sealant: Spectrum 1 Silicone Sealant. 4. Sealants At Exterior Sheet Metal And Miscellaneous: a. Description: 1) Weathersealing expansion, contraction, perimeter, and other movement joints which may include all or part of the following for project: a) Flashings. b) Gutters. c) Penetrations in soffits and fascias. d) Roof vents and flues. b. Design Criteria: 1) Meet following standards for Sealant: Elastomeric Joint Sealants -3- 07 9213 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 r a) ASTM C920: Type S Grade NS, Class 25 (min) Use A. c. Approved Products: 1) Dow Corning: 790 Silicone Building Sealant. 2) Momentive Performance Materials (formerly, GE Sealants & Adhesives): GE SCS2350 Silicone Elastomeric Sealant. 3) Tremco: Tremsil 600 Silicone Sealant. 5. Sealants At Exterior Concrete: a. Expansion Joints: 1) Design Criteria: a) Meet following standards for Sealant: (1) ASTM C920: Type S Grade NS, Class 50 Use A, G, M, O. 2) Weathersealing required at expansion for following areas: a) Between entryway slabs and building foundations. b) Between sidewalks and building foundations. 3) Approved Products: a) Dow Corning: (1) Primer: 1200 Prime Coat. (2) Sealant: 790 Silicone Building Sealant. b) Momentive Performance Materials (formerly, GE Sealants & Adhesives): (1) Primer: SS4044 Primer. (2) Sealant: GE SCS2000 SilPruf Silicone Sealant & Adhesive. 6. General Interior Sealants: a. General: 1) Inside jambs and heads of exterior door frames. 2) Miscellaneous gaps between substrates. b. Design Criteria: 1) Meet ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, NT, and Class 25 test requirements. 2) 100 percent silicone sealant. c. Non-Paintable Sealant (Installer Option A):,. 1) Approved Product: a) Dow Corning: Tub, Tile, And Ceramic Silicone Sealant. b) Laticrete: Latasil Silicone Sealant. c) Momentive Performance Materials (formerly, GE Sealants & Adhesives): GE SCS2800 SilGlaze II Silicone Sealant. d) Sherwin Williams: White Lightning Silicone Ultra Low Odor Window and Door Sealant. e) Tremco: Tremsil 200 Silicone Sealant. f) Franklin International: Titebond 2601 (White) 2611 (Clear) 100% Silicone Sealant. d. Paintable Sealant (Installer Option B): 1) Approved Product: a) Momentive Performance Materials (formerly, GE Sealants & Adhesives): GE SCS7000 Paintable Silicone Sealant.' 7. Sealants For Interior Joints:, a. General: 1) Joints between plumbing fixtures and other substrates b. Interior Ceramic Tile Joints are furnished in Section 07 9213 and installed in Section 09 3013 'Ceramic Tiling' including the following: 1) Ceramic tile inside corners. 2) Ceramic tile and paver tile joints. c. Description: 1) One-part acetoxy cure silicone sealant with fungicides to resist mold and mildew. d. Design Criteria: 1) Meet ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, NT, and Class 25 test requirements. 2) 100 percent silicone sealant. e. Color: As selected by Architect from Manufacturer's standard colors. f. Approved Products: 1) Dow Corning: Tub, Tile, And Ceramic Silicone Sealant. 2) Laticrete: Latasil Tile and Stone Silicone Sealant. 3) Momentive Performance Materials (formerly, GE Sealants & Adhesives): GE SCS1700 Sanitary Silicone Sealant. Elastomeric Joint Sealants -4- 07 9213 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 4) Tremco: Tremsil 200 Silicone Sealant. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Bond Breaker Tape: 1. Pressure sensitive tape as by Sealant Manufacturer to suit application. 2. Provide tape to prevent adhesion to joint fillers or joint surfaces at back of joint and allow sealant movement. B. Joint Backing: 1. Comply with ASTM C1330. 2. Flexible closed cell, non-gassing polyurethane or polyolefin rod or bond breaker tape as recommended by Sealant Manufacturer for joints being sealed. 3. Oversized 25 to 50 percent larger than joint width. C. Joint Cleaner: 1. Non-corrosive and non-staining type as recommended by Sealant Manufacturer, compatible with joint forming materials. D. Masking Tape: 1. Non-staining, non-absorbent tape product compatible with joint sealants and adjacent joint surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Examine substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive Work. a. Verify each sealant is compatible for use with joint substrates. b. Verify joint surfaces are clean and dry. c. Ensure concrete surfaces are fully cured. 2. Sealants provided shall meet Manufacturer's shelf-life requirements. 3. Notify Architect of unsuitable conditions in writing. a. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 4. Commencement of Work by installer is considered acceptance of substrate. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: 1. Surfaces shall be clean, dry, free of dust, oil, grease, dew, or frost. Prepare substrates in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions: a. Porous surfaces: Abrasive-clean followed by blasting with oil-free compressed air. b. Nonporous surfaces: Use two-cloth solvent wipe in accordance with ASTM C1193. c. High-pressure water cleaning: Exercise care that water does not enter through failed joints. 2. Field test joints in inconspicuous location. a. Verify joint preparation and primer required to obtain optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrate. b. When test indicates sealant adhesion failure, modify joint preparation primer, or both and retest until joint passes sealant adhesion test. 3. Masking: Apply masking tape as required to protect adjacent surfaces and to ensure straight bead line and facilitate cleaning. B. Joints: 1. Prepare joints in accordance with ASTM C1193. Elastomeric Joint Sealants -5- 07 9213 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 a. Clean joint surfaces of contaminates capable of affecting sealant bond to joint surface using Manufacturer's recommended instructions for joint preparation methods. b. Remove dirt, dust, oils, wax, paints, and contamination capable of affecting primer and sealant bond. c. Clean concrete joint surfaces to remove curing agents and form release agents. C. Protection: 1. Protect elements surrounding the Work of this section from damage or disfiguration. 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: 1. Apply silicone sealant in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. 2. Do not use damaged or deteriorated materials. 3. Install primer and sealants in accordance with ASTM C1193 and Manufacturer's instructions. 4. Apply primer where required for sealant adhesion. 5. Install sealants immediately after joint preparation. 6. Do not use silicone sealant as per the following: a. Apply caulking/sealant at temperatures below 40 deg F (4 deg C). b. Below-grade applications. , c. Brass and copper surfaces. d. Materials bleeding oils, plasticizers, and solvents. e. Structural glazing and adhesive. f. Surfaces to be immersed in water for prolonged time. B. Joint Backing: 1. Install joint backing to maintain sealant joint ratios recommended by Manufacturer. 2. Install without gaps, twisting, stretching, or puncturing backing material. Use gage to ensure ; uniform depth to achieve correct profile, coverage, and performance. 3. Rod for open joints shall be at least 1-1/2 times width of open joint and of thickness to give solid backing. Backing shall fill up joint so depth of sealant bite is no more than 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) deep. C. Bond Breaker: 1. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used or where backing is not feasible. a. Apply bond-breaker tape in shallow joints as recommended by Sealant Manufacturer. ' D. Sealant: 1. Apply sealant with hand-caulking gun with nozzle of proper size to fit joints. Use sufficient pressure to insure full contact to both sides of joint to full depth of joint. Apply sealants in vertical joints from bottom to top. 2. Fill joint opening to full and proper configuration. 3. Apply in continuous operation. 4. Tool joints immediately after application of sealant if required to achieve full bedding to substrate or to achieve smooth sealant surface. Tool joints in opposite direction from application direction, i.e., in vertical joints, from the top down. Do not 'wet tool' sealants. 5. Depth of sealant bite shall be 1/4 inch (6 mm) minimum and 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) maximum, but never more than one half or less than one fourth joint width. E. Caulk gaps between painted or coated substrates and unfinished or pre-finished substrates. Caulk gaps larger than 3/16 inch (5 mm) between painted or coated substrates. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Provide joint tolerances in accordance with Manufacturer's printed instructions. Elastomeric Joint Sealants -6- 07 9213 f Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 3.5 CLEANING A. Remove masking tape and excess sealant. B. Clean adjacent materials, which have been soiled, immediately (before setting) as recommended by Manufacturer. C. Waste Management: Dispose of products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. END OF SECTION Elastomeric Joint Sealants -7- 07 9213 a Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 081213 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. Hollow metal frames. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 2024: 'Door, Frame, And Finish Hardware Installation' for installation. PART 2-PRODUCTS < 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. Category One Approved Manufacturers. 4 a. Any current member of Steel Door Institute. n B. Frames: 1. Cold rolled furniture steel. a. Interior Frames: 16 ga. (1.6 mm). b. Exterior Frames: 14 ga. (1.9 mm). 2. Finish: a. Use one of following systems: 1) Prime surfaces with rust inhibiting primer. 2) Galvanize. 3. Anchors: 16 US ga (1.6 mm) minimum meeting UL or other code acceptable requirements for door rating involved. C. Fabrication: 1. General Requirements: a. Frames shall be welded units. Provide temporary spreader on each welded frame. b. Provide Manufacturer's gauge label for each item. c. Make breaks, arrises, and angles uniform, straight, and true. Accurately fit corners. 2. Frame width dimension: a. Fabricate frame 1/8 inch (3 mm) wider than finished wall thickness as described in Contract Documents. 3. Provide mortar guards at strikes and hinges. 4. Anchors: a. Provide three jamb anchors minimum for each jamb. On hinge side, install one anchor at each hinge location. On strike side, install one anchor at strike level and anchors at same level as top and bottom hinges. Tack weld anchors on frames intended for installation in framed walls. b. Frames installed before walls are constructed shall be provided with extended base anchors in addition to other specified anchors. c. Anchor types and configurations shall meet wall conditions. Hollow Metal Frames - 1 - 08 1213 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 PART 3 - EXECUTION: Not Used END OF SECTION Hollow Metal Frames -2- 08 1213 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 081313 HOLLOW METAL DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. Hollow metal doors. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 2024: 'Door, Frame, And Finish Hardware Installation' for door installation. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Manufacturers:' 1. Category Four Approved Manufacturers. a. Any current member of Steel Door Institute. B. Doors: 1. Meet one of following requirements: a. Meet requirements of Steel Door Institute ANSI / SDI A250.8. b. Commercial grade steel meeting requirements of ASTM A568/A568M, Class 1: +I 1) Grade I for interior doors, Grade II for exterior doors. 2) Model 1 Full Flush or Model 2 Seamless designs at Manufacturer's option. 3) Type F as required. } 4) Finish: a) Interior doors primed or galvanized as per ASTM A653/A653M. b) Exterior doors galvanized and primed as per ASTM A653/A653M.. C. Fabrication: 1. General: a. Mortise and reinforce doors for hinges and locks. b. Reinforce doors for closers and other surface applied hardware. c. Drill and tap on job. d. Seams along vertical edges of door need not be filled. e. Do not extend hinge cut out full width of door unless fill strip is inserted, weld filled, and ground smooth so no seam appears on back face plate. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: 1. Verification of Performance: a. Label each door as conforming to above required standards. Hollow Metal Doors - 1 - 08 1313 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 PART 3 - EXECUTION: Not Used END OF SECTION Hollow Metal Doors -2- 08 1313 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 08 7101 COMMON FINISH HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. General requirements for finish hardware related to hollow metal doors. B. Related Requirements: t 1. Section 06 2024: Installation. 2. Hardware called out on Drawing A3.1. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's cut sheets. b. Manufacturer's installation, adjustment, and maintenance instructions for each piece of hardware. c. Copy of hardware schedule. d. Written copy of keying system explanation. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Submit hardware schedule indicating hardware to be supplied. b. Schedule shall indicate details such as proper type of strikeplates, spindle lengths, hand, backset, and bevel of locks, hand and degree opening of closer, length of kickplates, length of rods and flushbolts, type of door stop, and other necessary information necessary to determine exact hardware requirements. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. Neatly and securely package hardware items by hardware group and identify for individual door with specified group number and set number used on Supplier's hardware schedule. 2. Include fasteners and accessories necessary for installation and operation of finish hardware in ' same package. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 FINISHES A. Hardware Finishes: 1. Finishes for brass or bronze hardware items shall be: a. ANSI / BHMA Finish Code 626. 1) Description: Satin Chromium Plated. 2) Base Metal: Brass. Bronze. 2. Finishes for flat goods items may be: a. ANSI / BHMA Finish Code 630. 1) Description: Satin Stainless Steel. Common Finish Hardware Requirements - 1 - 08 7101 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 2) Base Metal: Stainless Steel (300 Series). 3. Materials other than steel, brass, or bronze shall be finished to match appearance satin chromium plated, except flat goods which shall be satin stainless steel. 2.2 FASTENERS A. Fasteners shall be of suitable types, sizes and quantities to properly secure hardware. Fasteners shall be of same material and finish as hardware unless otherwise specified. Fasteners exposed to weather shall be non-ferrous or corrosion resisting steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Before ordering materials, examine documents to be assured that material to be ordered is appropriate for substrate to which it is to be secured and will function as intended. END OF SECTION Common Finish Hardware Requirements -2- 08 7101 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 r SECTION 09 2900 i GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install gypsum board as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 3013: 'Ceramic Tile'. 2. Section 09 9413: 'Interior Textured Finishing'. 1.2 SUBMITTALS ; A. Informational Submittals: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each product specified. 1.3 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Comply with ASTM C840 or GA-216 requirements, whichever are more stringent: a. Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. 1) Temperature shall be 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 95 deg F (35 deg C) maximum day and night during entire joint operation and until execution of Certificate of Substantial Completion. 2) Provide ventilation to eliminate excessive moisture. 3) Avoid hot air drafts that will cause too rapid drying. b. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. American Gypsum, Dallas, TX www.americangypsum.com. b. CertainTeed Gypsum, Inc; Tampa, FL www.certainteed.com. c. Georgia Pacific, Atlanta, GA www.gp.com. d. National Gypsum, Charlotte, NC www.nationaigypsum.com. e. Pabco Gypsum, Newark, CA www.pabcogypsum.com. f. United States Gypsum Co, Chicago, IL www.usg.com. B. Materials: 1. Fire-Rated Fiberglass-mat faced, mold- and moisture-resistant gypsum board. 2. DensArmor Plus Fireguard or equal. Gypsum Board - 1 - 09 2900 f; Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 3. 5/8 Inch Fire-Rated Fiberglass-Mat Faced Gypsum Board: a. Thickness: 5/8 inch. b. Width: 4 feet. c. Length: 8 feet. d. Weight: 2.5 pounds per square foot. e. Edges: Tapered. f. Surfacing: Coated fiberglass mat on face, back, and long edges. g. Flexural Strength, Parallel (ASTM C473, ASTM C1658): Not less than 100 Ibf. h. Flexural Strength, Perpendicular (ASTM C473, ASTM C1658): Not less than 140 Ibf. i. R-Value (ASTM C518): Not less than 0.67. j. Nail Pull Resistance (ASTM C473, ASTM C1658): Not less than 90 Ibf. k. Humidified Deflection (ASTM C473, ASTM C1658): Not more than 1/8 inch. 1. Hardness, Core, Edges, and Ends (ASTM C473, ASTM C1396): Not less than 15. m. Water Absorption (ASTM C630, ASTM C1396, ASTM C1658): Less than 5 percent of weight. n. Mold Resistance (ASTM D3273): 10, in a test as manufactured. o. Microbial Resistance (ASTM D6329, EPA 12-week protocol): Will not support microbial growth. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Magnum Products, Lenaxa, KS www.levelcoat.com. b. United States Gypsum Co, Chicago, IL www.usg.com. c. Westpac Materials Inc, Orange, CA www,westpacmaterials.com. 2. Gypsum Board Mounting Accessories: a. Corner And Edge Trim: 1) Metal, paper-faced metal, paper-faced plastic, or solid vinyl meeting requirements of ASTM C1047. Surfaces to receive bedding cement treated for maximum bonding. 3. Joint Compound: a. Best grade or type recommended by Board Manufacturer and meeting requirements of ASTM C475/C475M. 1) Use Taping Compound for first coat to embed tape and accessories. 2) Use Taping Compound or All-Purpose Compound for subsequent coats except final coat. 3) Use Finishing Compound for final coat and for skim coat. 4. Joint Reinforcing: a. Paper reinforcing tape acceptable to Gypsum Board Manufacturer. 5. Fasteners: a. Bugle head screws meeting requirements of ASTM C1002: 1) Glass Mat Gypsum Tile Backer: a) Wood Framing: 11 ga (0.1233 in) (3.1318 mm), galvanized with 7/16 inch (11 mm) head, hot dipped. Screws: Type W or Type S Hi-Lo, bugle head, rust resistant. B. Primer / Surfacer On Surfaces To Receive Texturing: 1. Type Two Acceptable Products: a. Sheetrock First Coat by USG. b. Prep Coat by Westpac Materials. c. Level Coat by Magnum Products. d. Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01 6200. Gypsum Board -2- 09 2900 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Examine substrate and verify framing is suitable for installation of gypsum board. 2. Examine gypsum board before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 3. Notify Architect of unsuitable conditions in writing. a. Do not install board over unsuitable conditions. 4. Commencement of Work by installer is considered acceptance of substrate. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work: 1. Coordinate with Division 06 for location of backblocking for edges and ends of gypsum board and for blocking required for installation of equipment and building specialties. 2. Do not install gypsum board until required blocking is in place. B. General: Install and finish as recommended in ASTM C840 or GA-216 unless specified otherwise in this Section. C. Interior Gypsum Board: 1. General: a. Install so trim and reinforcing tape are fully backed by gypsum board. No hollow spaces between pieces of gypsum board over 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide before taping are acceptable. b. Rout out backside of gypsum board to accommodate items that extend beyond face of framing, but do not penetrate face of gypsum board, such as metal door frame mounting brackets, etc. c. Butt edges in moderate contact. Do not force in place. Shim to level. d. Leave facings true with joint, finishing flush. Vertical work shall be plumb and ceiling surfaces level. e. Scribe work closely: 1) Keep joints as far from openings as possible. 2) If joints occur near an opening, apply board so vertical joints are centered over openings. 3) No vertical joints shall occur within 8 inches (200 mm) of external corners or openings. f. Install board tight against support with joints even and true. Tighten loose screws. g. Caulk perimeter joints in sound insulated rooms with specified acoustical sealant. 2. Ceilings: a. Apply ceilings first using minimum of two (2) men. b. Use board of length to give minimum number of joints. c. Apply board perpendicular to support. 3. Fastening: a. Apply from center of board towards ends and edges. b. Apply screws 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum from ends and edges, one inch (25 mm) maximum from edges, and 1/2 inch (13 mm) maximum from ends. c. Spacing: 1) Ends: Screws not over 7 inches (175 mm) on center at edges where blocking or framing occurs. 2) Wood Framed Walls And Ceilings: Screws 7 inches (175 mm) on center in panel field. d. Set screw heads 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) below plane of board, but do not break face paper. If face is accidentally broken, apply additional screw 2 inches (50 mm) away. e. Screws on adjacent ends or edges shall be opposite each other. f. Drive screws with shank perpendicular to face of board. 4. Trim: Gypsum Board -3- 09 2900 ¢ Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 a. Corner Beads: 1) Attach corner beads to outside corners. a) Attach metal corner bead with staples spaced 4 inches (100 mm) on center maximum and flat taped over edges of corner bead. Also, apply screw through edge of corner bead where wood trim will overlay corner bead. b) Set paper-faced trim in solid bed of taping compound. b. Edge Trim: Apply where gypsum board abuts dissimilar material. Hold channel and 'L' trim back from exterior window and door frames 1/8 inch (3 mm) to allow for caulking. 5. Finishing: a. General: 1) Tape and finish joints and corners throughout building as specified below to correspond with final finish material to be applied to gypsum board. When sanding, do not raise nap of gypsum board face paper or paper-faced trim. 2) First Coat: a) Apply tape over center of joint in complete, uniform bed of specified taping compound and wipe with a joint knife leaving a thin coating of joint compound. If metal corner bead is used, apply reinforcing tape over flange of metal corner bead and trim so half of tape width is on flange and half is on gypsum board. b) Completely fill gouges, dents, and fastener dimples. c) Allow to dry and sand lightly if necessary to eliminate high spots or excessive compound. 3) Second Coat: a) Apply coat of specified joint compound over embedded tape extending 3-112 inches (88 mm) on both sides of joint center. Use finishing compound only if applied coat is intended as final coat. b) Re-coat gouges, dents, and fastener dimples. c) Allow to dry and sand lightly to eliminate high spots or excessive compound. 4) Third Coat: Apply same as second coat except extend application 6 inches (150 mm) on both sides of joint center. Allow to dry and sand with fine sandpaper or wipe with damp sponge. 5) Fourth Coat: Apply same as second coat except extend application 9 inches (425 mm) on both sides of joint center. Allow to dry and sand with fine sandpaper or wipe with damp sponge. a. Finishing Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C840, GA- 214 and GA-216: 1) Gypsum Board Surfaces not painted or finished: a) GA-214 Level 1: 'All joints and interior angles shall have tape set in joint compound. Surface shall be free of excess joint compound. Tool marks and ridges are acceptable'. 2) Gypsum Board Surfaces to Receive: Painted Texturing - Section 09 9413: 'Interior Textured Finishing': a) GA-214 Level 4: 'All and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and two separate coats of joint compound applied over all flat joints and one separate coat of joint compound applied over interior angles. Fastener heads and accessories shall be covered with three separate coats of joint compound. All joint compound shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. Coat prepared surface with specified primer'. D. Fire-Rated Fiberglass-mat faced, mold- and moisture-resistant gypsum board: 1. Apply glass mat gypsum tile backer to framing. Attach using specified fasteners spaced 6 inches (150 mm) on center on edges and into all framing members. Drive screws flush with surface of board. 2. Shim board to be plumb and flat or level and flat, depending on location. 3. Apply reinforcing only at joints where abutting different materials. Gypsum Board -4- 09 2900 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Non-Conforming Work: 1. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. a. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. b. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove from site debris resulting from work of this Section including taping compound spills. END OF SECTION Gypsum Board -5- 09 2900 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 09 3013 CERAMIC TILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install ceramic tile and tile setting materials and accessories as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 2900: Installation of backerboard behind ceramic tile, except for joint reinforcing. C. Products Installed But not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Interior Ceramic Tile Joint Sealants: D. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 9213: 'Elastomeric Joint Sealants'. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Samples: a. One sample of each type of base tile and trim piece to be used on Project. B. Informational Submittals: a. Operations and Maintenance Data: 1) Cleaning and maintenance instructions. b. Warranty Documentation: 1) Include copy of final, executed warranty. c. Record Documentation: 1) Manufacturers Documentation: a) Manufacturer's cut sheets of materials used in installed system. b) Tile color and pattern selections. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Of Materials: 1. Provide materials obtained from one (1) source for each type and color of tile, grout, and setting materials for Manufacture's system warranty. B. Qualifications: 1. Installer: a. Minimum three (3) years experience installing specified tile installations. b. Minimum five (5) satisfactorily completed installations of comparable quality, scope, similar size, and complexity in past two (2) years before bidding. c. Upon request, submit documentation. Ceramic Tiling - 1 - 09 3013 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Do not apply tile setting materials to surfaces that contain frost. 2. Keep ambient temperatures of area to receive tile work and surface temperatures of substrates at 50 deg F (10 deg C) minimum during preparation of mortar bed, laying of tile, and for seventy two (72) hours after completion of tile work. Use electric heat to prevent discoloration of grout. 3. Temperature of substrate shall be 60 deg F (15.6 deg C) and rising for application of epoxy and furan unless otherwise specifically authorized by Manufacturer. 4. Maintain epoxy at stable temperature between 60 deg F (15.6 deg C)and 90 deg F (32 deg C) during curing period. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty: 1. Manufacturer's twenty five (25) year minimum system warranty on tile-setting materials and grout; includes replacement of defective materials and replacement of tile, including labor and materials at original cost at time of installation. t: PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer's Contact List: a. Custom Building Products, Seal Beach, CA www.custombuildingproducts.com. 1) Contact Information: John Gallup (206) 718.6024 johng@cbpmail.net. b. Dal-Tile Corp., Div. of Mohawk Industries, Dallas, TX www.daltile.com. c. Laticrete International Inc., Bethany, CT www.laticrete.com. d. Mapei Americas Headquarters, Deerfield Beach, FL www.mapei.com. 1) Contact Information: Bart A. Wilde (801) 467-2060 www.bwilde@mapei.com. e. Merkrete, by Parex USA, Inc., Anaheim, CA www.merkrete.com. 1) Contact Information: Andy Townes (505) 873-1181 andy.townes@parexusa.com. f. Schulter Systems L.P., Plattsburgh, NY www.schluter.com. B. Design Criteria: 1. General: a. Ceramic Tile: t 1) Tile shall be standard quality, square or cushion edge, graded in accordance with ANSI A137.1. 2) Square edge, white body, lug type wall tile. Field wall tile shall have two lugs on each edge to assure uniform joint, approximately 0.040 inch (one mm). 3) External and internal corner pieces shall be standard grade. C. Description: 1. Ceramic Tile: a. Wall Tile: 1) Walls: 6 inch by 6 inch (150 mm by 150 mm). 2) Ceramic Tile Base: a) 6 inch (150 mm) high, A3602 bullnose base. D. Materials: 1. Wall Tile: a. Approved Products: 1) Semi-Gloss by Dal-Tile, Pearl White, or equal. 2. Joint Sealants: Ceramic Tiling -2- 09 3013` t; Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 a. Interior Ceramic Tile Joints are furnished in Section 07 9213 and installed in Section 09 3013 'Ceramic Tiling' including the following: 1) Ceramic tile inside corners. 3. Backer Board Joint Reinforcing: 2 inch (50 mm) wide glass fiber mesh tape. 4. Tile Setting Products: a. Use only products of same Manufacturer to validate warranty, unless otherwise acceptable to Ceramic Tile Supplier. b. Latex/Polymer Modified Portland Cement Mortar For Walls: 1) Meet Requirements of ANSI A118.4 or ANSI A118.6 and ISO 13007; C2ES1 P2 for manufactured mortar. 2) Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) CUSTOM: Megalite Thin-Set Mortar or FlexBond Fortified Thin-Set Mortar. b) LATICRETE: 254 Platinum Thinset. c) MAPEI: Ultraflex 3. d) MERKRETE: 735 Premium Flex. c. Wall Grout (Modified Polymer): 1) Meet Requirements of ANSI A118.6 or ANSI A118.6 and ISO 13007. 2) Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) CUSTOM: PolyBlend Non-Sanded Grout or Prism SureColor Grout. b) LATICRETE: 1600 Series Unsanded Dry Set Wall Grout with 1776 Grout Admix Plus additive. c) MAPEI: Keracolor-U Unsanded Polymer-Modified Grout. d) MERKRETE: Non-Sanded ColorGrout, latex modified. PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.1 INSTALLERS A. Acceptable Installers: 1. Meet Quality Assurance Installer Qualifications as specified in Part 1 of this specification. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Examine substrates where tile will be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions effecting performance of installed tile. 2. Verify tile substrate is well cured, dry, clean, and free from oil or waxy films, and curing compounds. 3. Notify Architect in writing if surfaces are not acceptable to install tile: a. Do not lay tile over unsuitable surface. b. Commencing installation constitutes acceptance of surfaces and approval of existing conditions. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: 1. Allow concrete to cure for twenty eight (28) days minimum before application of mortar bed. 2. Repair and clean substrate in accordance with installation standards and manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work: Ceramic Tiling -3- 09 3013 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1. Grounds, anchors, plugs, hangers, door frames, electrical, mechanical, and other work in or behind tile shall be installed before tile work is started. B. Tolerances: 1. Plane of Vertical Surfaces: a. 1/8 inch in 8 feet (3 mm in 2.450 meters) from required plane shall be plumb and true with square corners. C. General: 1. Install tile in pattern indicated: a. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. b. Adjust to minimize tile cutting and to avoid tile less than half size. c. Center and balance areas of tile if possible. 2. Extend tile into recesses and under equipment and fixtures to form a complete covering without interruption: 3. Maintain heights of tilework in full courses to nearest obtainable dimension where heights are given in feet and inches (meters and millimeters) and are not required to fill vertical spaces exactly. 4. Install cut tile with cuts on outer edges of field: a. Provide straight cuts that align with adjacent materials. b. When possible, smooth cut edges of tile or use appropriate cutter or wet saw to produce t smooth cuts. c. Do not install tile with jagged or flaked edges. 5. Terminate tile neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners, without disruption of pattern or joint alignment: a. Fit tile closely where edges are to be covered by trim, escutcheons, or similar devices. 6. Provide straight tile joints of uniform width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size: a. Make joints smooth and even, without voids, cracks, or excess mortar or grout. 7. Use a beating block and hammer or rubber mallet so faces and edges of individual tiles are flush and level with faces and edges of adjacent tiles, and to reduce lippage. 8. Accessories in tilework shall be evenly spaced, properly centered with tile joints, and level, plumb, and true to correct projection. 9. Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, and otherwise defective tile work. D. Application On Walls: 1. On Glass Mat Gypsum Tile Backer Over Framing: a. Embed fiberglass reinforcing tape at joints with mortar used to adhere tile. 2. Dampen dry backings as determined by environmental conditions and Manufacturer's recommendations to achieve cure. 3. Allow for sealant joints full height at room corners in wall tile. Insert temporary filler in expansion joints. E. Application Of Mortar: 1. Do not spread more mortar than can be covered within ten (10) to fifteen (15) minutes: a. If 'skinning' occurs, remove mortar and spread fresh material. b. Spread mortar with notches running in one (1) direction, perpendicular to pressing, pushing and pulling of tile during placement. 2. Install tile before mortar has started initial cure: a. For thin set mortar application, use notch trowel that will achieve the recommended coverage of mortar after tiles have been installed. 3. Place tile in fresh mortar, press, push and pull tile slightly to achieve as near 100 percent coverage and contact of tile with setting material and substrate as possible: a. Average contact area shall be not less than eighty (80) percent except on exterior or shower installations where contact area shall be ninety five (95) percent when not less than three (3) tiles or tile assemblies are removed for inspection. The eighty (80) percent or ninety five (95) percent coverage shall be sufficiently distributed to give full support of the tile. b. Support corners and edges with mortar leaving no hollow corners or edges. 4. Install so there is 1/8 inch (13 mm) of mortar between tile and substrate after proper bedding: Ceramic Tiling -4- 09 3013 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 a. Periodically remove sheets or individual tiles to assure proper bond coverage consistent with industry specifications. b. If coverage is found to be insufficient, use a larger size notch trowel. F. Application Of Grout: 1. Firmly set tile before applying grout: a. This requires forty eight (48) hours minimum. 2. Before grouting: a. Remove all paper and glue from face of mounted tile. b. Remove spacers or ropes before applying grouting: 3. Mixing Grout: a. Use clean buckets and mixing tools: 1) Use sufficient pressure and flow grout in progressively to avoid air pockets and voids. b. Machine mixing of grout is preferred to assure uniform blend. To prevent trapping air bubbles into prepared grout, use slow speed mixer. c. Slake for fifteen (15) minutes. d. Water or latex additives used for mixing with dry grout shall be measured accurately. 4. Before grouting entire area, do a test area to assure there will be no permanent staining or discoloration of tile and to verify that excess grout can be easily removed from tile surface: a. If necessary, pre-coat exposed surfaces of tile with a grout release recommended by Grout Manufacturer to facilitate removal of excess grout. 5. Installing Grout: a. Use caution, when grouting glazed ceramic tiles to prevent scratching or damaging surface of tile. b. Dampen dry joints prior to grouting with sand-portland cement grout, standard sanded cement grout, standard unsanded cement grout, polymer modified sanded tile grout, and polymer modified unsanded tile grout. Do not leave puddles of water in joints before grouting. c. Keep an adequate joint depth open for grouting. Force maximum amount of grout into joints. d. Apply grout to produce full, smooth grout joints of uniform width, and free of voids and gaps 1) Fill joints of cushion edge tile to depth of cushion. 2) Fill joints of square edge tile flush with surface. 3) Fill joint between wall tile and bull-nosed paver tile base with floor grout. e. Install floor tile with grout thickness of 3/16 inch (4.76 mm) maximum. f. Remove excess grout from surface of tile before it loses its plasticity or begins to set. g. Finished grout shall be uniform in color, smooth, and without voids, pin holes, or low spots. G. Curing: 1. Keep installation at 65 to 85 deg F (18 to 30 deg C) during first eight (8) hours of cure. Shade area completely from sun during this period. H. Application of Joint Sealants: 1. Apply joint sealants after grout has cured: a. This requires forty eight (48) hours minimum. 2. Before applying sealant: a. Remove spacers or ropes before applying joint sealants. b. Apply backer rod and joint sealants at expansion joints. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Non-Conforming Work: 1. Correct any work found cracked, chipped, broken, unbounded and otherwise defective or not complying with contract document requirements at no additional cost to the Owner. Ceramic Tiling -5- 09 3013 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 3.6 CLEANING A. If one has been used, remove grout release and clean tile surfaces so they are free of grout residue t and foreign matter: 1. If a grout haze or residue remains, use a suitable grout haze remover or cleaner. 2. Flush surface with clean water before and after cleaning. k 3.7 PROTECTION A. Close to traffic areas where tile is being set and other tile work being done: 1. Keep closed until tile is firmly set. 2. Before, during, and after grouting, keep area clean, dry, and free from foreign materials and airflow that will interfere with setting and curing of grout. B. After cleaning, provide protective covering and maintain conditions protecting tile work from damage and deterioration: 1. Where tiled surfaces will be subject to equipment or wheel traffic or heavy construction traffic, cover protective covering with 1/4 inch (6 mm) hardboard, plywood, or similar material. t G END OF SECTION ( t Ceramic Tiling -6- 09 3013 f' Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 09 9001 COMMON PAINTING AND COATING REQUIREMENTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Common procedures and requirements for field-applied painting and coating. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 9213: 'Elastomeric Joint Sealants' for quality of Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions: 1. Damage Caused By Others: Damage caused by individuals other than those under direct control of Painting Applicator (MPI(a), PDCA P1.92). 2. Gloss Levels: a. Specified paint gloss level shall be defined as sheen rating of applied paint, in accordance with following terms and values, unless specified otherwise for a specific paint system. Gloss Level `1' Traditional matte finish - 0 to 5 units at 60 degrees to 10 units maxi- flat mum at 85 degrees. Gloss Level '2' High side sheen flat - 10 units maximum at 60 degrees and 10 to 'velvet-like' finish 35 units at 85 degrees. Gloss Level `3' Traditional 'eggshell-like 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 finish units at 85 degrees. Gloss Level `4' 'Satin-like' finish 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and 35 units minimum at 85 degrees. Gloss Level 'S' Traditional semi-gloss 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees. Gloss Level `6' Traditional gloss 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees. Gloss Level 7' High gloss More than 85 units at 60 degrees. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Include following information for each painting product, arranged in same order as in Project Manual. 1) Manufacturer's cut sheet for each product indicating ingredients and percentages by weight and by volume, environmental restrictions for application, and film thicknesses and spread rates. 2) Provide one (1) copy of `MPI Approved Products List' showing compliance for each MPI product specified. a) MPI Information is available from MPI Approved Products List using the following link: http://www.paintinfo.com/mpi/approved/index.shtmi. 3) Confirmation of colors selected and that each area to be painted or coated has color selected for it. 2. Samples: Provide two 4 inch by 6 inch (100 mm by 150 mm) minimum draw-down cards for each paint or coating color selected for this Project. Common Painting And Coating Requirements - 1 - 09 9001 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer Instructions: a. Manufacturer's substrate preparation instructions and application instruction for each painting system used on Project. 2. Qualification Statement: a. Applicator: ' 1) Provide Qualification documentation if requested by Architect or Owner. C. Maintenance Materials Submittals: 1. Extra Stock Materials: a. Provide painting materials in Manufacturer's original containers and with original labels in each color used. Label each can with color name, mixture instructions, date, and anticipated shelf life. b. Provide one (1) quart of each finish coat and one (1) pint of each primer and of each undercoat in each color used. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Applicator: a. Minimum five (5) years experience in painting installations. b. Minimum five (5) satisfactorily completed projects of comparable quality, similar size, and complexity in past three (3) years before bidding. c. Maintain qualified crew of painters throughout duration of the Work. d. Upon request, submit documentation. ` 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Perform painting operations at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by Manufacturer for each operation and for each product for both interior and exterior work. 2. Apply painting systems at lighting level of 540 Lux (50 foot candles) minimum on surfaces to be painted. a. Inspection of painting work shall take place under same fighting conditions as application. b. If painting and coating work is applied under temporary lighting, deficiencies discovered upon installation of permanent lighting will be considered latent damage as defined in MPI Manual, PDCA P1-92. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS A. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. Provide materials for use within each coating system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. b. All materials, preparation and workmanship shall conform to requirements of `Architectural Painting Specification Manual' by Master Painters Institute (MPI). c. All paint manufacturers and products used shall be as listed under Approved Product List section of MPI Painting Manual. d. Provide products of same manufacturer for each coat in coating system. B. Materials: Common Painting And Coating Requirements - 2 - 09 9001 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1. Materials used for any painting system shall be from single manufacturer unless approved otherwise in writing by painting system manufacturers and by Architect. Include manufacturer approvals in Product Data submittal. 2. Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, and other painting materials shall be pure, be compatible with other coating materials, bear identifying labels on containers, and be of highest quality of an approved manufacturer listed in MPI manuals. Tinting color shall be best grade of type recommended by Manufacturer of paint or stain used on Project. C. Manufacturers: Miller Paint or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATORS A. Approved Applicators: 1. Meet Quality Assurance Applicator Qualifications as specified in Part 1 of this specification. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Directing applicator to begin painting and coating work will indicate that substrates to receive painting and coating materials have been previously inspected as part of work of other Sections and are complete and ready for application of painting and coating systems as specified in those Sections. B. Pre-Installation Testing: 1. Before beginning work of this Section, examine, and test surfaces to be painted or coated for adhesion of painting and coating systems. 2. Report in writing to Architect of conditions that will adversely affect adhesion of painting and coating work. 3. Do not apply painting and coating systems until party responsible for adverse condition has corrected adverse condition. C. Evaluation And Assessment: 1. Report defects in substrates that become apparent after application of primer or first finish coat to Architect in writing and do not proceed with further work on defective substrate until such defects are corrected by party responsible for defect. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Protection Of In-Place Conditions: 1. Protect other finish work and adjacent materials during painting. Do not splatter, drip, or paint surfaces not intended to be painted. These items will not be spelled out in detail but pay special attention to the following: a. Do not paint finish copper, bronze, chromium plate, nickel, stainless steel, anodized aluminum, or monel metal except as explicitly specified. b. Keep cones of ceiling speakers completely free of paint. In all cases where painting of metal speaker grilles is required, paint without grilles mounted to speakers and without grilles on ceiling. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Prepare surfaces in accordance with MPI requirements and requirements of Manufacturer for each painting system specified, unless instructed differently in Contract Documents. Bring conflicts to attention of Architect in writing. 2. Fill minor holes and cracks in wood surfaces to receive paint or stain. Common Painting And Coating Requirements -3- 09 9001 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 3. Surfaces to be painted shall be clean and free of loose dirt. Clean and dust surfaces before painting or finishing. 4. Do no exterior painting while surface is damp, unless recommended by Manufacturer, nor during rainy or frosty weather. Interior surfaces shall be dry before painting. Moisture content of materials to be painted shall be within tolerances acceptable to Paint Manufacturer. 5. Sand woodwork smooth in direction of grain leaving no sanding marks. Clean surfaces before proceeding with stain or first coat application. 3.4 APPLICATION A. Interface With Other Work: 1. Coordinate with other trades for materials and systems that require painting before installation. 2. Schedule painting and coating work to begin when work upon which painting and coating work is dependent has been completed. Schedule installation of pre-finished and non-painted items, which are to be installed on painted surfaces, after application of final finishes. k- t B. Paint or finish complete all surfaces to be painted or coated as described in Contract Documents, including but not limited to following items. 1. Finish wood trims that are specified to be installed under Section 06 2001 and that are not called out to be factory-or shop-finished. Back prime wood elements to be installed against concrete or masonry or that may be subjected to moisture. 2. Paint mechanical, electrical, and audio/visual items that require field painting as indicated in Contract Documents. These include but are not limited to: a. Electrical panel and disconnect enclosures. C. Apply sealant in gaps 3/16 inch (5 mm) and smaller between two substrates that are both to be painted or coated. Sealants in other gaps furnished and installed under Section 07 9213. f` t: D. On wood to receive a transparent finish, putty nail holes in wood after application of stain using natural colored type to match wood stain color. Bring putty flush with adjoining surfaces. E. In multiple coat paint work, tint each succeeding coat with slightly lighter color, but approximating shade of final coat, so it is possible to check application of specified number of coats. Tint final coat to required color. F. Spread materials smoothly and evenly. Apply coats to not less than wet and dry film thicknesses and at spreading rates for specified products as recommended by Manufacturer. G. Touch up suction spots after application of first finish coat. H. Paint shall be thoroughly dry and surfaces clean before applying succeeding coats. 1. Use fine sandpaper between coats as necessary to produce even, smooth surfaces. J. Make edges of paint adjoining other materials or colors clean, sharp, and without overlapping. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Non-Conforming Work: 1. Correct deficiencies in workmanship as required to leave surfaces in conformance with 'Properly Painted Surface,' as defined in this Section. 2. Correction of 'Latent Damage' and 'Damage Caused By Others,' as defined in this Section, is not included in work of this Section. Common Painting And Coating Requirements -4- 09 9001 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 3.6 CLEANING A. General: 1. As work proceeds and upon completion of work of any painting Section, remove paint spots from floors, walls, glass, or other surfaces and leave work clean, orderly, and in acceptable condition. B. Waste Management: 1. Remove rags and waste used in painting operations from building each night. Take every precaution to avoid danger of fire. 2. Paint, stain and wood preservative finishes and related materials (thinners, solvents, caulking, empty paint cans, cleaning rags, etc.) shall be disposed of subject to regulations of applicable authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Remove debris caused by work of paint Sections from premises and properly dispose. 4. Retain cleaning water and filter out and properly dispose of sediments. END OF SECTION Common Painting And Coating Requirements -5- 09 9001 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 09 9112 EXTERIOR PAINTED FERROUS METAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Preparing and painting new exterior ungalvanized iron and steel surfaces as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 9001: 'Common Painting And Coating Requirements': PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Category Four Approved Products and Manufacturers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a. Products listed in edition of MPI Approved Product List current at time of bidding and later are approved. B. Description: 1. New Surfaces: Use MPI(a) EXT 5.1 M Waterborne Light Industrial Coating system . C. Design Criteria: 1. Systems specified are in addition to prime coats provided under other Sections of Project Manual. 2. Finish Requirements: Use MPI Premium Grade finish requirements for work of this Section. 3. Gloss / Sheen Level Required: Gloss Level 5. D. Materials: 1. All paints and coatings. a. Primer Coat: MPI Product 107, 'Primer, Rust-Inhibitive, Water Based'. b. Finish Coats: MPI Product 163, 'Light Industrial Coating, Exterior, Water Based, Semi-Gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. General: See appropriate paragraphs of Section 09 9001. B. New Surfaces: Clean metal to be painted of rust, mill scale, grease, oil, and welding spatters, burrs, flux, slag, and fume. If all traces of rust cannot be removed, apply rust blocker recommended by Paint Manufacturer before applying primer coat. END OF SECTION Exterior Painted Ferrous Metal - 1 - 09 9112 t' Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 09 9113 EXTERIOR PAINTED GALVANIZED METAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Preparing and painting new exterior exposed galvanized metal surfaces as Described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 9001: 'Common Painting And Coating Requirements': PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Category Four Approved Products and Manufacturers. a. Products listed in edition of MPI Approved Product List current at time of bidding and later are approved, providing they meet VOC requirements in force where Project is located. B. Description: 1. Handrails: a. New Surfaces: Use MPI(a) EXT 5.3D Pigmented Polyurethane Finish system. C. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. New Surfaces: MPI Premium Grade finish requirements. b. Gloss / Sheen Level Required: Gloss Level 5. D. Materials: 1. Polyurethane: a. Vinyl Wash Primer Coat: MPI Product 80: 'Primer, Vinyl Wash'. b. Finish Coats: 1) Epoxy MPI Product 101: 'Primer, Epoxy, Anti-Corrosive, for Metal'. 2) Polyurethane MPI Product 72: 'Polyurethane, Two-Component, Pigmented, Gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6-7)'. 2. Latex: a. Waterborne Primer Coat: MPI Product 134: 'Primer, Galvanized, Water Based'. b. Finish Coats: MPI Product 11: 'Latex, Exterior Semi-Gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5)'. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. General: See appropriate paragraphs of Section 09 9001. B. New Surfaces: 1. Clean'passivated' or'stabilized' galvanized steel as specified in SSPC-SP1. Exterior Painted Galvanized Metal - 1 - 09 9113 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 2. After removal of 'passivated' or 'stabilized' coating or for surfaces without coating, clean surfaces to be painted with mineral spirits or product recommended by Paint Manufacturer. Change to clean rags or wiping cloths regularly to reduce possibility of re-contamination of surface. 3. Apply prime coat. 4. Apply finish coats. END OF SECTION e Exterior Painted Galvanized Metal - 2 - 09 9113 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 09 9122 INTERIOR PAINTED CMU PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Preparing and painting new interior CMU walls as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 9001: 'Common Painting And Coating Requirements': PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturer: 1. Category Four Approved Products and Manufacturers: a. Products listed in edition of MPI Approved Product List current at time of bidding and later are approved, providing they meet VOC requirements in force where Project is located. B. Description: 1. Rest Rooms and Custodial Rooms: a. New Surfaces: Use MPI(a) INT 4.2F Waterborne Epoxy Finish system. 2. New Surfaces: a. Use MPI(a) INT 4.2D Latex Finish system. C. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. New Surfaces: MPI Premium Grade finish requirements. b. Gloss / Sheen Level Required: Gloss Level 5. D. Materials: 1. Block Filler, Over New Masonry Only: MPI Product 4: 'Block Filler, Latex, Interior/Exterior'. 2. Finish Coats: MPI Product 141: 'Latex, Interior, High Performance Architectural, Semi-Gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5)'. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. General: See appropriate paragraphs of Section 09 9001. END OF SECTION Interior Painted CMU - 1 - 09 9122 t Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 t SECTION 09 9123 t INTERIOR PAINTED GYPSUM BOARD, PLASTER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Preparing, priming, and finish painting new interior gypsum board and plaster surfaces as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: a. Section 09 2900: `Gypsum Board' 2. Section 09 9001: 'Common Painting And Coating Requirements': 3. Section 09 9413: 'Interior Textured Finishing' for textured finishes. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Category Four Approved Manufacturers and Products. a. Products listed in edition of MPI Approved Product List current at time of bidding and later are approved, providing they meet VOC requirements in force where Project is located. B. Description: 1. Rest Rooms And Custodial Rooms: a. New Surfaces: Use MPI(a) INT 9.2F Waterborne Epoxy Finish system. r' 2. All Other: a. New Surfaces: Use MPI(a) INT 9.213 Latex Finish system. C. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. New Surfaces: MPI Premium Grade finish requirements. b. Gloss / Sheen Required: 1) Rest Rooms And Custodial Rooms: Gloss Level 6. 2) Remaining Painted Surfaces: Gloss Level 5. D. Materials: 1. Primers: a. MPI Product 50, 'Primer Sealer, Latex, Interior'. 2. Finish Coats: a. Rest Rooms And Custodial Rooms: 1) Buildings with only Gypsum Board surfaces in rooms: a) MPI Product 115, 'Epoxy-Modified Latex, Interior, Gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6)'. b. Remaining Painted Surfaces: 1) MPI Product 141, 'Latex, Interior, High Performance Architectural, Semi-Gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5)'. Interior Painted Gypsum Board, Plaster - 1 - 09 9123 f Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. General: See appropriate paragraphs of Section 09 9001. B. New Surfaces: 1. Primer: Apply primer to be covered with other paint coats with roller only, or with spray gun and back-rolled. END OF SECTION Interior Painted Gypsum Board, Plaster -2- 09 9123 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 09 9124 INTERIOR PAINTED METAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Preparing and painting new interior metal surfaces as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 9001: 'Common Painting And Coating Requirements': PART2-PRODUCTS t 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Category Four Approved Products and Manufacturers. a. Products listed in edition of MPI Approved Product List current at time of bidding and later are approved, providing they meet VOC requirements in force where Project is located. B. Description: 1. Ferrous Metal: a. New Surfaces: Use MPI(a) INT 5.1 B Waterborne Light Industrial Finish system. 2. Galvanized Metal: a. New Surfaces: Use MPI(a) INT 5.3J Latex Finish system 3. Aluminum: a. New Surfaces: Use MPI(a) INT 5.4E Waterborne Light Industrial Finish system. C. Performance: 1. Design Requirements: a. New Surfaces: MPI Premium Grade finish requirements. b. Gloss / Sheen Level Required: Gloss Level 5. D. Materials: 1. Primers: a. Ferrous Metal: MPI Product 107, `Primer, Rust-Inhibitive, Water Based'. b. Galvanized Metal: MPI Product 134: `Primer, Galvanized, Water Based'. c. Aluminum: MPI Product 95: 'Primer, Quick Dry, for Aluminum'. 2. Finish Coats: MPI Product 153: `Light Industrial Coating, Interior, Water Based, Semi-Gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5)'. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. General: 1. See appropriate paragraphs of Section 09 9001. 2. Systems specified are in addition to prime coats furnished under other Sections. Interior Painted Metal - 1 - 09 9124 f' Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 B. New Surfaces: Remove rust spots by sanding and immediately spot prime. If all traces of rust cannot be removed, apply rust blocker recommended by Paint Manufacturer before applying full primer coat. END OF SECTION Interior Painted Metal -2- 09 9124 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 09 9125 INTERIOR PAINTED WOOD' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Preparing and painting new woodwork not requiring transparent finish, as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 9001: 'Common Painting And Coating Requirements': f PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM f. A. Manufacturers: 1. Category Four Approved Products and Manufacturers. a. Products listed in edition of MPI Approved Product List current at time of bidding and later are approved, providing they meet VOC requirements in force where Project is located. B. Description: 1. Systems: a. New Surfaces: Use MPI(a) INT 6.3T or U Latex Finish system. C. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. New Surfaces: MPI Premium Grade finish requirements. b. Gloss / Sheen Level Required: Gloss Level 5. D. Materials: t•_ 1. Woodwork: a. Primer Coat: MPI Product 39, `Primer, Latex, for Interior Wood' or MPI Product 45, `Primer Sealer, Alkyd, Interior'. b. Finish Coats: MPI Product 153, 'Light Industrial Coating, Interior, Water Based, Semi-Gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5)'. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. General: See appropriate paragraphs of Section 09 9001. B. Interface With Other Work: 1. Properly clean and paint light cove interiors before installation of light fixtures. 2. Where back-priming is required, apply one (1) coat of primer. C. New Surfaces: 1. Spot prime nail holes, cracks, and blemishes before and after puttying. Interior Painted Wood - 1 - 09 9125 t, Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 2. Apply stain blocker or other product recommended by Paint Manufacturer to knots before applying primer coat. END OF SECTION Interior Painted Wood -2- 09 9125 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 09 9321 INTERIOR SEALED CONCRETE FLOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Seal concrete floors that are to be left exposed in finished building as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 9001: 'Common Painting And Coating Requirements': PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Category Four Approved Products and Manufacturers: a. Products listed in edition of MPI Approved Product List current at time of bidding and later are approved, providing they meet VOC requirements in force where Project is located. B. Description: 1. System: Use MPI(a) INT 3.2F or 3.2G Finish systems. C. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: f a. Use MPI Custom Grade requirements. D. Materials: 1. MPI Products 99, 'Sealer, Water Based, for Concrete Floors'. or 2. MPI Products 104, 'Sealer, Solvent Based, for Concrete Floors'. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. See appropriate paragraphs of Section 09 9001. END OF SECTION Interior Sealed Concrete Floors - 1 - 09 9321 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 09 9413 INTERIOR TEXTURED FINISHING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and apply texturing on ceilings as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 2900: Priming. 2. Section 09 9001: 'Common Painting And Coating Requirements': 3. Section 09 9123: Finish painting. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions: 1. Drywall Texture: Compound rolled, sprayed, or troweled onto sheetrock after taping and floating of joints is complete. Uses same material as joint compound, but thinned down with water and applied to wall surface: a. Light Skip Trowel - Texture is applied to ceilings with trowel. Trowel marks may be left on surface to give a rustic, hand crafted look. b. Smooth - Smooth application of texture over sheetrock wall that feathers out sheetrock joints, and creates even, non-textured wall. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Samples: a. Light Skip Trowel Texture: 1) Provide minimum of three (3) 24 inch (600 mm) square control samples on primed gypsum wallboard of 'light orange peel' texture to show possible variations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Samples: 1. Before performing work of this Section, prepare control samples. 2. Architect will inspect control sample at pre-installation conference following preparation of control sample. When sample is approved, work of this Section may proceed. Approved samples will be kept at site at all times work of this section is being performed. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. National Gypsum, Charlotte, NC www.nationalgypsum.com. b. U S Gypsum Co, Chicago, IL www.usg.com. Interior Textured Finishing - 1 - 09 9413 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 B. Materials: 1. Class Two Quality Standards: See Section 01 6200. a. ProForm Perfect Spray EM/HF by National Gypsum. b. Sheetrock Wall & Ceiling Texture by U S Gypsum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Location: 1. Ceilings: Light Skip Trowel Texture. 2. Walls behind Ceramic Tile: Smooth Finish (no applied texture) to be applied. B. Finishing: 1. Skip Trowel Texture: a. After gypsum board is taped, sanded, and primed, apply texture. Closely match samples accepted by Architect. 2. Smooth: a. After gypsum board is taped, sanded, and primed, apply texture. END OF SECTION Interior Textured Finishing -2- 09 9413 t= Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 09 9623 GRAFFITI-RESISTANT COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and apply anti-graffiti coating as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 04 2223: Architectural Concrete Unit Masonry 2. Section 09 9001: 'Common Painting And Coating Requirements': 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's product data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: 1. Comply with applicable hazardous material and VOC regulations. B. Qualifications: 1. Applicator: a. Applicators shall have been trained by and acceptable to Coating Manufacturer. b. Applicator shall have experience in application of specified products for five (5) years minimum and be acceptable to Architect. c. Minimum five (5) satisfactorily completed projects of comparable quality, similar size, and complexity in past three (3) years before bidding. d. Upon request, submit documentation. 1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Perform application when ambient and surface temperatures are 40 deg F (4 deg C) minimum and rising. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Prosoco, Kansas City, KS www.prosoco.com. B. Materials: Graffiti-Resistant Coatings - 1 - 09 9623 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1. Anti-Graffiti Coating: a. Transparent, non-perceptible finish that will not alter natural texture and appearance of substrate. b. UV stable, vapor permeable, and pH neutral. c. Sacrificial type coating system. d. System that does not create hazardous waste containment and recapture problem during graffiti removal. e. Type Two Acceptable Products: 1) Anti-Graffiti Coating: Defacer Eraser SC-1 by Prosoco. 2) Cleaning Agent: Graffiti Wipe by Prosoco. 3) Equals as approved by Architect before bidding. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Examine surfaces to receive coating to make certain that jointing, tooling, and cleaning operations specified in other Sections have been completed and that no conditions are present that would prevent proper application of system. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Protect adjacent surfaces and landscaping as recommended by Coating Manufacturer. 2. Allow surfaces to properly cure and dry before application of coating. Allow new masonry to cure seven (7) days minimum before application of coating. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Clean surfaces of dust, dirt, and other foreign material that will interfere with proper coating application. 2. Allow surfaces to dry to within limits recommended by Coating Manufacturer. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Carefully follow Specifications and Coating Manufacturer's written application program. Do not exceed Coating Manufacturer's recommended coverage rate. 3.4 CLEANING A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove excess coating material from surrounding surfaces and leave work clean, orderly, and in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION Graffiti-Resistant Coatings - 2 - 09 9623 t' Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 10 2813 COMMERCIAL TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. Selected accessories for Rest Rooms: a. Grab Bars. b. Mirrors. c. Toilet Paper Dispenser d. Hand Dryer B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 2001: 'Common Finish Carpentry Requirements' for installation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Schedule showing items used, location where installed, and proper attaching devices for substrate. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. A & J Washroom Accessories, New Windsor, NY www.ajwashroom.com. b. American Accessories Inc (AAI), Denison, TX www.aaiusaonline.com. c. American Specialties Inc (ASI), Yonkers, NY www.americanspecialties.com. d. Bobrick Washroom Equipment Inc, North Hollywood, CA www.bobrick.com or Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd, Scarborough, ON (416) 298-1611. e. Bradley Corp, Menomonee Falls, WI www.bradleycorp.com. f. General Accessory Manufacturing Co (GAMCO), Durant, OK www.gamcousa.com. B. Materials: As called out on Drawing A3.1, or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install using mounting devices proper for base structure. END OF SECTION Commercial Toilet Accessories - 1 - 10 2813 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 11 6813 PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT PART1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install Playground Equipment and Ground Surface as described in Contract Documents. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLY A. Materials: 1. Playground Equipment: a. Structure #1 D2BDB by Playcraft Direct, Grants Pass, OR, (888) 571-7640. b. See the following six pages for the drawings and bill of materials. 2. Ground Surface: a. Playground Wood Fiber by Shasta Forest Products Inc., Yreka, CA. Color: Blond. b. Equal as approved by Architect before installation. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. 3.2 CLEANING A. Leave metals clean and free of defects, stains, and damaged finish. a (SEE ATTACHED SIX PAGES FOR PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT) Playground Equipment - 1 - 11 6813 r d N ~Y~ U1 V 9 ~ a v ✓ N u N V 0 goy v~N ~~~~ss i J N. 9 O'«~~~~ v_N d'~ v'A C u i. c~ m N'v t y 0 D 0 U1 N W 9 ~p d w m o g- ~ V q5 o v v m Yw ~ F' g9mc~.^co,o5 A p ~ ~ ~ Z a. 9~"v a v a v u s c m ~Q ~°cG099O.'=T 4Egcm'°-9doo~ ~ Q C N~ v O~j G Z~ N~ y o~ 6'D T~ vi9 ?-°mm'o rn@ Z~RVarna.vioAa~ u E q C 9. 9 K .C C~ .y 4 u y i p ,Z $ttEa~mE~z-t ~N~vs,~m V S O ~ G o d w- 9 Y A r N Z d m y Q Y t f d Y o i ~ v ~ N n' i °a " aWC 0 d 4 W Q i W m N N ~ Z N Q N 0+ V o+ a A o ~ ~E ~Em dva 4 ~ ~ Q 0~ a y ~,ap p, d ~ mE ~mc Z~ 7 W ~ a m F o U W r ~ ~ Q 4 s U v o E j., v~ v" d ~ x m a e ~ X N L 9 ~ s9 ~ CQ Qm zJ AY t '3N W m a~E ~ Z In v > ~ ~ Z d O 3 0 Q yw/) vZ ~ 4 9 3 v ' W pv Z ~ a w 0 O a c m A ~ E Ea G N ran 00 p~.U pon m q3 ~o m 9 'a F ~ a N Na o J W ~ ` Q~ t 7 a 7 6 ~ pi N G q ~ m- oa ~o ~ ? c> ~ 9 t . ~ m r ~ ^ ~ ~ 7m ?d Q ~ J va m D ~ U = Z v v Q O Q m ~ ~ ~ ~ Q d ~ ~r~ W ~oQ J N a 0 Q iO 7 W~ a 0~ o N d 'a a 0 T d a~ 0y d` N U ~ V1 o Y o~ m o rn ° c E m ~ v d~~ d« ~ v Y.u rn rn ~ ~ w M I' m e a c a o. n N o v c a m~- t ~ W ~ ~ d c~~ E~ ~ c~ w v~ n°i « v~ 3 r La. v E a~ c sL. o v a m OL ~ ~n ~ ~ « o ~ .3 ° .°3- ~ ° N ~ o o+ c rn E ° a ~ u $ A Y LL o ~ z o ~n O Q Z .N v 4 n n a a~ Y ~ ~ a~ c o .E E d c A 4 A v« ~ n~ ~ Z~ ~ r m 5~ 9 m E v O1 0.~ ~ v a o of ~ E~ R w v o a m ~~E>O~~>o'~a~ov ~~~°~a~arnv~vE ~~~w arnad ~~mw W 0.v a~ v y .E u o 0 2 w v E c~'~V° ~ a> ~ 9 v L m m a= a ~i ' ~ N~ d c~ 9 ry~ ~ E 9 L L~ N A~ N r= " D. Q > l9 r~-s 3 mE ~YSVV ~ a r nna~ N u a 2 } Q ~ f O G Z 7 u ~ V C Q W ~ v W m d L Z V1 O ll! o u ~ ~ ~ a ~ ~ ~ Q 4d ~ Oc L V m W ~ A g ~ W a. u ~ d 4 W Q I ^y \ I( 'aJ ~ \ ~ ~ ~ti ® x l r ' w ~ z I ~ LL~o2 ~ o i LL~~Z si r.~ ~ ~Z~° v i ~ ~ ~ o \ ` z v ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~i i ~ i 'i ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ i i ~ i ,I~ ~ o ~l pry t =~'"o ~ z"' ~ - ~ ~ Q Y CO Z I.I. Q a a- LL LY ~ d o J ~ N J *k N_ Q V > w ui = a o a ~ 0 GC ~n it ~;pp @. k. 8 p f f:; g; 0; i e t t a k d a owl IQs u G v~ ~ y D r 74 i d ~ I r~ Q 2 ~4 d ~ 0 m 4. ~ ~ N Q os~ ~ N N ~ V Q U y Yef. ~ ~aa Q a Y Q 7~ f r E 'f'" s a a ~ a 0 LL u s v d a ~0 r ~ 4 ~ ~ u V J p, 4 N Q m Z Q 07 0 m Q ~ N u. ~ LL d f ~ D # ~ N NR OL ~ v ~ U W ~ ~ ~ 4 r ~ ~ ~ a W Q 3 ~Z r" m 4gg @gg k t fflPLAYCRAFT Bill of Materials ROGUE VALLEY PARK Project# D5F2FA Margaret Miller 4/2/2014 Item Description Quantity 1D2BDB 13-15-0002-R5 Link, Angled Net (90in) 1 R5 Dome Cap Dome Cap, R5 20 5-1010-R5-10ft Post, 10ft R5 2 5-1011-R5-11ft Post, 11 ft R5 12 5-1012-R5-12ft Post, 12ft R5 2 5-10132-RV5 Post (132in) 4 5-10138-RV5 Post (138in) 1 5-1013-R5-13ft Post, 13ft R5 4 5-1101-R5 Square Deck 5 5-1206-24R45 ADA Stairs, 24in Rise w/ Walls 1 5-1206-24R5 ADA Stairs, 24in Rise w/ Walls (Short) 1 5-1209-12-R5 Transfer Station, 24in-L 1 5-1233-3-MC Climber, Disc 30-36in (MC) 2 5-1233-4R5-HWMC Climber, Disc 42-48in (w/ HW, MC) 2 5-1237-4R5 Climber, Vertical Rock 42-48in 1 5-1255-6R5 Climber, Spring Step Climb Wall 66-72in 1 5-1290-D2-R5 Climber, Boulder Stacks 42-48in 1 5-1435-RH5 Arch Loop (RV Post Mount) 1 5-1437-RV Tri-Pad Jungle 1 5-1501-45R5 Bridge, Arch (45in) 1 5-1521-90R5 Link, Net (90in) 1 5-16043-R5 Drum Sound Panel 1 5-1615-R5 Store Panel 1 5-1702-4R5H Slide, Wave 48in (Double w/ Hood) 1 5-1710-6R5-RRS Slide, Twister 72in (R2-S) 1 Page 1 of 2 Bill of Materials (continued) Item Description Quantity 5-19602-RV Rope Core Net Hub 1 5-1961-RV Tri Pad 2 5-1962-R5 Play Seat (Double Post) 1 5-1970-RV Gyro-Capsule Spinner 1 5-21011-MNT Support, Beam (Middle) 1 5-21263-RV Launch Pad 3 HS-1004-R Collars 60 HS-1007-RH Extra Hardware 2 Page 2 of 2 Py P@ Fpp 2 P: F: 5- f,' F' Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 12 9313 BICYCLE RACKS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. Bicycle racks. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 03 3053: 'Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete' for installation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturers' Instruction: a. Provide installation instruction including mounting and tolerances. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Description: 1. Inverted U design. 2. Mounting: In-Ground. B. Fabrication: 1. Cast-in-place model fabricated from 2-3/8 inch (60 mm) outside diameter, 0.154 inch (3.912 mm) wall, Schedule 40 steel pipe. C. Finish: 1. Powder coated after complete fabrication: a. Preparation: 1) Steel must be free of any scale, paint, varnish, grease, or rust. 2) Chemical wash and rinse. 3) Apply corrosion-inhibiting iron phosphate treatment. b. Apply powder coating. 2. Color: As selected by Owner from Manufacturers standard colors. PART 3 - EXECUTION: Not Used END OF SECTION Bicycle Racks - 1 - 12 9313 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 22 0501, COMMON PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS N t, PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Common requirements and procedures for plumbing systems. 2. Furnish and install sealants relating to installation of systems installed under this Division. B. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. Sleeves, inserts, supports, and equipment for plumbing systems installed under other Sections. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section Section 07 9213: 'Elastomeric Joint Sealant' for quality at building exterior. 2. Sections Under 09 9000 Heading: Painting of plumbing items requiring field painting. 3. Division 26: Raceway and conduit, unless specified otherwise, and line voltage wiring. 4. Slots and openings through floors, walls, ceilings, and roofs provided under other Divisions in their respective materials. 5. Division 33: Piped utilities.; 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 10, 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's catalog data for each manufactured item. 1) Provide section in submittal for each type of item of equipment. Include Manufacturer's catalog data of each manufactured item and enough information to show compliance with Contract Document requirements. Literature shall show capacities and size of equipment used and be marked indicating each specific item with applicable data underlined. 2) Include name, address, and phone number of each supplier. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Qualification Statement: t a. Plumbing Subcontractor: 1) Provide Qualification documentation if requested by Architect or Owner. b. Installer: N` 1) Provide Qualification documentation if requested by Architect or Owner. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: 1. Perform work in accordance with applicable provisions of Plumbing Codes applicable to Project. Provide materials and labor necessary to comply with rules, regulations, and ordinances. 2. In case of differences between building codes, laws, local ordinances, utility company regulations, and Contract Documents, the most stringent shall govern. Notify Architect in writing of such differences before performing work affected by such differences. 3. Identification: a. Motor and equipment name plates as well as applicable UL / ULC and AGA / CGA labels shall be in place when Project is turned over to Owner. B. Qualifications. k' Common Plumbing Requirements - 1 - 22 0501 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1. Plumbing Subcontractor: a. Company specializing in performing work of this section. 1) Minimum five (5) years experience in plumbing installations. 2) Minimum five (5) satisfactorily completed installations in past three (3) years of projects similar in size, scope, and complexity required for this project before bidding. b. Upon request, submit documentation. 2. Installer: a. Licensed for area of Project. b. Designate one (1) individual as project foremen who shall be on site at all times during installation and experienced with installation procedures required for this project. c. Upon request, submit documentation. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty: 1. Provide certificates of warranty for each piece of equipment made out in favor of Owner. B. Special Warranty: 1. Guarantee plumbing systems to be free from noise in operation that may develop from failure to construct system in accordance with Contract Documents. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Components shall bear Manufacturer's name and trade name. Equipment and materials of same general type shall be of same make throughout work to provide uniform appearance, operation, and maintenance. B. Pipe And Pipe Fittings: 1. Weld-O-Let and Screw-O-Let fittings are acceptable. 2. Use domestic made pipe and pipe fittings on Project, except non-domestic made cast iron pipe and fittings by MATCO-NORCA are acceptable. C. Sleeves: 1. General: a. Two sizes larger than bare pipe or insulation on insulated pipe. 2. In Concrete And Masonry: a. Sleeves through outside walls, interior shear walls, and footings shall be schedule 80 black steel pipe with welded plate. 3. In Framing: a. Standard weight galvanized iron pipe, Schedule 40 PVC, or 14 ga (2 mm) galvanized sheet metal. D. Valves: 1. Valves of same type shall be of same manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Acceptable Installers. 1. Meet Quality Assurance Installer Qualifications as specified in Part 1 of this specification. Common Plumbing Requirements -2- 22 0501 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Drawings: 1. Drawings show general arrangement of piping, equipment, etc. Follow as closely as actual building construction and work of other trades will permit. 2. Because of small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, and accessories that may be required. Investigate structural and finish conditions affecting this work and arrange work accordingly, providing such fittings, valves, and accessories required to meet conditions. B. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Examine premises to understand conditions that may affect performance of work of this Division before submitting proposals for this work. Examine adjoining work on which plumbing work is dependent for efficiency and report work that requires correction. 2. Ensure that items to be furnished fit space available. Make necessary field measurements to ascertain space requirements including those for connections and furnish and install equipment of size and shape so final installation shall suit true intent and meaning of Contract Documents. If approval is received by Addendum or Change Order to use other than originally specified items, be responsible for specified capacities and for ensuring that items to be furnished will fit space available. 3. Check that slots and openings provided under other Divisions through floors, walls, ceilings, and roofs are properly located. Perform cutting and patching caused by neglecting to coordinate with Divisions providing slots and openings at no additional cost to Owner. 4. No subsequent allowance for time or money will be considered for any consequence related to failure to examine site conditions. f: 3.3 PREPARATION A. Changes Due To Equipment Selection: 1. Where equipment specified or otherwise approved requires different arrangement or connections from that shown in Contract Documents, submit drawings showing proposed installations. 2. If proposed changes are approved, install equipment to operate properly and in harmony with intent of Contract Documents. Make incidental changes in piping, ductwork, supports, installation, wiring, heaters, panelboards, and as otherwise necessary. 3. Provide additional motors, valves, controllers, fittings, and other equipment required for proper operation of systems resulting from selection of equipment. 4. Be responsible for proper location of rough-in and connections provided under other Divisions. t: 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work: f: 1. Furnish exact location of electrical connections and complete information on motor controls to installer of electrical system. f 2. Furnish sleeves, inserts, supports, and equipment that are to be installed by others in sufficient µ time to be incorporated into construction as work proceeds. Locate these items and confirm that they are properly installed. B. Cut carefully to minimize necessity for repairs to previously installed or existing work. Do not cut beams, columns, or trusses. C. Locating Equipment: 1. Arrange pipes and equipment to permit ready access to valves, cocks, unions, traps, and to clear openings of doors and access panels. 2. Adjust locations of pipes, equipment, and fixtures to accommodate work to interferences anticipated and encountered. f t- Common Plumbing Requirements -3- 22 0501 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 3. Install plumbing work to permit removal of equipment and parts of equipment requiring periodic replacement or maintenance without damage to or interference with other parts of equipment or structure. 4. Determine exact route and location of each pipe before fabrication. a. Right-Of-Way: 1) Lines that pitch shall have right-of-way over those that do not pitch. For example, plumbing drains shall normally have right-of-way. 2) Lines whose elevations cannot be changed shall have right-of-way over lines whose elevations can be changed. b. Offsets, Transitions, and Changes in Direction: 1) Make offsets, transitions, and changes in direction in pipes as required to maintain proper head room and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on Drawings. 2) Furnish and install all traps, air vents, sanitary vents, and devices as required to effect these offsets, transitions, and changes in direction. D. Sealants: 1. Seal openings through building exterior caused by penetrations of elements of plumbing systems. E. Furnish and install complete system of piping, valved as indicated or as necessary to completely control entire apparatus: 1. Piping may have to be offset, lowered, or raised as required or directed at site. This does not relieve this Division from responsibility for proper installation of plumbing systems. 2. Arrange piping to not interfere with removal of other equipment, ducts, or devices, or block access to doors, windows, or access openings: a. Arrange so as to facilitate removal of tube bundles. b. Provide accessible flanges or ground joint unions, as applicable for type of piping specified, at connections to equipment and on bypasses. 1) Make connections of dissimilar metals with di-electric unions. 2) Install valves and unions ahead of traps and strainers. Provide unions on both sides of traps. c. Do not use reducing bushings, bull head tees, close nipples, or running couplings. Street elbows are allowed only on potable water pipe 3/4 inch (19 mm) in diameter and smaller. d. Install piping systems so they may be easily drained e. Install piping to insure noiseless circulation. f. Place valves and specialties to permit easy operation and access. Valves shall be regulated, packed, and glands adjusted at completion of work before final acceptance. 3. Cut piping accurately to measurements established at site. Remove burr and cutting slag from pipes. 4. Work piping into place without springing or forcing. Make piping connections to pumps and other equipment without strain at piping connection. Remove bolts in flanged connections or disconnect piping to demonstrate that piping has been so connected, if requested. 5. Make changes in direction with proper fittings. 6. Expansion of Thermoplastic Pipe: a. Provide for expansion in every 30 feet {9 meters) of straight run. b. Provide 12 inch (300 mm) offset below roof line in each vent line penetrating roof. 7. Expansion of PEX Pipe: Allow for expansion and contraction of PEX pipe as recommended by Pipe Manufacturer. F. Sleeves: 1. Do not place sleeves around soil, waste, vent, or roof drain lines passing through concrete slabs on grade. 2. Provide sleeves around pipes passing through concrete or masonry floors, walls, partitions, or structural members. Seal sleeves with specified sealants. Follow Pipe Manufacturer's recommendations for PEX pipe penetrations through studs and floor slabs. 3. Sleeves through floors shall extend 1/4 inch (6 mm) above floor finish in mechanical equipment rooms above basement floor. In other rooms, sleeves shall be flush with floor. 4. Sleeves through floors and foundation walls shall be watertight. G. Escutcheons: Common Plumbing Requirements -4- 22 0501 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1. Provide spring clamp plates where pipes run through walls, floors, or ceilings and are exposed in finished locations of building. Plates shall be chrome plated heavy brass of plain pattern and shall be set tight on pipe and to building surface. 3.5 REPAIR/ RESTORATION r A. Each Section of this Division shall bear expense of cutting, patching, repairing, and replacing of work of other Sections required because of its fault, error, tardiness, or because of damage done by it: 1. Patch and repair walls, floors, ceilings, and roofs with materials of same quality and appearance as adjacent surfaces unless otherwise shown. 2. Surface finishes shall exactly match existing finishes of same materials. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL t A. Field Tests: 1. Perform tests on plumbing piping systems. Furnish devices required for testing purposes. f B. Non-Conforming Work: 1. Replace material or workmanship proven defective with sound material at no additional cost to Owner. 2. Repeat tests on new material, if requested. 3.7 CLEANING A. Remove dirt, grease, and other foreign matter from each length of piping before installation: 1. After each section of piping used for movement of water or steam is installed, flush with clean water, except where specified otherwise. f 2. Arrange temporary flushing connections for each section of piping and arrange for flushing total piping system. 3. Provide temporary cross connections and water supply for flushing and drainage and remove after completion of work. B. Clean exposed piping, equipment, and fixtures. Remove stickers from fixtures and adjust flush valves. 3.8 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Instruction of Owner: 1. Instruct building maintenance personnel in operation and maintenance of plumbing systems. 2. Conduct instruction period after Substantial Completion inspection when systems are properly working and before final payment is made. , 3.9 PROTECTION A. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. Cap or plug open ends of pipes and equipment to keep dirt and other foreign materials out of system. Do not use plugs of rags, wool, cotton waste, or similar materials. END OF SECTION Common Plumbing Requirements -5- 22 0501 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 22 0719 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install insulation water lines, fittings, valves, and accessories as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 22 1116: `Domestic Water Piping'. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Armacell, Mebane, NC www.armaflex.com. b. Childers Products Co, Eastlake, OH www.fosterproducts.com. C. IMCOA, Youngsville, NC www.nomacokflex.com. d. Johns-Manville, Denver, CO www.jm.com. e. Knauf, Shelbyville, IN www.knauffiberglass.com. f. Manson, Brossard, PQ, Canada www.isolationmanson.com. g. Nomaco Inc, Yopungsville, NC www.nomacokflex.com. h. Owens-Corning, Toledo, OH www.owenscorning.com. i. Speedline Corp, Solon, OH www.speedlinepvc.com. B. Materials: 1. Above Grade Metal Piping: a. Insulation For Piping: 1) Snap-on glass fiber or melamine foam pipe insulation, or heavy density pipe insulation with factory vapor jacket. 2) Insulation Thickness: Service Water Temperature Pipe Sizes U to 1-1/4 In 1-1/2 to 2 In Over 2 In 170 - 180 De F One In 1-1/2 In 2 In 140 - 160 De F 1/2 In One In 1-112 In 45 - 130 De F 1/2 In 1/2 In One In Service Water Temperature Pipe Sizes U to 32 mm 38 to 50 mm Over 50 mm 77 - 82 De C 25 mm 38 mm 50 mm 60 - 71 De C 13 mm 25 mm 38 mm 7-54 De C 13mm 13 -mm 25 mm 3) Performance Standards: Fiberglas ASJ by Owens-Corning. 4) Type One Acceptable Manufacturers: a) Childers Products. b) Knauf. c) Manson. d) Owens-Corning. e) Johns-Manville. Plumbing Piping Insulation - 1 - 22 0719 f Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 f) Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01 6200. b. Fitting, Valve, And Accessory Covers: 1) PVC. E 2) Performance Standard: Zeston by Johns-Manville. E 3) Type One Acceptable Manufacturers: a) Knauf. t b) Speedline. c) Johns-Manville. d) Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01 6200. 2. Below Grade Metal Piping: a. Insulation: 1) 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick. 2) Category Four Acceptable Products. See Section 01 6200 for definition of Categories: a) SS Tubolit by Armacell. b) ImcoLock by Imcoa. c) Nomalock or Therma-Cel by Nomaco. b. Joint Sealant: 1) Category Four Acceptable Products. See Section 01 6200 for definition of Categories: a) Armacell520. b) Nomaco K-Flex R-373. 3. Pex Piping, Above And Below Grade: a. Insulation: 1) 112 inch (13 mm) thick. 2) Category Four Acceptable Products. See Section 01 6200 for definition of Categories: a) SS Tubolit by Armacell. b) ImcoLock by Imcoa. c) Nomalock or Therma-Cel by Nomaco. b. Joint Sealant: 1) Category Four Acceptable Products. See Section 01 6200 for definition of Categories: a) Armacell520. b) Nomaco K-Flex R-373. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Above Grade Piping: 1. Apply insulation to clean, dry piping with joints tightly butted. 2. Install insulation in manner to facilitate removal for repairs. Place sections or blocks so least possible damage to insulation will result from inspection or repairs of piping or equipment. 3. Piping up to 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) Diameter: a. Adhere 'factory applied vapor barrier jacket lap' smoothly and securely at longitudinal laps with white vapor barrier adhesive. b. Adhere 3 inch (76 mm) wide self-sealing butt joint strips over end joints. 4. Piping 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) Diameter And Larger: a. Use broken-joint construction in application of two-layer covering. b. Fill cracks and depressions with insulating cement mixed to thick plastic paste. 1) Apply by hand in several layers to make up total specified thickness. 2) Final layer shall have smooth uniform finish before application of covering. 5. Fittings, Valves, And Accessories: a. Do not apply insulation over flanged joints or victaulic couplings until piping has been brought up to operating temperature and flange bolts have been fully tightened. Insulate valves so wheel, stem, and packing nut are exposed. b. Insulate with same type and thickness of insulation as pipe, with ends of insulation tucked snugly into throat of fitting and edges adjacent to pipe insulation tufted and tucked in. c. Piping Up To 1-114 Inch (32 mm) Diameter: 1) Cover insulation with one piece fitting cover secured by stapling or taping ends to adjacent pipe covering. ; Plumbing Piping Insulation -2- 22 0719 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 2) Alternate Method: a) Insulate fittings, valves, and accessories with one inch of insulating cement and vapor seal with two 1/8 inch (3 mm) wet coats of vapor barrier mastic reinforced with glass fabric extending 2 inches (50 mm) onto adjacent insulation. d. Piping 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) To 2 Inches (50 mm): 1) Insulate with hydraulic setting insulating cement or equal, to thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. 2) Apply final coat of fitting mastic over insulating cement. e. Piping 2-1/2 inch (64 mm) And Larger: 1) Insulate with segments of molded insulation securely wired in place and coated with skim coat of insulating cement. 2) Apply fitting mastic, fitting tape and finish with final coat of fitting mastic. 6. Pipe Hangers: a. Do not allow pipes to come in contact with hangers. b. Provide 16 ga ( ' 1.64 mm) by 6 inch (150 mm) long galvanized shields at each pipe hanger to protect pipe insulation from crushing by clevis hanger. c. Provide 22 ga (0.85 mm) by 6 inch (150 mm) long galvanized shield at each pipe hanger to protect insulation from crushing by Unistrut type hanger. 7. Protect insulation wherever leak from valve stem or other source might drip on insulated surface, with aluminum cover or shield rolled up at edges and sufficiently large in area and of shape that dripping will not splash on surrounding insulation. B. Below Grade Piping: 1. Slip underground pipe insulation onto pipe and seal butt joints. 2. Where slip-on technique is not possible, slit insulation, apply to pipe, and seal seams and joints. END OF SECTION Plumbing Piping Insulation -3- 22 0719 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING t PART 1 - GENERAL ? 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Perform excavating and backfilling required by work of this Section. 2. Furnish and install potable water piping complete with necessary valves, connections, and accessories inside building and connect with outside utility lines 5 feet (1 50 m) from building perimeter as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements:' 1. Section 22 0501: 'Common Piping Requirements'. 2. Section 22 0719: 'Plumbing Piping Insulation'. 3. Section 31 2316: 'Excavation' for criteria for performance of excavation.' 4. Section 31 2323: 'Fill' for criteria for performance of backfill. 5. Section 33 1116: 'Site Water Utility Distribution Piping' for domestic water piping from 5 feet (1 50 m) from building perimeter to main. f 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's Literature: 1) PEX pipe and PEX pipe fittings. 2) PP-R pipe and PP-R pipe fittings. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Test And Evaluation Reports: a. Written report of sterilization test. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Aquatherm, Inc., Lindon, UT www.aquathermpipe.com. b. Cash Acme, Cullman, AL www.cashacme.com c. Cla-Val Company, Costa Mesa, CA or Cla-Val Canada Ltd, Beamsville, ON www.cla- val.com. d. Conbraco Industries Inc, Matthews, NC www.conbraco.com or Conbraco (Honeywell Ltd), Scarborough, ON (416) 293-8111. e. Hammond Valve, New Berlin, WI www.hammondvalve.com. f. Handy & Harmon Products Div, Fairfield, CT www.handyharmon.com or Handy and Harmon of Canada Ltd, Rexdale, ON (800) 463-1465 or (416) 675-1860. g. Harris Products Group, Cincinnati, OH www.harrisproductsgroup.com. h. Honeywell Inc, Minneapolis, MN www.honeywell.com. i. Leonard Valve Co, Cranston, RI www.leonardvalve.com. j. Milwaukee Valve Co, New Berlin, WI www.milwaukeevalve.com. k. Nibco Inc, Elkhart, IN www.nibco.com. Domestic Water Piping - 1 - 22 1116 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1. Rehau, Leesburg, VA www.rehau-na.com. m. Sloan Valve Co, Franklin Park, IL www.sloanvalve.com. n. Spence Engineering Co, Walden, NY www.spenceengineering.com. o. Symmons Industries, Braintree, MA www.symmons.com. p. Uponor Inc, Apple Valley, MN www.uponor-usa.com. q. Viega ProPress, Wichita, KS www.viega-na.com. r. Watts Regulator Co, Andover, MA www.wattsreg.com. s. Wilkins (Zurn Wilkins), Paso Robles, CA www.zurn.com. t. Zurn PEX, Inc., Commerce, TX www.zurnpex.com. B. Materials: 1. Design Criteria: a. All drinking water products, components, and materials above and below grade used in drinking water systems must meet NSF International Standards for Lead Free. b. No CPVC allowed. 2. Pipe: a. Copper: 1) Above-Grade: a) Meet requirements of ASTM B88, Type L. 2) Below-Grade: a) Meet requirements of ASTM B88, Type K. 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum under slabs. b) 2 inches (50 mm) And Smaller: Annealed soft drawn. c) 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) And Larger: Hard Drawn. b. Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX): 1) Certified with NSF International against NSF Standards 14 and 61 and NSF Protocol 171. 2) Copper tube size (CTS) outside dimensions and Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) of 9. 3) Pressure rated for 160 psi (1.10 MPa) at 73 deg F (22.8 deg C), 100 psi (0.69 MPa) at 180 deg F (82 deg C), and 80 psi (0.552 MPa) at 200 deg F (93 deg C). 4) Marked with Manufacturer's name, design pressure and temperature ratings, and third party certification stamp for NSF-PW. 5) Manufactured by Engel or peroxide method (PEX-A) or by silane method (PEX-B). 6) Category Four Approved Products. a) Raupex by Rehau. b) Wirsbo Aquapex by Uponor. c) ViegaPEX by Viega. d) Zurn PEX by Zurn PEX. c. Polypropylene-Random (PP-R): 1) Above-Grade: a) Meet requirements of ASTM F2389 and be certified by NSF International per ASTM F2389, NSF 14, and NSF 61. b) SDR 7.4 Greenpipe faser for domestic hot water and SDR 7.4 or SDR 11 greenpipe for domestic cold water. Aquatherm Lilac SDR 11 purple piping for recycled/reclaimed water systems. 2) Below-Grade: a) Meet requirements of ASTM F2389 and be certified by NSF International per ASTM F2389, NSF 14, and NSF 61. b) SDR 7.4 Greenpipe faser for domestic hot water and SDR 7.4 or SDR 11 greenpipe for domestic cold water. Aquatherm Lilac SDR 11 purple piping for recycled/reclaimed water systems. 3) Category Four Approved Products: a) Aquatherm Greenpipe, Greenpipe faser, and Lilac by Aquatherm. 3. Fittings: a. For Copper Pipe: Wrought copper. b. For PEX Pipe: 1) Category Four Approved Products. a) Everloc by Rehau. b) F877 bronze fitting with stainless steel press sleeve by Viega. c) Propex by Uponor including EP flow-through multiport tees. d) Zurn PEX XL, DZR and CR fittings. Domestic Water Piping -2- 22 1116 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 e: c. For PP-R Pipe: t 1) Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) Greenpipe by Aquatherm. 1 4. Connections For Copper Pipe: a. Above-Grade: 1) Sweat copper type with 95/5 or 9614 Tin-Antimony solder, Bridgit solder, or Silvabrite 100 solder. Use only lead-free solder. 2) Viega ProPress System b. Below Grade: 1) Brazed using following type rods: a) Copper to Copper Connections: (1) AWS Classification BCuP-4 Copper Phosphorus (6 percent silver). (2) AWS Classification BCuP-5 Copper Phosphorus (15 percent silver). 2) Copper to Brass or Copper to Steel Connections: AWS Classification BAg-5 Silver (45 percent silver). 3) Do not use rods containing Cadmium. 4) Brazing Flux: a) Approved Products: (1) Stay-Silt' white brazing flux by Harris Product Group. (2) High quality silver solder flux by Handy & Harmon. 5) Joints under slabs acceptable only if allowed by local codes. 5. Connections For PP-R Pipe: a. Above-Grade: 1) Socket-fusion, fusion-outlet, electrofusion, buttwelding, and mechanical transition fittings including threaded adapters, groove adapters, and flanges. b. Below-Grade: 1) All joints shall be fusion-welded PP-R except that flanges may be used when connecting to other piping systems. Mechanical fittings shall not be used below grade. 2) Joints under slabs acceptable only if allowed by local codes. 6. Ball Valves: a. Use ball valves exclusively unless otherwise specified. Ball valves shall be by single f manufacturer from approved list below. b. Valves shall be two-piece, full port for 150 psi (1.03 MPa} SWP. 1) Operate with flow in either direction, suitable for throttling and tight shut-off. 2) Body: Bronze, 150 psig (1.03 MPa) wsp at 350 deg F (177 deg C) and 400 psig (2.76 MPa) wog. 3) Seat: Bubble tight at 100 psig (0.69 MPa) under water. c. Class One Quality Standard: Nibco T585 or S585. 1) Equal by Conbraco 'Apollo,' Hammond, Milwaukee, or Watts. t d. PP-R piping if used: 1) Category Four Approved Products: a) PP-R fusion-weld ball valves by Aquatherm. PART 3 - EXECUTION f: 3.1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests: 1. Before pipes are covered, test systems in presence of Architect at 125 psig (0.86 MPa) hydrostatic pressure for 4 hours and show no leaks. 2. Disconnect equipment not suitable for 125 psig (0.86 MPa) pressure from piping system during test period. 3. PP-R Piping: a. Test in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions prior to covering. 1) Provide documentation. Domestic Water Piping -3- 22 1116 f~ Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 3.2 CLEANING A. Sterilize potable water system with solution containing 200 parts per million minimum of available chlorine and maintaining pH of 7.5 minimum. Introduce chlorinating materials into system in manner approved by Architect. Allow sterilization solution to remain for twenty four (24) hours and open and close valves and faucets several times during that time. B. After sterilization, flush solution from system with clean water until residual chlorine content is less than 0.2 parts per million. C. Water system will not be accepted until negative bacteriological test is made on water taken from system. Repeat dosing as necessary until such negative test is accomplished. END OF SECTION Domestic Water Piping -4- 22 1116 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 221119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES a PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install miscellaneous potable water piping specialties as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 22 0501: 'Common Plumbing Requirements'. PART2-PRODUCTS f 2.1 ACCESSORIES t A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Ashcroft, Stratford, CT www.ashcroftinc.com. b. Chicago Faucet Co, Des Plaines, IL www.chicagofaucets.com. c. ConBraco Industries, Matthews, NC www.conbraco.com. d. Febco, Denver, CO www.repmasters.com. f e. H O Trerice, Oak Park, MI www.hotco.com. f. IPS Corporation, Compton, CA www.ipscorp.com. g. Josam Co, Michigan City, IN www.josam.com. - h. Jay R. Smith Maufacturing Co, Montgomery, AL www.jrsmith.com. i. Mifab Manufacturing Inc, Chicago, IL www.mifab.com. j. Nibco Inc, Elkhart, IN www.nibco.com. k. Oatey, Cleveland, OH www.oatey.com. 1. Precision Plumbing Products (PPP), Portland, OR www.pppinc.net. m. Prier Products, Inc., Grandview, MD www.prier.com. n. Proset Systems Inc., Lawrenceville, GA www.prosetsystems.com. o. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co, Peculiar, MO www.siouxchief.com. p. Sure Seal, Tacoma, WA www.thesureseal.com., q. Wade (Division of Tyler Pipe), Tyler, TX www.wadedrains.com. r. Watts Drainage, Spindale, NC www.watts.com or Watts Industries, Burlington, ON, Canada f' www.wattscda.com. s. Weiss Instruments, Inc., Holtsville, NY www.weissinstruments.com. t. Woodford Manufacturing, Colorado Springs, CO www.woodfordmfg.com. u. Zurn Cast Metals, Erie, PA or Zurn Industries Limited, Mississauga, ON www.zurn.com. B. Materials: 1. Exterior Hydrants: a. Design Criteria: 1) Provide with integral anti-siphon device. Key-operated. 2) Non-freeze. 3) Not required to meet NSF International Standards for Lead Free. b. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Josam: 71050. 2) Jay R. Smith: 5609-QT. 3) Prier: C-634. 4) Wade: W-8600. Domestic Water Piping Specialties - 1 - 22 1119 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 5) Watts: HY-725. 6) Woodford: 67. 7) Zurn: Z-1310. PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION Domestic Water Piping Specialties -2- 22 1119 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 221313 E FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS t t PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install soil, waste, and vent piping systems within building and connect with outside utility lines 5 feet (1.5 m}out from building where applicable. 2. Perform excavation and backfill required by work of this Section. B. Related Requirements: 1. Sections Under 07 6000 Heading: Furnishing and installing of roof jacks and pipe flashing at a; roof. 2. Section 22 0501: 'Common Plumbing Requirements'. E; 3. Section 31 2316: 'Excavation' for criteria for performance of excavation. 4. Section 31 2323: 'Fill' for criteria for performance of backfill and compaction. 5. Section 33 3313: 'Sanitary Utility Sewerage' for sewage piping from 5 feet (1.5 m}out from f: building to main. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS A. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. Minimum size of waste piping installed under floor slab on grade shall be 2 inches (50 mm). B. Materials: 1. Piping And Fittings: PVC Schedule 40 cellular core plastic pipe and pipe fittings meeting requirements of ASTM F891, joined using cement primer meeting requirements of ASTM F656 and pipe cement meeting requirements of ASTM D2564. a. Furnish wall cleanouts with chrome wall cover and screw. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Excavate and backfill as specified in Sections 31 2316 and 31 2323 with following additional requirements: 1. Runs shall be as close as possible to those shown on Drawings. 2. Excavate to required depth and grade to obtain fall required. Grade soil and waste lines within building perimeter 1/4 inch (6 mm}fall in one foot (300 mm} in direction of flow. 3. Bottom of trenches shall be hard. Tamp as required. 4. Remove debris from trench before laying of pipe. 5. Do not cut trenches near footings without consulting Architect. B. Thermoplastic Pipe And Fittings: 1. General: Piping and joints shall be clean and installed according to Manufacturer's recommendations. Break down contaminated joints, clean seats and gaskets and reinstall. 2. Above Grade: Locate pipe hangers every 4 feet X1.2 m} on center maximum and at elbows. 22 1313 Facility Sanitary Sewers - 1 - Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 3. Below Grade: a. Install in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM D2321. b. Stabilize unstable trench bottoms. c. Bed pipe true to line and grade with continuous support from firm base. 1) Bedding depth: 4 to 6 inches (100 to 150 mm). 2) Material and compaction to meet ASTM standard noted above. d. Excavate bell holes into bedding material so pipe is uniformly supported along its entire length. Blocking to grade pipe is forbidden. e. Trench width at top of pipe: 1) Minimum: 18 inches (450 mm) or diameter of pipe plus 12 inches (300 mm), whichever is greater. 2) Maximum: Outside diameter of pipe plus 24 inches (600 mm). f. Do not use backhoe or power equipment to assemble pipe. g. Initial backfill shall be 12 inches (300 mm) above top of pipe with material specified in referenced ASTM standard. h. Minimum cover over top of pipe not under building slab: 1) 36 inches (900 mm) before wheel loading. 2) 48 inches (1 200 mm) before compaction. C. Install piping so cleanouts may be installed as follows: 1. At every 135 degrees of accumulative change in direction for horizontal lines. 2. Every 100 feet (30 meters) of horizontal run. 3. Extend piping to accessible surface. Do not install piping so cleanouts must be installed in carpeted floors. In such locations, configure piping so wall type cleanouts may be used. D. Each fixture and appliance discharging water into sanitary sewer or building sewer lines shall have seal trap in connection with complete venting system so gasses pass freely to atmosphere with no pressure or siphon condition on water seal. E. Vent entire waste system to atmosphere. Join lines together in fewest practicable numbers before projecting above roof. Set back vent lines so they will not pierce roof near edge or valley. Vent line terminations shall be: 1. 6 inches (150 mm) minimum above roof and 12 inches (300 mm) minimum from any vertical surface. 2. Same size as vent pipe. 3. In areas where minimum design temperature is below 0 deg F (minus 18 deg C) or where frost or snow closure may be possible: a. Vent line terminations shall be same size as vent pipe, except no smaller than 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter. b. Vents shall terminate 10 inches (250 mm) minimum above roof or higher if required by local codes. F. Furnish and install firestopping at penetrations of fire-rated structures as required under Sections 07 8400 and 22 0501. G. If test Tees are used for testing, plug Tees so wall finish can be installed. Do not leave as exposed cleanouts. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests: 1. Conduct tests for leaks and defective work. Notify Architect before testing. 2. Thermoplastic Pipe System: a. Before backfilling and compacting of trenches, Fill waste and vent system with water to roof level or 10 feet (3 meters) minimum, and show no leaks for two hours. Correct leaks and defective work. Facility Sanitary Sewers -2- 22 1313 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 b. After backfilling and compacting of trenches is complete but before placing floor slab, re-test as specified above. Uncover pipe and correct leaks and defective work. Re-backfill and compact and re-test. END OF SECTION { Facility Sanitary Sewers -3- 22 1313 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 22 4213 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install plumbing fixtures as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 9213: 'Elastomeric Joint Sealants' for sealants used between fixtures and other substrates. 2. Section 22 0501: 'Common Plumbing Requirements'. 3. Section 22 1116: 'Domestic Water Piping'. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLIES A. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. Interior exposed pipe, valves, and fixture trim shall be chrome plated. b. All materials NOT required to be low lead compliant. B. Materials: 1. Water Closets: As shown on drawing A3.1. 2. Water Closet Accessories: a. Seats: 1) Provide split front type with check hinge. b. Supply Pipe And Stop: 1) Provide chrome plated quarter-turn brass ball valve, 12 inch (300 mm) braided stainless steel riser, and chrome-plated steel flange. 2) Category Four Approved Products: a) McGuire: BV2166CC. b) Zurn: Z8804. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install each fixture with separate vent line. Do not circuit vent. B. Ensure provisions are made for proper support of fixtures and that rough-in piping is accurately set and protected from movement and damage. 1. Seal wall-mounted fixtures around edges to wall with sealant specified in Section 07 9213. 2. Attach wall-hung fixtures to carriers. 3. Support fixture hanger or arm free of finished wall. C. Adjust flush valves for proper flow. Commercial Water Closets and Urinals - 1 - 22 4213 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 4 D. Unless otherwise noted, provide each individual fixture supply with chrome-plated stop valve with hand wheel. E. Install fixtures with accessible stop or control valve in each branch supply line. t F. Make fixture floor connections with approved brand of cast iron floor flange, soldered or caulked securely to waste pipe. Make joints between fixtures and floor flanges tight with approved fixture setting compound or gaskets. Caulk between fixtures and floor with sealant specified in Section 07 9213. Point edges. 3.2 CLEANING A. Polish chrome finish at completion of Project. END OF SECTION 1 Commercial Water Closets and Urinals -2- 22 4213 t Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 22 4216 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES AND SINKS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install plumbing fixtures as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 9213: 'Elastomeric Joint Sealants' for sealants used between fixtures and other substrates. 2. Section 22 0501: 'Common Plumbing Requirements'. 3. Section 22 1116: 'Domestic Water Piping'. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLIES A. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. Interior exposed pipe, valves, and fixture trim shall be chrome plated. B. Components: 1. Lavatories And Fittings: As shown on drawing A3.1. a. Handicap Accessible Self Supporting Lavatories: 1) Carrier / Support: a) Category Four Approved Products: (1) Josam: 17100. (2) Jay R. Smith: 0700. (3) Mifab: MC-41. (4) Wade: 520-M36. b. Lavatory Fittings: 1) Faucet and Grid Strainer For Handicap Accessible Sinks: a) Design Criteria: (1) Meet NSF International Standards for Lead Free. 2) Flow Control Fitting: a) Design Criteria: (1) Meet NSF International Standards for Lead Free. b) Accessories: (1) Provide vandal-proof type in place of aerator. Flow shall be 1.5 gpm. c) Category Four Approved Product: (1) Omni A-200 Series by Chronomite Laboratories. 3) Supply pipes with stops: a) Design Criteria: (1) Meet NSF International Standards for Lead Free. b) Accessories: (1) Provide chrome plated quarter-turn brass ball valve, 12 inches (305 mm) long braided stainless steel riser, and chrome-plated steel flange. c) Category Four Approved Products: (1) McGuire: BV2165CC. (2) Zurn: Z8804 LRQ-PC. 4) Trap: Commercial Lavatories And Sinks - 1 - 22 4216 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 a) Description: (1) 17 gauge (1.4 mm) tube'P' trap, chrome plated. b) Design Criteria: (1) Not required to meet NSF International Standards for Lead Free. c) Category Four Approved Products: (1) Dearborn. (2) Engineered Brass Company (EBC). (3) Keeney Manufacturing. (4) McGuire. (5) Zurn. 5) Safety Covers for Handicap Accessible Lavatories: a) Description: (1) Provide protection on water supply pipes and on trap. b) Design Criteria: (1) Not required to meet NSF International Standards for Lead Free. c) Category Four Approved Products: (1) Trapwrap by Brocar Products Inc. t (2) Pro Wrap by McGuire Products. (3) Lav Guard 2 by TrueBro. (4) Pro Extreme by Plumberex. f PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION , A. Install each fixture with separate vent line. Do not circuit vent. B. Ensure provisions are made for proper support of fixtures and that rough-in piping is accurately set and protected from movement and damage. C. Seal wall-mounted fixtures around edges to wall and counter top fixtures to countertop with sealant specified in Section 07 9213. D. Unless otherwise noted, provide each individual fixture supply with chrome-plated stop valve with hand wheel. E. Install fixtures with accessible stop or control valve in each hot and cold water branch supply line. F. Self-Supporting Lavatories: Install using carriers. Support carrier free of finished wall. G. Install Safety Covers on all under sink / lavatories with exposed water supply pipes and traps. ' H. Install Handicap Accessible Lavatories as per ADA height mounting requirements. 3.2 CLEANING A. Polish chrome finish at completion of Project. END OF SECTION Commercial Lavatories And Sinks -2- 22 4216 f;; Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 22 4700 DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install drinking water cooling system units as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 22 0501: 'Common Plumbing Requirements'. 2. Section 22 1116: 'Domestic Water Piping'. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Components: 1. Haws 1119FR Wall-Mounted Drinking Fountain with Model 6700.4 "Hi-Lo" Universal Mounting Plate, Model 6800 Universal In-Wall Support Carrier, Model SK1 Cane Touch Skirt and (2) Model 6521 Freeze Resistant Valve Assembly. 2. Equal as approved by Architect. B. Design Criteria: 1. All drinking water products, components, and materials above and below grade used in drinking water systems must meet NSF International Standards for Lead Free. 2. Interior exposed pipe, valves, and fixture trim shall be chrome plated. 3. Do not use flexible water piping. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures with accessible stop or control valve. B. Mounting: 1. General: a. Anchor bottom of fountain to wall. b. Install 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) IPS union connection and Chicago No. 441 stop to building supply line. c. Install 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) IPS slip cast brass 'P' trap. Install trap so it is concealed. 2. Accessible Drinking Fountains: a. Spout outlets of wheelchair accessible drinking fountains shall be 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above floor. b. Spout outlets of drinking fountains for standing persons shall be 38 inches (965 mm) and 43 inches (1090 mm) maximum above floor. 3.2 CLEANING A. Polish chrome finish at completion of Project. Drinking Fountains And Water Coolers - 1 - 22 4700 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 END OF SECTfON t- k` 22 4700 ` Drinking Fountains And Water Coolers - 2 - Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 23 8333 ELECTRIC RADIANT HEATERS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install wall heaters as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 26: Electrical service and connections. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Product Data. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. Category Four Approved Manufacturers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a. Berko, Marley Electric Co, Bennettsville. SC www.berkomeh.com. b. QMark, Marley Electric Co, Bennettsville, SC www.gmarkmeh.com. c. Raywall, Johnson, TN www.raywall.com. B. Wall Heaters. 1. Fan type for surface mounting on wall. 2. 20 ga (0.95 mm) minimum sheet metal casing. 3. Heating element shall be encased in steel finned casting and protected by thermal switch. 4. Fan motor shall be heavy duty enclosed and permanently lubricated. 5. Fan shall be precision balanced and fan-motor assembly mounted to be vibration free. 6. Units shall be controlled automatically by integral thermostat when heater is in 'ON' position. 7. Heater shall have built-in fan delay. 8. Finish: Baked-on enamel. 9. Design Standard: 750 watt Q-Mark GFR1500T2 with GFRSM surface mounting frame. PART 3 - EXECUTION: Not Used END OF SECTION Electric Radiant Heaters - 1 - 23 8333 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 26 0501 COMMON ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. General electrical system requirements and procedures. 2. Perform excavating and backfilling work required by work of this Division as described in Contract Documents. 3. Make electrical connections to equipment provided under other Sections. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 2316: 'Excavation' for criteria for performance of excavating. 2. Section 31 2323: 'Fill' for criteria for performance of backfilling. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Provide following information for each item of equipment:' 1) Catalog Sheets. 2) Assembly details or dimension drawings. 3) Installation instructions. 4) Manufacturer's name and catalog number. 5) Name of local supplier. b. Furnish such information for following equipment: 1) Section 26 2417: 'Circuit-Breaker Panelboards'. 2) Section 26 2726: Wiring Devices' for lighting control and dimmer equipment. 3) Section 26 5100: 'Interior Lighting Fixtures'. 4) Section 26 5600: 'Exterior Lighting' for fixtures, poles, and associated control equipment. c. Do not purchase equipment before approval of product data. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Qualification Statement: a. Electrical Subcontractor: 1) Provide Qualification documentation if requested by Architect or Owner. b. Installer: 1) Provide Qualification documentation if requested by Architect or Owner. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: 1. NEC and local ordinances and regulations shall govern unless more stringent requirements are specified. 2. Material and equipment provided shall meet standards of NEMA or UL and bear their label wherever standards have been established and label service is available. B. Qualifications: Requirements of Section 01 4301 applies, but not limited to following: 1. Electrical Subcontractor: Common Electrical Requirements - 1 - 26 0501' Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 a. Company specializing in performing work of this section. 1) Minimum five (5) years experience in electrical installations. 2) Minimum five (5) satisfactorily completed installations in past three (3) years of projects similar in size, scope, and complexity required for this project before bidding. b. Upon request, submit documentation. 2. Installer: a. Licensed for area of Project. b. Designate one (1) individual as project foremen who shall be on site at all times during installation and experienced with installation procedures required for this project. c. Upon request, submit documentation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS A. Acceptable Installers: 1. Meet Quality Assurance Installer Qualifications as specified in Part 1 of this specification. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Confirm dimensions, ratings, and specifications of equipment to be installed and coordinate these with site dimensions and with other Sections. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Locations of electrical equipment shown on Drawings are approximate only. Field verify actual locations for proper installation. 2. Coordinate electrical equipment locations and conduit runs with those providing equipment to be served before installation or rough in. a. Notify Architect of conflicts before beginning work. b. Coordinate locations of power and lighting outlets in mechanical rooms and other areas with mechanical equipment, piping, ductwork, cabinets, etc, so they will be readily accessible and functional. 3. Work related to other trades which is required under this Division, such as cutting and patching, trenching, and backfilling, shall be performed according to standards specified in applicable Sections. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests: 1. Test systems and demonstrate equipment as working and operating properly. Notify Architect before test. Rectify defects at no additional cost to Owner. END OF SECTION Common Electrical Requirements -2- 26 0501 R Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 26 0519 LINE-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 1 PART 1 - GENERAL t: 1.1 SUMMARY' A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Quality of conductors used on Project except as excluded below. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 26 0501: Common Electrical Requirements. 1.2 REFERENCES t. A. Definitions: 1. Line Voltage: Over 70 Volts. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS A. Line Voltage Conductors: t` 1. Copper with AWG sizes as shown: a. Minimum size shall be No. 12 except where specified otherwise. b. Conductor size No. 8 and larger shall be stranded. 2. Insulation: a. Standard Conductor Size No. 10 And Smaller: 600V type THWN or XHHW (75 deg C). b. Standard Conductor Size No. 8 And Larger: 600V Type THW, THWN, or XHHW (75 deg C). c. Higher temperature insulation as required by NEC or local codes. 3. Colors: a. 208Y / 120 V System: 1) Black: Phase A. 2) Red: Phase B. 3) Blue: Phase C. 4) Green: Ground. 5) White: Neutral. b. 480Y / 277 Volt System: 1) Brown: Phase A. 2) Orange: Phase B. 3) Yellow: Phase C. 4) Gray: Neutral. 5) Green: Ground. c. Conductors size No. 10 and smaller shall be colored full length. Tagging or other methods for coding of conductors size No. 10 and smaller not allowed. d. For feeder conductors larger than No. 10 at pull boxes, gutters, and panels, use painted or taped band or color tag color-coded as specified above. B. Line Voltage Cables: 1. Metal Clad Cable (MC) may be used as restricted below: a. Copper conductors. b. Sizes #12 through #8. c. Use only in indoor dry locations where: Line-Voltage Conductors And Cables - 1 - 26 0519 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1) Not subject to damage. 2) Not in contact with earth. 3) Not in concrete. C. Standard Connectors: 1. Conductors No. 8 And Smaller: Steel spring wire connectors. 2. Conductors Larger Than No. 8: Pressure type terminal lugs. 3. Connections Outside Building: Watertight steel spring wire connections with waterproof, non- hardening sealant. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Conductors and cables shall be continuous from outlet to outlet. 2. Do not use direct burial cable. B. Line Voltage Conductors: 1. Install conductors in raceway. Run conductors of different voltage systems in separate conduits. 2. Group circuit homeruns to panels. 3. Neutrals: a. On three-phase, 4-wire systems, do not use common neutral for more than three circuits. b. On single-phase, 3-wire systems, do not use common neutral for more than two circuits. c. Run separate neutrals for each circuit where specifically noted on Drawings. d. Where common neutral is run for two or three home run circuits, connect phase conductors to breakers in panel which are attached to separate phase legs so neutral conductors will carry only unbalanced current. Neutral conductors shall be of same size as phase conductors unless specifically noted otherwise. 4. Pulling Conductors: a. Do not pull conductors into conduit until raceway system is complete and cabinets and outlet boxes are free of foreign matter and moisture. b. Do not use heavy mechanical means for pulling conductors. c. Use only listed wire pulling lubricants. C. Line Voltage Cables: 1. Support cables using approved staples, cable ties, straps, hangers, or similar fittings, spaced as required. 2. Where installing in framing, do not bore holes in joists or beams outside center 1/3 of member depth or within 24 inches (600 mm) of bearing points. Do not bore holes in vertical framing members outside center 1/3 of member width. Holes shall be one inch diameter maximum. 3. Conceal cables within ceilings and walls of finished areas. Cables may be exposed in unfinished areas but not run on floors of mechanical equipment spaces or in such a way that they obstruct access to, operation of, or servicing of equipment. 4. Install exposed cables parallel to or at right angles to building structure lines. 5. Keep cables 6 inches (150 mm) minimum from hot water pipes. 6. Do not support cables from mechanical ducts or duct supports without Architect's written approval. 7. Prohibited procedures: a. Boring holes for installation of cables in vertical truss members. b. Notching of structural members for installation of cables. END OF SECTION Line-Voltage Conductors And Cables -2- 26 0519 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ti PART 1 - GENERAL 1 t 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install grounding for electrical installation as described in Contract Documents except as excluded below. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 03 3111: `Normal Weight Structural Concrete'. 2. Section 26 0501: 'Common Electrical Requirements'. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: 1. Cable assemblies shall be UL / CE Listed and CSA Certified. Cables shall be a distinctive green or green/yellow in color, and all jackets shall be UL, VW-1 flame rated. 2. Grounding shall conform to all required Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications, Electrical Codes, and Manufacturer's grounding requirements. B. Qualifications: 1. Installers Qualifications: a. Grounding and Bonding: 1) Licensed electrical contractor shall perform installation and termination of main bonding conductor to building service entrance ground. 2) Licensed in State that Work is to be performed. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Type One Acceptable Products: a. 'Cadweld' by Erico International, Solon, OH www.erico.com. b. 'ThermOweld' by Continental Industries, Tulsa, NE www.conind.com. c. Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01 6200. B. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. Size materials in accordance with applicable codes. C. Materials: 1. Grounding And Bonding Jumper Conductors: Bare copper or with green insulation. 2. Make grounding conductor connections to ground rods and water pipes using approved bolted clamps listed for such use. 3. Service Grounding Connections And Cable Splices: Make by exothermic process. Grounding And Bonding For Electrical Systems - 1 - 26 0526 f Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work: Coordinate with Section 03 3111 in installing grounding conductor and placing concrete. Do not allow placement of concrete before Architect's inspection of grounding conductor installation. B. Grounding conductors and bonding jumper conductors shall be continuous from terminal to terminal without splice. Provide grounding for following. 1. Electrical service, its equipment and enclosures. 2. Conduits and other conductor enclosures. 3. Neutral or identified conductor of interior wiring system. 4. Main panelboard. 5. Non-current-carrying metal parts of fixed equipment such as motors, starter and controller cabinets, instrument cases, and lighting fixtures. C. Grounding connection to main water supply shall be accessible for inspection and made within 6 inches (150 mm) of point of entrance of water line to building. Provide bonding jumpers across water meter and valves to assure electrical continuity. D. Provide concrete-encased electrode system by embedding 20 feet (6.10 m) minimum of No. 2/0 bare copper conductor in concrete footing that is in direct contact with the earth, 2 inches (50 mm) minimum below concrete surface. Extend No. 2/0 copper conductor to main panel as shown on Drawings. E. Ground identified common conductor of electrical system at secondary side of main transformer supplying building. Ground identified grounded (neutral) conductor of electrical system on supply side of main service disconnect. F. Pull grounding conductors in non-metallic raceways, in flexible steel conduit exceeding 72 inches (1 800 mm) in length, and in flexible conduit connecting to mechanical equipment. G. Provide grounding bushings on all feeder conduit entrances into panelboards and equipment enclosures. H. Bond conduit grounding bushings to enclosures with minimum #10 AWG conductor. 1. Connect equipment grounds to building system ground. 1. Use same size equipment grounding conductors as Phased conductors up through #10 AWG. 2. Use NEC Table 250-95 for others. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspections: 1. Notify Architect for inspection two (2) days minimum before placing concrete over grounding conductor. END OF SECTION Grounding And Bonding For Electrical Systems -2- 26 0526 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 6 f PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Quality of material and installation procedures for raceway, boxes, and fittings used on Project but furnished under other Divisions. 2. Furnish and install raceway, conduit, and boxes used on Project not specified to be installed under other Divisions. 3. Furnish and install main electrical service raceway as described in Contract Documents and comply with electrical utility company requirements. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 26 0501: 'General Electrical Requirements'. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.1 SYSTEM A. Materials: 1. Raceway And Conduit: a. Sizes: 1) 3/4 inch (19 mm) for exterior use, unless indicated otherwise. 2) 112 inch (13 mm) for interior use, unless indicated otherwise. b. Types: Usage of each type is restricted as specified below by product. 1) Galvanized rigid steel or galvanized intermediate metal conduit (IMC) is allowed for use in all areas. Where in contact with earth or concrete, wrap buried galvanized rigid steel and galvanized IMC conduit and fittings completely with vinyl tape. 2) Galvanized Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) and Flexible Steel Conduit: a) Allowed for use only in indoor dry locations where it is: (1) Not subject to damage. (2) Not in contact with earth. C (3) Not in concrete. b) For metal conduit systems, flexible steel conduit is required for final connections to indoor mechanical equipment. 3) Schedule 40 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit: a) Allowed for use only underground or below concrete with galvanized rigid steel or IMC elbows and risers. 4) Listed, Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit: a) Use in outdoor final connections to mechanical equipment, length not to exceed 36 inches (900 mm). 5) Pre-wired 3/8 Inch (9.5 mm) Flexible Fixture Whips: Allowed only for connection to recessed lighting fixtures, lengths not to exceed 72 inches (1 800 mm). c. Prohibited Raceway Materials: 1) Aluminum conduit. 2) Armored cable type AC (BX) cable. 2. Raceway And Conduit Fittings: a. Rigid Steel Conduit And IMC: Threaded and designed for conduit use. b. EMT: 1) Compression type. 2) Steel set screw housing type. Raceway And Boxes For Electrical Systems - 1 - 26 0533 t Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 c. PVC Conduit: 1) PVC type. Use PVC adapters at all boxes. 2) PVC components, (conduit, fittings, cement) shall be from same Manufacturer. d. Flexible Steel Conduit: Screw-in type. e. Liquid-tight Flexible Metal Conduit: Sealtite type. f. Expansion fittings shall be equal to OZ Type AX sized to raceway and including bonding jumper. g. Prohibited Fitting Materials: 1) Crimp-on, tap-on, indenter type fittings. 2) Cast set-screw fittings for EMT. 3) Spray (aerosol) PVC cement. 3. Outlet Boxes: a. Galvanized steel of proper size and shape are acceptable for all systems. Where metal boxes are used, provide following: 1) Provide metal supports and other accessories for installation of each box. 2) Equip ceiling and bracket fixture boxes with fixture studs where required. 3) Equip outlets in plastered, paneled, and furred finishes with plaster rings and extensions to bring box flush with finish surface. b. HVAC Instrumentation And Control: 1) Junction boxes in mechanical equipment areas shall be 4 inches (100 mm) square. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Confirm dimensions, ratings, and specifications of materials to be installed and coordinate these with site dimensions and with other Sections. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work: 1. Before rough-in, verify locations of boxes with work of other trades to insure that they are properly located for purpose intended. 2. Install pull wires in raceways installed under this Section where conductors or cables are to be installed under other Divisions. B. Conduit And Raceway: 1. Conceal raceways within ceilings, walls, and floors, except at Contractor's option, conduit may be exposed on walls or ceilings of mechanical equipment areas and above acoustical panel suspension ceiling systems. Install exposed raceway runs parallel to or at right angles to building structure lines. 2. Keep raceway runs 6 inches (150 mm) minimum from hot water pipes. 3. Make no more than four quarter bends, 360 degrees total, in any conduit run between outlet and outlet, fitting and fitting, or outlet and fitting. a. Make bends and offsets so conduit is not injured and internal diameter of conduit is not effectively reduced. b. Radius of curve shall be at least minimum indicated by NEC. 4. Cut conduit smooth and square with run and ream to remove rough edges. Cap raceway ends during construction. Clean or replace raceway in which water or foreign matter have accumulated. 5. Bend PVC conduit by hot box bender and, for PVC 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter and larger, expanding plugs. Apply PVC adhesive only by brush. 6. Installation In Framing: Raceway And Boxes For Electrical Systems -2- 26 0533 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 a. Do not bore holes in joists or beams outside center 1/3 of member depth or within 24 inches f (600 mm) of bearing points. Do not bore holes in vertical framing members outside center 1/3 of member width. b. Holes shall be one inch (25 mm) diameter maximum. 7. Underground Raceway And Conduit: a. Bury underground raceway installed outside building 24 inches (600 mm) deep minimum. b. Bury underground conduit in planting areas 18 inches (450 mm) deep minimum. It is permissible to install conduit directly below concrete sidewalks, however, conduit must be buried 18 inches (450 mm) deep at point of exit from planting areas. 8. Conduit And Raceway Support: a. Securely support raceway with approved straps, clamps, or hangers, spaced as required. b. Do not support from mechanical ducts or duct supports without Architect's written approval. f, Securely mount raceway supports, boxes, and cabinets in an approved manner by: 1) Expansion shields in concrete or solid masonry. 2) Toggle bolts on hollow masonry units. 3) Wood screws on wood. 4) Metal screws on metal. 9. Prohibited Procedures: a. Use of wooden plugs inserted in concrete or masonry units for mounting raceway, supports, boxes, cabinets, or other equipment. b. Installation of raceway that has been crushed or deformed. c. Use of torches for bending PVC. d. Spray applied PVC cement. e. Boring holes in truss members. f. Notching of structural members. g. Supporting raceway from ceiling system support wires. h. Nail drive straps or tie wire for supporting raceway. C. Boxes: 1. Boxes shall be accessible and installed with approved cover. 2. Do not locate device boxes that are on opposite sides of framed walls in the same stud space. In other wall construction, do not install boxes back to back. 3. Locate boxes so pipes, ducts, or other items do not obstruct outlets. 4. Install outlets flush with finished surface and level and plumb.a 5. At time of substantial completion, install blank plates on uncovered outlet boxes that are for future use. 6. Location: a. Install boxes at door locations on latch side of door, unless explicitly shown otherwise on Drawings. Verify door swings shown on electrical drawings with architectural drawings, and report discrepancies to Architect before rough-in. Distance of box from jamb shall be within 6 inches (150 mm) of doorjamb. b. Properly center boxes located in walls with respect to doors, panels, furring, trim and ' consistent with architectural details. Where two or more outlets occur, space them uniformly - and in straight lines with each other, if possible. c. Center ceramic tile boxes in tile. k" END OF SECTION x c Raceway And Boxes For Electrical Systems -3- 26 0533 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 26 2417 CIRCUIT-BREAKER PANELBOARDS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install circuit-breaker panelboards as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 26 0501: 'Common Electrical Requirements'. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Cutler-Hammer Inc, Pittsburgh, PA www.eatonelectric.com. b. General Electric Industrial Systems, Charlotte, NC www.geindustrial.com. c. Siemens Energy & Automation, Alphrata, GA www.sea.siemens.com. d. Square D Co, Palatine, IL www.us.squared.com. B. Performance: 1. Capacities: a. Panelboard: 1) Rated for use as service entrance equipment. 2) Rated for 200 amps with 50 amp main circuit breaker. 3) Space for (2) 208 V 1 phase service breakers. C. Material: 1. Circuit-breaker type. 2. Galvanized steel cabinets 3. Bussing and lugs arranged as required. 4. Multi-pole circuit-breakers shall be common trip. 5. Circuit-breakers shall be molded case thermal magnetic type with inverse time characteristics. 6. Main Panelboard: a. Surface-mounted and front accessible. b. Enclosures: 1) NEMA / CEMA Type 1. c. Minimum dimensions of 32 inches (800 mm) wide by 8 inches (200 mm) deep. d. Space designation on Drawings indicates bus hardware and panelboard capacity for future acceptance of one 100 Amp, three-pole circuit-breaker. e. Category Four Approved Products: 1) Type PRL4B by Cutler-Hammer. 2) Spectra Series by General Electric. 3) Type P4 by Siemens. 4) I-Line by Square D. Circuit-Breaker Panelboards - 1 - 26 2417 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Label Panelboards and each breaker in main panelboard with 1116 inch {1.6 mrrr}thick laminated plastic composition material with contrasting color core. Engraved letters shall be 1/4 inch {6 mm) high. B. Arrange conductors neatly within panelboards. C. Secure to structure in accordance with requirements of Project seismic design category. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect Panelboards from paint, gypsum board compound, dirt, dust, and other foreign matter during construction. END OF SECTION t a~ t- Circuit-Breaker Panelboards - 2 - 26 2417 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install wiring devices complete with plates as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 26 0501: 'Common Electrical Requirements'. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Devices are listed as white. B. Switches: 1. Standard Style: a. Category Four Approved Products: 1) 20 AMP, single pole for furnace disconnect: a) Cooper: 2221V. b) Hubbell: HBL1221-I. c) Pass & Seymour: 20AC1-I. d) Leviton: 1221-21. C. Receptacles: 1. Standard Style: a. 15 AMP, specification grade, back and side wired, self grounding, tamper resistant. b. Verified by UL to meet Fed Spec WC-596F. c. Category Four Approved Products: 1) Cooper: TR5262. 2) Hubbell: BR20. 3) Leviton: TBR20. 4) Pass & Seymour: TR20. 2. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI): a. 15 AMP, specification grade. b. Category Four Approved Products: 1) Cooper: GF15W. 2) Hubbell: GF5252WA. 3) Leviton: 8599-W. 4) Pass & Seymour: 1594-W. D. Plates: 1. Standard Cover Plates: a. Steel. b. Ganged switches shall have gang plates. c. Category Four Approved Manufacturers: 1) Cooper. 2) Hubbell. 3) Leviton. 4) Pass & Seymour. Wiring Devices - 1 - 26 2726 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 2. Weatherproof In-Use Receptacle Covers: a. NEMA 3R rated. b. Cast aluminum. t c. Compatible with GFCI receptacles. d. Complete with weather resistant gaskets and stainless steel screws. e. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: t 1) Hubbell: WP26MH, horizontal; WP26M, vertical. 2) Intermatic: WP1010HMC, horizontal; WP1010MC, vertical. 3) Red Dot: CKMG, horizontal; CKMGV, vertical. E. Occupancy Sensors: 1. Wall switch, passive infrared type. a. Features include sensitivity and time delay adjustments. b. Manual ON / auto OFF capability. c. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Cooper Controls: OSW-P-1001-MV-W. 2) Hubbell: LHIRS1 W. 3) Leviton: ODS10-IDW. 4) Pass & Seymour: OS300S-W. 5) Sensorswitch: WSD-V-WH. 6) Watt Stopper: PW-100-W., e PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install devices flush with walls, straight, and solid to box. r. END OF SECTION Wiring Devices -2- 26 2726 9;, Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 26 5100 INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install lighting system as described in Contract Documents, complete with lamps. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 26 0501: Common Electrical Requirements. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLIES A. Materials 1. Lighting Fixtures: a. Type One Acceptable Products: 1) See Fixture Schedule on Drawings for acceptable manufacturers and models. 2) Equals as approved by Architect before bidding. B. Factory Assembly: 1. Fixtures shall be fully assembled complete with necessary wiring, sockets, lamps, reflectors, ballasts, auxiliaries, plaster frames, recessing boxes, hangers, supports, lenses, diffusers, and other accessories essential for complete working installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Securely mount fixtures. Support fixtures weighing 50 Ibs (23 kg) or more from building framing or structural members. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT A. Repair scratches or nicks on exposed surfaces of fixtures to match original undamaged conditions. END OF SECTION Interior Lighting - 1 - 26 5100 e Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 k SECTION 26 5600 EXTERIOR LIGHTING t PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install exterior lighting system as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 26 0501: Common Electrical Requirements. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Materials: 1. Exterior Fixtures: a. Finish shall be high quality polyester powder coating: 1) Finish process shall consist of cleaning, electrostatically applying power coat, and thermal curing. 2) Weather, scratch, UV, and fade resistant. b. Color shall be Manufacturer's standard white, natural aluminum, or medium bronze as selected by Architect before bidding. a c. Type One Acceptable Products: 1) As indicated on Fixture Schedule. Do not mix fixtures from different manufacturers for one use. 2) Equals as approved by Architect before bidding. 4 2. Exterior Lighting Control: t` a. Dial Time Switch: 1) 24-hour dial time switch, 120 volts, NEMA 1 enclosure. f 2) Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories. t a) Intermatic: T101. b) Paragon: 4001-00. c) Tork: 1101. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Lighting Control 1. Install time switch inside building to control building exterior lighting. Label each component to identify lighting controlled, I.E. 'BUILDING LIGHTING.' Label with 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) thick laminated plastic composition material with contrasting color core. Engraved letters shall be 1/4 inch (6 mm) high. END OF SECTION Exterior Lighting - 1 - 26 5600 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 31 0501 COMMON EARTHWORK REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited to: 1. General procedures and requirements for earthwork. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions: 1. Aggregate Base: Layer of granular material immediately below concrete and asphalt paving or miscellaneous site concrete (sidewalks, curbs, etc) and below interior concrete slabs on grade. 2. Base: See aggregate base. 3. Building Grading: sloping of grounds immediately adjacent to building. Proper grading causes water to flow away from a structure. Grading can be accomplished either with machinery or by hand. 4. Compacted Fill: Placement of soils on building site placed and compacted per Contract Documents. Used to replace soils removed during excavation or to fill in low spot on building site. 5. Excavation: Removal of soil from project site or cavity formed by cutting, digging or scooping on project site. 6. Fine Grading (FG): Preparation of subgrade preceding placement of surfacing materials (aggregate base, asphalt or concrete paving, and topsoil) for contour of building site required. Fine Grading is conducted to ensure that earth forms and surfaces have been properly shaped and subgrade has been brought to correct elevations. It is performed after rough grading and placement of compacted fill but before placement of aggregate base or topsoil. 7. Finish Grading: Completed surface elevation of landscaping areas for seeding, sodding, and planting on building site. 8. Natural Grade: Undisturbed natural surface of ground. 9. Rough Grading (RG): Grading, leveling, moving, removal and placement of existing or imported soil to its generally required location and elevation. Cut and fill is part of rough grading. 10. Subgrade (definition varies depending upon stage of construction and context of work being performed): a. Prepared natural soils on which fill, aggregate base, or topsoil is placed. or b. Prepared soils immediately beneath paving or topsoil. 11. Topsoil Placement and Grading: Topsoil placement and finish grading work required to prepare site for installation of landscaping. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. General Earthwork Sequencing: 1. Excavation. 2. Rough Grading. 3. Compacted Fill. 4. Fine Grading. 5. Aggregate Base or Topsoil Grading. Common Earthwork Requirements - 1 - 31 0501 t Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 t PART 2 -PRODUCTS: Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Forty eight (48) hours minimum before performing any work on site, contact 811 to arrange for utility location services. 2. Perform minor, investigative excavations to verify location of various existing underground facilities at sufficient locations to assure that no conflict with the proposed work exists and sufficient clearance is available to avoid damage to existing facilities. 3. Perform investigative excavating ten (10) days minimum in advance of performing any excavation or underground work. 4. Upon discovery of conflicts or problems with existing facilities, notify Architect by phone or fax within twenty four (24) hours. Follow telephone or fax notification with letter and diagrams indicating conflict or problem and sufficient measurements and details to evaluate problem. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Spillage: a. Avoid spillage by covering and securing loads when hauling on or adjacent to public streets or highways. b. Remove spillage and sweep, wash, or otherwise clean project, streets, and highways. 2. Dust Control: a. Take precautions necessary to prevent dust nuisance, both on-site and adjacent to public and private properties. b. Perform watering operations as required to control dust. c. Follow requirements of "Section 00340 -Watering" from the 2008 edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction ODOT/APWA. d. Correct or repair damage caused by dust. 3. Existing Plants And Features: a. Do not damage tops, trunks, and roots of existing trees and shrubs on site that are intended to remain. b. Do not use heavy equipment within branch spread. c. Interfering branches may be removed only with permission of Architect. d. Do not damage other plants and features that are to remain. 3.3 REPAIR /RESTORATION A. Adjust existing covers, boxes, and vaults to grade. B. Replace broken or damaged covers, boxes, and vaults. C. independently confirm size, location, and number of covers, boxes, and vaults that require adjustment. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests: 1. Owner reserves right to require additional testing to re-affirm suitability of completed work including compacted soils that have been exposed to adverse weather conditions. B. Field Inspections: Common Earthwork Requirements - 2 - 31 0501 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1. Notify Architect forty eight (48) hours before performing excavation or fill work. 2. If weather, scheduling, or any other circumstance has interrupted work, notify Architect twenty four (24) hours minimum before intended resumption of grading or compacting. C. Non-Conforming Work: 1. If specified protection precautions are not taken or corrections and repairs not made promptly, Owner may take such steps as may be deemed necessary and deduct costs of such from monies due to Contractor. Such action or lack of action on Owner's part does not relieve Contractor from responsibility for proper protection of The Work. END OF SECTION Common Earthwork Requirements -3- 31 0501 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 f SECTION 31 1100 CLEARING AND GRUBBING t a PART 1 - GENERAL t 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Perform clearing and grubbing as necessary to prepare site for rough grading and structure excavation as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 0501: Common Earthwork Requirements: a. General procedures and requirements for earthwork. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION z 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Tree And Brush Removal: 1. Cut off trees, shrubs, brush, and vegetative growth 12 inches (300 mm) maximum above ground. 2. Do not pull up or rip out roots of trees and shrubs that are to remain. If excavation through roots is required, excavate by hand and cut roots with sharp axe. Make clean, smooth, sloping cuts. 3. Cut roots larger than 2 inches in diameter only with Architect's written permission. B. Grubbing: 1. Grub out stumps and roots 12 inches (300 mm) minimum below original ground surface, except as follows: a. Under buildings, remove roots one inch and larger entirely. t, b. Entirely remove roots of plants that normally sprout from roots, as identified by Architect. f' 4~- Q 3.2 CLEANING A. Remove from site trees, shrubs, uprooted stumps, vegetative layer, and surface debris and dispose of legally. B. Do not bury cuttings, stumps, roots, and other vegetative matter or burnt waste material on site. END OF SECTION t Clearing And Grubbing - 1 - 31 1100 t` Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 31 1123 AGGREGATE BASE PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install the following as described in Contract Documents: a. Aggregate Base: 1) Interior slabs-on-grade concrete. 2) Miscellaneous cast-in-place concrete (by Owner). b. Filter Fabric: B. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Vapor Retarder: a. Interior slabs on grade: 1) Under-slab vapor retarder and seam tape. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 03 3053: Miscellaneous Exterior Cast-In-Place Concrete". 2. Section 07 2616: Furnishing of vapor retarder and seam tape. 3. Section 31 0501: 'Common Earthwork Requirements': a. General procedures and requirements for earthwork. 4. Section 31 2213: 'Rough Grading'. 5. Section 31 2216: Subgrade procedures. 6. Section 31 2323: Compaction procedures and tolerances. 1.2 REFERENCES 1. Filter Fabric: Term relating to geotextiles used in filtration applications but has also become a generic term to cover all geotextiles. Allows free liquid flow (but no soil loss) across or through plane of fabric over an indefinitely long period of time. 2. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 3. Nonwoven Geotextile: Textile structure produced by bonding or interlocking of fibers, or both, accomplished by mechanical, chemical or solvent means. 4. Observation: Visual observation of building / site elements or structural system by registered design professional for general conformance to approved construction documents at significant construction stages and at completion. Observation does not include or waive responsibility for performing inspections or special inspections. 5. Owner's Representative: Owner's Designated Representative who will have express authority to bind Owner with respect to all matters requiring Owner's approval or authorization. 6. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. 7. Relative Compaction: Ratio of field dry density as determined by ASTM D6938 or ASTM D2216, and laboratory maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557. 8. Quality Assurance: Testing, Inspections, Special Testing and Special Inspections provided for by Owner. 9. Quality Control: Testing, Inspections, Special Testing and Special Inspections provided for by Contractor. 10. Service Provider: Agency or firm qualified to perform required tests and inspections. 11. Source Quality Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at source, i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop. Aggregate Base - 1 - 31 1123 t' Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 r 12. Special Inspector: Certified individual or firm that implements special inspection program for I project. 13. Test/Special Test: Field or laboratory tests to determine characteristics and quality of building t materials and workmanship. a. Test: Not required by code provisions but may be required by Contract Documents. b. Special Test: Required by code provisions and by Contract Documents. 14. Testing Agency: Entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. 15. Testing Agency Laboratory: Agency or firm qualified to perform field and laboratory tests to determine characteristics and quality of materials and workmanship. 16. Verification: Act of reviewing, inspecting, testing, etc. to establish and document that product, service, or system meets regulatory, standard, or specification requirements. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Sequencing: 1. Compaction as described in Section 31 2216 'Fine Grading'. 2. Exterior Footings and Foundations are installed. 3. Vapor Retarder: a. Install below-grade vapor retarder on top of soil base or aggregate base. 4. Aggregate Base: a. Install aggregate base at location shown in Contract Drawings. 5. Concrete Slab is installed. B. Scheduling: 1. Interior slab-on-grade concrete: a. Notify Architect twenty four (24) hours minimum before installation of concrete to allow inspection of vapor retarder installation. b. Notify Testing Agency and Architect twenty four (24) hours minimum before installation of interior concrete slabs to allow inspection of aggregate base. c. Allow special inspector to review all sub grades and excavations to determine if building pad ' has been prepared in accordance with geotechnical report prior to placing any aggregate base. 2. Miscellaneous exterior concrete: a. Notify Testing Agency and Architect twenty four (24) hours minimum before placing concrete for exterior site work concrete (sidewalks, curbs, gutters, etc.), footings, foundation walls, and building slabs to allow inspection of aggregate base. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Qualification Statement: a. Installer: 1) Provide Qualification documentation if requested by Architect or Owner. f 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE r A. Testing and Inspection. 1. Owner will provide Testing and Inspection for aggregate base: 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Do not perform work during unfavorable conditions as specified below: a. Aggregate Base: t 1) Presence of free surface water. Aggregate Base -2- 31 1123 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 2) Over-saturated sub base materials. b. Vapor Retarder: 1) Unacceptable conditions for installation include presence of high winds which would tear or damage vapor retarder. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty: 1. Filter Fabric: a. Manufacturer standard warranty. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Aggregate Base: 1. Interior slab-on-grade concrete: a. New Aggregate Base: 1) Gravel: 3/4 inch 18mm minimum to one inch 25 mm maximum well-graded, clean gravel or crushed rock. 2) Base type gravel or crushed rock, graded by weight as follows (three-quarter to one- inch clean gap-graded gravel): a) Road Base type gravel or crushed stone, graded as follows: (1) Sieve Percent of Weight Passing (a) 1 inch (25.4 mm) 100 (b) 3/4 inch (19.0 mm) 90 - 80 (c) 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) 20 - 40 (d) 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) 5 - 10 (e) No. 4 (4.750 mm) 0 - 5 2. Miscellaneous exterior concrete (Section 03 3053): a. New Aggregate Base: 1) Road Base to conform to State DOT Specifications. B. Filter Fabric: 1. Description: Needle-punched nonwoven geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers. 2. Design Criteria: a. Meet requirements of AASHTO M288-06 Class 3 for elongation >50 percent. b. Inert to biological degradation and resist naturally encountered chemicals, alkalis, and acids. 3. Type Two Acceptable Products: a. Mirafi 140N by TenCate, Pendergrass, GA www.tencate.com. b. Equal as approved by Architect before installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Stockpiles: 1. Provide area for each stockpile of adequate size, reasonably uniform in cross-section, well drained, and cleared of foreign materials. 2. Locate piles so that there is no contamination by foreign material and no intermingling of aggregates from adjacent piles. Do not use steel-tracked equipment on stockpiles. 3. Do not store aggregates from different sources, geological classifications, or of different gradings in stockpiles near each other unless bulkhead is placed between different materials. Aggregate Base -3- 31 1123 t Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 v 4. Do not use washed aggregates sooner than twenty four (24) hours after washing or until surplus t water has drained out and material has uniform moisture content. 5. Do not stockpile higher than 15 feet (4.57 m). Cover or otherwise protect stockpiles for use in 4 HMA to prevent buildup of moisture. I B. Surface Preparation (Miscellaneous Exterior Concrete): t 1. Subgrade: a. Finish grade to grades required by Contract Documents. b. Compact subgrade as specified in Section 31 2323. C. Surface Preparation (Exterior Foundations): 1. Filter Fabric (Exterior Foundations): a. Surface should be smooth and level such that any shallow depressions and humps do not exceed 6 inches (150 mm) in depth and height. b. Place filter fabric per Manufacturer's standards and recommendations. 1) Adjacent strips of filter fabric shall overlap minimum of 16 inches (400 mm). 2) Secure fabric at least 2 ft (610 mm) outside of bed and take steps necessary to prevent any runoff or sediment from entering storage bed. c. Backfilling and compaction: 1) Compact as specified in Section 31 2323 for backfilling and compaction requirements over filter fabric. Placement and spreading should be done in manner that prevents wrinkles and /or slippage of filter fabric. D. Surface Preparation (Interior Slab-On-Grade Concrete): 1. Vapor retarder: a. Install vapor retarder in accordance with ASTM E1643 except where Contract Documents f,,. indicate otherwise and following instructions: 1) Install vapor retarder over aggregate base over compacted subgrade so entire area under slab is covered. 2) Install vapor retarder in accordance with ASTM E1643 at interior stem walls. 3) Lap joints 6 inches (150 mm) minimum and seal with specified seam tape. 4) Seal vapor retarder around pipes, conduits, and other utility items that penetrate vapor , retarder using factory-fabricated boot installed as recommended by Manufacturer. 5) Except for punctures required for reinforcing and anchor bolts at top of stem walls, seal tears and punctures. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Aggregate Base: 1. General: a. Do not place aggregate base material when subgrade is frozen or unstable. b. Spread aggregate base material with equipment except in limited or restricted areas where` use of hand spreading is allowed. c. Spread aggregate base material in manner that does not break down material and w eliminates segregation, ruts, and ridges. d. Correct damage to aggregate base caused by construction activities, and maintain corrected aggregate base until subsequent course is placed. e. Do not allow traffic on aggregate base. f. Remove all standing storm water. 2. Interior concrete slab-on-grade aggregate base: a. Place 4 inches (100 mm) minimum of aggregate base under vapor retarder, level, and compact with vibratory plate compactor. 3. Miscellaneous exterior concrete aggregate base (by Owner): a. Place 6 inches (100 mm) minimum of aggregate base, level, and compact as specified in Section 31 2323. Aggregate Base -4- 31 1123 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests and Inspections: 1. Aggregate Base a. Interior slab-on-grade concrete areas: 1) Testing Agency shall provide testing and inspection for interior aggregate base. 2) Number of tests may vary at discretion of Architect. 3) Testing Agency will test compaction of base in place according to ASTM D1556, ASTM D2167, and ASTM D6938, as applicable. Tests will be performed at following frequency: a) Building Slab Areas: One test for every 2,500 sq. ft. (232 sq. m) or less of building slab area but no fewer than three tests. b. Miscellaneous exterior concrete areas (by Owner): 1) Testing Agency shall provide testing and inspection for exterior aggregate base. 2) Number of tests may vary at discretion of Architect. 3) Testing Agency will test compaction of base in place according to ASTM D1556, ASTM D2167, and ASTM D6938, as applicable. Tests will be performed at following frequency: a) Sitework Areas: One test for every 10,000 sq. ft. (930 sq. m) or less of exterior pads area but no fewer than three tests. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Exterior Foundations: 1. Filter Fabric: a. Protect filter fabric from possible punctures until backfill has covered fabric. B. Interior Slab-On-Grade Concrete: 1. Vapor Retarder: a. Do not allow water onto vapor retarder or aggregate base before placing concrete. b. Protect membrane from possible punctures caused by reinforcing bar supports before placing concrete. END OF SECTION Aggregate Base -5- 31 1123 t Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 31 1413 F TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING 1 S PART 1 -GENERAL t 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Strip and stockpile acceptable topsoil as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 0501: `Common Earthwork Requirements': a. General procedures and requirements for earthwork. 2. Section 31 1100: `Clearing and Grubbing'. 3. Section 31 2213: 'Rough Grading'. 4. Section 31 2316: `Excavation'. 5. Section 32 9001: 'Common Planting Requirements'. 6. Section 32 9120: `Topsoil And Placement' for topsoil evaluation and placement required for topsoil grading. 1.2 REFERENCES t; A. Definitions: 1. Existing topsoil: Defined as total amount of soil stripped and stored for reuse, less vegetation layer stripped and disposed of as specified in Paragraphs below. PART 2 -PRODUCTS: Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION ` 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Strip existing vegetation layer 4" to 6" deep (verify depth on site prior to removal) from areas of site to receive buildings, landscaping, and paving and remove from site before stripping topsoil for storage and reuse. B. After stripping vegetation layer, strip existing topsoil additional 6" to 3'-0" deep (verify depth on site prior to removal) from areas of site to receive buildings and paving and store on site for later use. f- 1. Existing topsoil is property of Contractor with restriction that topsoil is to be used first for Project landscape topsoil requirements and second for non-structural fill and backfill. 2. After Project fill, backfill, and landscape topsoil requirements are satisfied, Owner will remove excess existing topsoil from site. Do not remove existing topsoil from site without Architect's written approval END OF SECTION fi. f Topsoil Stripping And Stockpiling - 1 - 31 1413 ` Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 31 2213 ROUGH GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Perform rough grading work required to prepare site for construction as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 03 3053: Miscellaneous Exterior Cast-In-Place Concrete. 2. Section 31 0501: 'Common Earthwork Requirements' for: a. General procedures and requirements for earthwork. 3. Section 31 1123: 'Aggregate Base' for aggregate base requirements. 4. Section 31 1413: 'Topsoil Stripping And Stockpiling' for stripping and storing of existing topsoil. 5. Section 31 2216: 'Fine Grading' for grading of subgrade below aggregate base and topsoil. 6. Section 31 2316: 'Excavation'. 7. Section 31 2323: 'Fill' for compaction procedures and tolerances for base. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials used for fill shall be as specified for backfill in Section 31 2323 'Fill'. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Verify elevations of rough grading are correct before compacted fill, fine grading, aggregate base or landscape grading are placed. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protection Of In-Place Conditions: 1. When existing grade around existing plants to remain is higher than new finish grade, perform regrading by hand. 2. Do not expose or damage shrub or tree roots. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Before making cuts, remove topsoil over areas to be cut and filled that were not previously removed by stripping specified in Section 31 1413 'Topsoil Stripping And Stockpiling'. Stockpile this additional topsoil with previously stripped topsoil. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. Subgrade (Natural Soils): Rough Grading - 1 - 31 2213 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 t 1. Subgrade beneath compacted fill shall be constructed smooth and even. B. Special Techniques: ~ 1. Compact fills as specified in Section 31 2323 'Fill'. 2. If soft spots, water, or other unusual and unforeseen conditions affecting grading requirements are encountered, stop work and notify Architect. C. Tolerances: 1. Maximum variation from required grades shall be 0.10 of one foot. END OF SECTION Rough Grading - 2 - 31 2213 ~ Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 31 2216 FINE GRADING (BY OWNER) PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Perform fine grading of subgrade work required to prepare site for paving finish grading and for placement of topsoil as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 0501: 'Common Earthwork Requirements' for: a. General procedures and requirements for earthwork. 2. Section 31 1123: 'Aggregate Base' for aggregate base requirements. 3. Section 31 1413: 'Topsoil Stripping And Stockpiling' for stripping and storing of existing topsoil. 4. Section 31 2213: 'Rough Grading' for grading and preparation of natural soil subgrades below fill and aggregate base materials. 5. Section 31 2316: 'Excavation'. 6. Section 31 2323: 'Fill' for compaction procedures and tolerances for base. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing and Inspection. 1. Owner will provide Testing and Inspection for fill / engineering fill: PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protection Of In-Place Conditions: Protect utilities and site elements from damage. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Landscaping and Planting Areas: a. Before grading, dig out weeds from planting areas by their roots and remove from site. Remove rocks larger than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in size and foreign matter such as building rubble, wire, cans, sticks, concrete, etc. b. Remove imported paving base material present in planting areas down to natural subgrade or other material acceptable to Architect. 2. Pathways: a. Survey and stake pathway surfaces to show grading required by Contract Documents. b. Subgrade (material immediately below aggregate base): 1) Fine grade pathway surface area to grades required by Contract Documents. 2) Compact subgrade as specified in Section 31 2213 (natural soils) and Section 31 2323 (fill). Fine Grading - 1 - 31 2216 f Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 t 3) Subgrade to be constructed smooth and even. t 3.2 PERFORMANCE A. Interface With Other Work: Do not commence work of this Section until grading tolerances specified in Section 31 2213 are met. B. General: 1. Do not expose or damage existing shrub or tree roots. C. Tolerances: 1. Site Tolerances: a. Subgrade (material immediately below aggregate base): 1) 0.02 of one foot high. 2) Measure using string line from curb to curb, gutter, flat drainage structure, or grade break. b. Maximum variation from required grades shall be 0.04 of one foot. 2. Aggregate Base Tolerances: a. Aggregate base thickness shall be as shown on Drawings. b. Measure using string line from curb to curb, gutter, flat drainage structure, or grade break. 3. Slope grade away from buildings. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests and Inspections: 1. Fill / Engineered Fill: a. Testing Agency shall provide testing and inspection for fine grading. b. Number of tests may vary at discretion of Architect. c. Testing Agency is to provide one moisture-maximum density relationship test for each type of fill material. 2. Site preparation: a. Prior to placement of engineered fill, inspector shall determine that site has been prepared in accordance with geotechnical report. b. Footing subgrade: At footing subgrades, Certified Inspector is to verify that soils conform to geotechnical report. END OF SECTION 4 s Fine Grading -2- 31 2216 I°. Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 31 2316 EXCAVATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Perform Project excavating and trenching as described in Contract Documents, except as specified below. 2. Procedure and quality for excavating and trenching performed on Project under other Sections unless specifically specified otherwise. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 0501: 'Common Earthwork Requirements' for: a. General procedures and requirements for earthwork. 2. Section 31 1100: Clearing and Grubbing. 3. Section 31 1123: 'Aggregate Base'. 4. Section 31 1413: 'Topsoil Stripping and Stockpiling'. 5. Section 31 2213: 'Rough Grading' for rough grading and preparation of natural soil subgrades below fill and aggregate base materials. 6. Section 31 2216: 'Fine Grading' for grading of subgrade below aggregate base and topsoil. 7. Section 31 2323: 'Fill' for compaction procedures and tolerances for base. 8. Performance of excavating inside and outside of building required for electrical and mechanical work is responsibility of respective Section doing work unless arranged differently by Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Carefully examine site and available information to determine type soil to be encountered. 2. Discuss problems with Architect before proceeding with work. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protection of Existing Utilities: 1. Protect existing utilities identified in Contract Documents during excavation. 2. If existing utility lines not identified in Contract Documents are encountered, contact Architect before proceeding. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. Interface With Other Work: 1. Section 31 2213: 'Rough Grading' for rough grading and preparation of natural soil subgrades below fill and aggregate base materials. 2. Section 31 2216: 'Fine Grading' for grading of subgrade below aggregate base and topsoil. B. Excavation: Excavation - 1 - 31 2316 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 1. Building Footings And Foundations: a. Bottom of excavations to receive footings sha11 be undisturbed soil. b. Excavation Carried Deeper Than Required: 1) Under Footings: Fill with concrete specified for footings. t, 2) Under Slabs: Use specified compacted backfill material. 2. Pavement And Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete: a. Excavate as necessary for proper placement and forming of concrete site elements and pavement structure. Remove vegetation and deleterious material and remove from site. b. Backfill over-excavated areas with compacted base material specified in Section 31 1123. c. Remove and replace exposed material that becomes soft or unstable. 3. Utility Trenches: a. Unless otherwise indicated, excavation shall be open cut. Short sections of trench may be tunneled if pipe or duct can be safely and properly installed and backfill can be properly tamped in tunnel sections and if approved by Architect. b. Excavate to proper alignment, depth, and grade. Excavate to sufficient width to allow adequate space for proper installation and inspection of utility piping. c. If trenches are excavated deeper than required, backfill until trench bottom is proper depth with properly compacted native material. d. Pipe 4 Inches (100 mm) In Diameter Or Larger: 1) Grade bottom of trenches to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of pipe on undisturbed soil at every point along its length. 2) Except where rock is encountered, take care not to excavate below depths indicated. a) Where rock excavations are required, excavate rock with minimum over-depth of 4 inches (100 mm} below required trench depths. b) Backfill over-depths in rock excavation and unauthorized over-depths with loose, granular, moist earth, thoroughly compacted. 3) Whenever wet or unstable soil incapable of properly supporting pipe, as determined by Architect, occurs in bottom of trench, remove soil to depth required and backfill trench to proper grade with coarse sand, fine gravel, or other suitable material acceptable to Architect. 4. If unusual excavating conditions are encountered, stop work and notify Architect. 3.4 REPAIR /RESTORATION A. Repair damage to other portions of the Work resulting from work of this Section at no additional cost to Owner. On new work, arrange for damage to be repaired by original installer. 3.5 CLEANING A. Debris and material not necessary for Project are property of Contractor and are to be removed before completion of Project. However, if material necessary for Project is hauled away, replace with specified fill /backfill material. END OF SECTION Excavation - 2 - 31 2316 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 31 2323 FILL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Perform Project backfilling and compacting as described in Contract Documents, except as specified below. 2. Procedure and quality for backfilling and compacting performed on Project under other Sections unless specifically specified otherwise. B. Related Requirements: 1. Geotechnical Report by Amrhein Associates, Inc., dated 1/4/10. Copies of this report are available upon request and posted on the City website during bidding. 2. Section 31 0501: 'Common Earthwork Requirements' for: a. General procedures and requirements for earthwork. 3. Section 31 1100: 'Clearing and Grubbing'. 4. Section 31 1123: 'Aggregate Base' for aggregate base requirements. 5. Section 31 1413: 'Topsoil Stripping And Stockpiling' for stripping and storing of existing topsoil. 6. Section 31 2213: 'Rough Grading' for grading and preparation of natural soil subgrades below fill and aggregate base materials. 7. Section 31 2216: 'Fine Grading' for grading of subgrade below aggregate base and topsoil. 8. Section 31 2316: 'Excavation'. 9. Performance of backfilling and compacting inside and outside of building required for electrical and mechanical work is responsibility of respective Section doing work unless arranged differently by Contractor. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions: 1. Approved: To authorize, endorse, validate, confirm, or agree to. 2. Field Quality Control: Testing, Inspections, Special Testing and Special Inspections to assure compliance to Contract Documents. 3. Inspection/Special Inspection: Inspection of materials, installation, fabrication, erection or placement of components and connections requiring special expertise to ensure compliance with approved construction documents and referenced standards: a. Inspection: Not required by code provisions but may be required by Contract Documents. b. Special Inspection: Required by code provisions and by Contract Documents. c. Inspection-Continuous: Full-time observation of the Work requiring inspection by approved inspector who is present in area where the Work is being performed. d. Inspection-Periodic: Part-time or intermittent observation of the Work requiring inspection by approved inspector who is present in area where the Work has been or is being performed and at completion of the Work. 4. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 5. Observation: Visual observation of building / site elements or structural system by registered design professional for general conformance to approved construction documents at significant construction stages and at completion. Observation does not include or waive responsibility for performing inspections or special inspections. 6. Owner's Representative: Owner's Designated Representative who will have express authority to bind Owner with respect to all matters requiring Owner's approval or authorization. Fill - 1 - 31 2323 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 7. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. 8. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with industry standards. 9. Relative Compaction: Ratio of field dry density as determined by ASTM D6938 or ASTM D2216,, and laboratory maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698 or ASTM D1557. 10. Quality Assurance: Testing, Inspections, Special Testing and Special Inspections provided for by Owner. 11. Quality Control: Testing, Inspections, Special Testing and Special Inspections provided for by Contractor. 12. Service Provider: Agency or firm qualified to perform required tests and inspections. 13. Source Quality Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at source, i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop. 14. Special Inspector: Certified individual or firm that implements special inspection program for project. T 15. Test/Special Test: Field or laboratory tests to determine characteristics and quality of building q, materials and workmanship. a. Test: Not required by code provisions but may be required by Contract Documents. b. Special Test: Required by code provisions and by Contract Documents. 16. Testing Agency: Entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. 17. Testing Agency Laboratory: Agency or firm qualified to perform field and laboratory tests to determine characteristics and quality of materials and workmanship. 18. Verification: Act of reviewing, inspecting, testing, etc. to establish and document that product, service, or system meets regulatory, standard, or specification requirements. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Sequencing: 1. Do not backfill against bituminous dampproofing for twenty four (24) hours after application of dampproofing. 2. Before backfilling, show utility and service lines being covered on record set of Drawings. Do not backfill until utilities involved have been tested and approved by Architect and until instructed by Architect. B. Scheduling: 1. Notify Testing Agency and Architect seventy two (72) hours minimum before installation of fill engineered fill to perform proctor and plasticity index tests on proposed fill or subgrade. 2. Notify Testing Agency and Architect twenty four (24) hours minimum before installation of fill / engineered fill to allow inspection. 3. Allow special inspector to review all subgrades and excavations to determine if site has been prepared in accordance with geotechnical report prior to placing any fill (or concrete). 4. Allow inspection and testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earthwork only after inspections and test results for previously compacted work comply with requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing and Inspection. 1. Owner will provide Testing and Inspection for fill / engineering fill: a. See Section 01 1200: 'Multiple Contract Summary'. r Fill -2- 31 2323 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Site Material: 1. Existing excavated material on site is suitable for use as fill and backfill to meet Project requirements. Reuse in areas as indicated on plans. B. Imported Fill / Backfill: 1. Well graded material conforming to ASTM D2487 free from debris, organic material, frozen materials, brick, lime, concrete, and other material which would prevent adequate performance of backfill. a. Under Building Footprint And Paved Areas: See Geotechnical Report. b. Under Landscaped Areas: See Geotechnical Report. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. See Geotechnical Report for base preparation. 3.2 PERFORMANCE A. Interface With Other Work: 1. Section 31 2213: `Rough Grading' for rough grading and preparation of natural soil subgrades below fill and aggregate base materials. 2. Section 31 2216: 'Fine Grading' for grading of subgrade below aggregate base and topsoil. B. Fill / Backfill (also see Geotechnical Report): 1. General: a. Around Buildings And Structures: Slope grade away from building as specified in Section 31 2216. Hand backfill when close to building or where damage to building might result. b. Site Utilities: 1) In Landscape Areas: Use backfill consisting of on-site soil. 2) Under Pavement and Concrete Site Elements: Extend backfill to elevation of subgrade. c. Do not use puddling or jetting to consolidate fill areas. 2. Compacting: a. Fill / Backfill And Aggregate Base: See Geotechnical Report. 1) Backfill Under Footings: Not allowed. 2) Landscape Areas: a) Compact fill to eighty five (85) percent minimum relative compaction. 3) Other Backfills: Place other fills in 12 inch (300 mm) layers and compact to 90 percent relative compaction. 4) Loose material from compacted subgrade surface shall be immediately removed before placing compacted fill or aggregate base course. 3.3 REPAIR / RESTORATION A. Repair damage to other portions of the Work resulting from work of this Section at no additional cost to Owner. On new work, arrange for damage to be repaired by original installer. Fill -3- 31 2323 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 4 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests and Inspections: 1 1. Fill / Engineered Fill: a. Testing Agency shall provide testing and inspection for fill. b. Number of tests may vary at discretion of Architect. ff c. Testing Agency is to provide one (1) moisture-maximum density relationship test for each f type of fill material. d. Prior to placement of engineered fill, inspector shall determine that site has been prepared in accordance with geotechnical report. e. Footing subgrade: At footing subgrades Certified Inspector is to verify that soils conform to geotechnical report. f. Testing Agency will test compaction of soils according to ASTM D1556, ASTM D2167, and ASTM D6938, as applicable. Lift thicknesses shall comply with geotechnical report. Inspector shall determine that in-place dry density of engineered fill material complies with geotechnical report. Tests will be performed at following locations and frequencies: 1) Building Slab Areas: At each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least on test for every 2,500 sq. ft. (232 sq. m) or less of building slab area but in no case less than three (3) tests. 2) Foundation Wall/Continuous Footing Backfill: At each compacted backfill layer, at least one (1) test for each 40 linear feet (12 linear m) or less of wall length, but no fewer than two (2) tests. 3) Trench Backfill: At each 12 inch (305 mm) compacted lift for each 100 linear feet (30.5 linear m) or less of trench length but no fewer than two (2) tests. 4) Sidewalks, Curbs, Gutters, Exterior Pads: Minimum of one (1) test for each lift for each 40 lineal feet (12 linear m) or one (1) test for every 5,000 sq. ft. (465 sq. m) or less of pad area but no fewer than three (3) tests. g. Required verification and inspection of soils as referenced in 2009 IBC Table 1704.7. Periodic and continuous inspections include: 1) Verify materials below shallow foundations are adequate to achieve design bearing capacity (periodic). 2) Verify excavations are extended to proper depth and have reached proper material (periodic). 3) Perform classification and testing of compacted fill materials (periodic).' 4) Verify use of proper materials, densities and lift thicknesses during placement and compaction of compacted fill (continuous). 5) Prior to placement of compacted fill, observe subgrade and verify that site has been prepared properly (periodic). 'r 3.5 CLEANING A. Debris and material not necessary for Project are property of Contractor and are to be removed before completion of Project. However, if material necessary for Project is hauled away, replace with specified fill / backfill material.` END OF SECTION t 's Fill -4- 31 2323 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 32 3129 WOOD FENCES AND GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install complete fence and gates as described in Contract Documents. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer literature or cut sheets on fence components. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLIES A. Materials: 1. Wire: a. Rolled Field Fencing, 72" high, "no climb". b. Smooth wire for trellis above. 2. Framework: a. Posts shall be 5" round wood posts treated with ACQ Ground Contact rated "Preserve". b. Equal as approved by Architect before use. 3. Gate Leafs Wider Than 6 Feet (1.80 Meters): a. Fabricate perimeter frames from metal and finish to match fence framework. Assemble frames by welding or with special fittings and rivets, for rigid connections, providing security against removal or breakage connections. 1) Provide same wire as for fence. 2) See details on drawings for additional requirements. b. Swing Gates: Fabricate perimeter frames of minimum 1 3/8" OD pipe. c. Gate Hardware: Provide hardware and accessories for each gate, galvanized per ASTM A153/A153M, and in accordance with following: 1) Hinges: Size and material to suit gate size, non-lift-off type, offset to permit 180 degree gate opening. Provide 1-1/2 pair of hinges for each leaf over 6 foot (1.80 m) nominal height. 2) Latch At Paving: Forked type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as integral part of latch. d. Double Gates: 1) Provide gate stops for double gates, consisting of mushroom type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage center drop rod or plunger bar. 2) Include locking device and padlock eyes as integral part of latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with single padlock. B. Mixes: 1. Post Foundation Concrete: a. One cu ft cement, 2 cu ft (0.0566 cu m) sand, 4 cu ft (0.1132 cu m) gravel, and 5 gallons (18.93 liters) minimum to 6 gallons (22.71 liters) maximum water. b. Mix thoroughly before placing. Wood Fences And Gates - 1 - 32 3129 t Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 i PART 3 -EXECUTION 9i u 3.1 INSTALLATION t; A. Fence shall be installed by mechanics skilled and experienced in erecting fences of this type and in accordance with Contract Documents. 1. When general ground contour is to be followed, make changes of grade in gradual, rolling manner. 2. Evenly space posts in line of fence a maximum of 10 feet {3.050 meter} center to center. B. Post Foundations: 1. Set posts with concrete post foundations as specified below: a. Line Posts Diameter 12 inches Depth 30 inches. b. Gate, End, And Corner Posts Diameter 12 inches Depth 30 inches. C. Fence: 1. After posts have been permanently positioned and concrete cured for one (1) week minimum, install framework, braces, and top smooth wire. 2. Stretch rolled wire by attaching one end to terminal post and supplying sufficient tension to other end of stretch so slack is removed. a. Fasten rolled wire to line posts with staples. b. Place one staple as close to bottom of rolled wire as is possible with additional staples equally spaced between top and bottom band on approximately equal spacing not to exceed 14 inches {355 mm} on center. c. Hold rolled wire approximately 2 inches {50 mm}above finish grade line. ` D. Gates: 1. Weld gate frames and provide for free and easy operation. 2. Provide gate latching device with padlocking capabilities. Provide cane bolt to engage sleeve set in concrete at double gates. 3. Align top bar of gates with top of posts. 4. Gates shall be plumb and on same plane as fence, both vertically and horizontally. 5. Set gate stops and other catches in concrete. 3.2 CLEANING A. Spread dirt from foundation excavations evenly around surrounding area unless otherwise directed. Leave area free of excess dribbles of concrete, pieces of wire, and other scrap materials. µ END OF SECTION Wood Fences And Gates - 2 - 32 3129 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 32 9120 TOPSOIL AND PLACEMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Perform topsoil evaluation and placement in Community Garden Plots required prior to topsoil grading as described in Contract Documents. 2. Topsoil placement in remainder of park by Owner. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 0501: 'Common Earthwork Requirements': 2. Section 31 1413: 'Topsoil Stripping And Stockpiling' for stripping and storing of existing topsoil. 3. Section 31 2216: `Fine Grading' for landscaping and planting areas. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: 1. ASTM International: a. ASTM D1557-12, `Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-Ibf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3))'. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Field Quality Control Submittals: a. Submit tests on imported and site topsoil by licensed laboratory before use, using Owner Form 'Topsoil Testing Report': 1) Topsoil shall meet minimum specified physical requirements and be approved by Landscape Architect. 2) If in-place topsoil does not comply, enhance and test until installed topsoil complies with Project Specifications. 3) If necessary, submit proposed amendments and application rates necessary to bring topsoil up to minimum specified requirements. b. Submit report stating location of source of imported topsoil and account of recent use. 2. Installer Reports: a. Delivery slips indicating amount of physical amendments delivered to Project site. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual: a. Record Documentation: 1) `Topsoil Testing Report'. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: 1. Design Criteria: Topsoil And Placement - 1 - 32 9120 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 a. Topsoil used in landscaped areas, whether imported, stockpiled, or in place, shall be weed free, fertile, loose, friable soil. b. Imported topsoil for Community Garden Plots shall be from Oregon Garden Warehouse, f Medford, Oregon. (541) 890-7952. t 2. Project Topsoil Requirements: a. It is anticipated that following percentages of material will be required to meet topsoil requirements of Project site: 1) Imported Topsoil: 20 percent of landscape area: a) Community Garden Plots: 100 percent of imported topsoil. 2) Stockpiled Topsoil: 80 percent of landscape area: a) Lawn Areas: 100 percent of stockpiled topsoil. b) Shrub / Tree Areas: 100 percent of stockpiled topsoil. c) Native Grass / Shrub / Tree Areas: 100 percent of stockpiled topsoil. 3) In-Place Topsoil: 0 percent of landscape area: a) Lawn Areas: 0 percent of in-place topsoil. b) Shrub / Tree Areas: 0 percent of in-place topsoil. c) Native Grass / Shrub / Tree Areas: 0 percent of in-place topsoil. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Do not commence work of this Section until grading tolerances specified in Section 31 2216 are met. 2. Receive approval from Landscape Architect of subgrade elevations prior to commencement of this Work. 3. Subgrade at Community Garden Plots shall be 12" below proposed finished grade. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protection Of In-Place Conditions: 1. Protect utilities and site elements from damage. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Surfaces to receive Imported and Stockpiled Topsoil a. Disk, till, rip, or aerate with approved agricultural aerator to depth of 6 inches (150 mm). f b. Place specified and approved topsoil on prepared surface. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: 1. After Surface Preparation requirements are completed, limit use of heavy equipment to areas no closer than 6 feet (1.80 meter) from building or other permanent structures. Use hand held tillers for preparation of subsoil in areas closer than 6 feet (1.80 m). 2. Do not expose or damage existing shrub or tree roots. B. Topsoil Depth/Quantity: 1. Total topsoil depth of 12 inches minimum in Community Garden Plots. C. Imported Topsoil: 1. Place tested and approved topsoil: a. Before placing topsoil, remove organic material, rocks and clods greater than 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) in any dimension, and other objectionable materials. Topsoil And Placement -2- 32 9120 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 b. Do not place topsoil whose moisture content makes it prone to compaction during placement process. c. Do not place topsoil when subgrade is either wet or frozen enough to cause clodding. D. Stockpiled Topsoil: 1. Redistribute tested and approved existing topsoil stored on site as result of work of Section 31 1413 'Topsoil Stripping And Stockpiling'. a. Before placing topsoil, remove organic material, rocks and clods greater than 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) in any dimension, and other objectionable materials. b. Do not place topsoil whose moisture content makes it prone to compaction during placement process. c. Do not place topsoil when subgrade is either wet or frozen enough to cause clodding. E. In Place Topsoil: 1. At locations where topsoil can remain in place and has been tested and approved, perform the following: a. Remove existing vegetation as required in preparation for new landscaping. b. Remove vegetative layer, roots, organic material, rocks and clods greater than 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) in any dimension, and other objectionable materials. F. Grading: 1. Slope grade away from building for 12 feet (3.60 m) minimum from walls at slope of 112 inch in 12 inches (13 mm in 300 mm) minimum unless otherwise noted. a. High point of finish grade at building foundation shall be 6 inches (150 mm) minimum below finish floor level. b. Direct surface drainage in manner indicated on Contract Documents by molding surface to facilitate natural run-off of water. c. Fill low spots and pockets with topsoil and grade to drain properly. END OF SECTION ATTACHMENTS Topsoil And Placement -3- 32 9120 Topsoil Testing Report Name Property Project Number d Site Street Address, City, State/Province q Person Name Date Requested Phone Submitting Test Address, City, State/Province Fax t Date Soil Testing Name Submitted Phone Laboratory Address, City, State/Province Fax General Testing Instructions 1. Owner will pay for pre-bid testing and one (1) final top- 1. Collect at least two (2) samples of on-site topsoil and each anticipated soil test. topsoil source. If site soil profile or borrow pit are not uniform, additional samples shall be taken. Uniform composite samples may also be used if Landscape Architect Instructions properly acquired and documented. 1. Landscape Architect shall determine by investigation 2. Submit required soil samples to soil testing laboratory along with all re- quality and quantity of topsoil on site before landscape quired (for this report and laboratory) information. design. Add physical and fertility recommendations from laboratory recommendations to relevant Church specifi- Soil Testing Laboratory Instructions cations. 1. This report must be completely filled out and provide soil interpretation Contractor Instructions and amendment, fertilizer, and soil conditioner recommendations for use by Landscape Architect. These recommendations should consider lawn 1. Test installed topsoil. Installed topsoil shall comply with areas, tree and shrub areas, and native plant areas. Project Specifications. 2. Provide appropriate times for fertilizing. 2. If installed topsoil does not comply, Contractor will en- 3. Return completed Topsoil Testing Report to person submitting the test. hance and test at no cost to Owner until installed topsoil complies with Project Specifications. SOIL SAMPLE LOG Soil Sample No. Description of location where sample was taken History of use of the soil M E Existing Conditions Test Report ("Acceptable Levels" refers to the allowable soil specifications prior to being amended) f SOIL TEST DATA Sample EC(1) c') /o 0 Sand /o 0 Silt /o o Text(2) %(3) N03-N(4) P(5) K(5) Fe(5) No. PH(I) Mmhos/cm SARI') Clay Class OM ppm ppm ppm Ppm Acceptable 5.5-8.4 <3.0 <6.0 15-60 10-60 5-30 (2) >1.0 >20 >11 >130 > 00 Level(s) Saturated soil paste 1:1 soil:water method (please Indicate) (2)Hydrometer method (Acceptable soil- sand: 15-60 percent, silt: 10-60 percent, clay-5-30 percent) (3) Potassium dichromate method (Walkey-Black) or loss of ignition (4)Chromotropic acid method (5)AB-DTPA method If other methods are used for N03-N, P, K, and Fe, then note. ROCKS (Coarse Fragments) Sample No. Percent> 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) Rocks Present? 1.5 inch (38 mm) Indicate as present or not present percent percent Acceptable Level 5.0 percent < 1.5 inch (38 mm) Landscape Area Description INFILTRATION RATE Lawn Areas: Receive 5 inch (125 mm) topsoil plus recommended amendments and fertilizers. Documented Infiltration rate of test sample(s) based on texture at 90 percent relative density Shrub/Tree Areas: Unless otherwise indicated, plant pits are (to nearest 1/10th of an inch) to be backfilled with three (3) parts native soil and one part Sample No. Rate compost or other recommended amendments. Additionally, Inches/Hour contractor will add recommended fertilizer. Inches/Hour Native Grass/Shrub/Tree Areas: Planting to receive minimum recommended amendments and fertilizers for establishment. Interpretation Summary of Test Results: Soil Amendments, Fertilizer and Soil Conditioner - Recommendations: Lawn Areas Shrub/Tree Areas Native Grass/Shrub/Tree Areas Long Term (5 Year) Fertilizer and Soil Conditioner - Recommendations: Lawn Areas Shrub/Tree Areas Native Grass/Shrub/Tree Areas -2- Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 331116 SITE WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING t t PART 1 - GENERAL f t` 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Perform trenching and backfilling required for work of this Section. 2. Furnish and install piping from water meter to inside of building as described in Contract Documents complete with shut-off valve and connections. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 2316: 'Excavation' for criteria for performance of excavation. 2. Section 31 2323: 'Fill' for criteria for performance of backfill and compaction. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals 1. Install cleanouts in accordance with local governing authority and State codes. PART 2-PRODUCTS t: 2.1 SYSTEM A. Materials: 1. Pipe: Type K copper meeting requirements of ASTM B88 with wrought copper, brazed fittings. 2. Water Meter: Installed by local agency furnishing water. 3. Connection Material: a. Brazing Rods In accordance with ANSI / AWS A5.8: 1) Classification BCuP-4 Copper Phosphorus (6 percent silver). 2) Classification BCuP-5 Copper Phosphorus (15 percent silver).' 3) Classification BAg-5 Silver (45 percent silver). 4) Do not use rods containing Cadmium. b. Flux: 1) Type Two Acceptable Products: a) Stay-Silt' white brazing flux by J W Harris Co, Cincinnati, OH www.jwharris.com. b) High quality silver solder flux by Handy & Harman, Fairfield, CT www.handyharman.com. c) Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01 6200. 4. Stop And Waste Valves: a. Category Four Approved Products. 1) Mueller: Mark II Oriseal stop and waste valve H10288. 2) Mueller: Buffalo screw type curb box H-10350 complete with lid and H-10349 enlarged base. Site Water Utility Distribution Piping - 1 - 33 1116 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Excavate and backfill as specified in Sections 31 2316 and 31 2323 with following additional requirements: 1. Runs shall be as close as possible to those shown on Drawings. 2. Excavate to required depth. 3. Bottom of trenches shall be hard. Tamp as required. 4. Remove debris from trench before laying pipe. 5. Do not cut trenches near footings without consulting Architect. 6. Excavate trenches so outside pipe will be 24 inches (600 mm) minimum below finish grade. 7. Backfill only after pipe lines have been tested and inspected, and approved by Architect. B. Install piping system so it may contract and expand freely. Completely eliminate cross connections, backflow, and water hammer. C. Install shut-off valve at meter. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests 1. Sterilization And Negative Bacteriological Test: a. Sterilize potable water system with solution containing 200 parts per million minimum of available chlorine and maintaining a pH of 7.5 minimum. Introduce chlorinating materials into system in manner approved by Architect. Allow sterilization solution to remain for twenty four (24) hours and open and close valves and faucets several times during that time. b. After sterilization, flush solution from system with clean water until residual chlorine content is less than 0.2 parts per million. c. Water system will not be accepted until negative bacteriological test is made on water taken from system. Repeat dosing as necessary until such negative test is accomplished. 2. Pressure Test: Before covering pipes, test system in presence of Architect or governing agency at 100 psi (0.69 MPa) hydrostatic pressure for two (2) hours and show no leaks. 3.3 CLEANING A. Remove excess earth from site or place as directed by Architect. END OF SECTION Site Water Utility Distribution Piping -2- 33 1116 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 t SECTION 33 3313 t SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE t PART 1 - GENERAL t Q 1.1 SUMMARY t { A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Perform excavating and backfilling required for work of this Section. 2. Furnish and install sanitary sewage system as described in Contract Documents beginning at 5 feet (1.50 meter) from where it enters building and connecting to serving sewer system. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 22 1313: 'Facility Sanitary Sewers' for sanitary sewage system within building and within 5 feet (1.50 meter) of building. f 2. Section 31 2316: 'Excavation' for criteria for performance of excavation. 3. Section 31 2323: 'Fill' for criteria for performance of backfill and compaction. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE t A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals 1. Install cleanouts in accordance with local governing authority and State codes. f PART 2 - PRODUCTS f 2.1 COMPONENTS A. ABS: 1. ABS Schedule 40 solid wall plastic pipe and fittings meeting requirements of ASTM D2661 joined f; with pipe cement meeting requirements of ASTM D2235. B. Cast Iron Soil Pipe And Fittings: 1. Meet requirements of ASTM A74, Service Grade: a. Cast iron for bell and spigot fittings. b. Cast iron for no-hub joints. 2. Approved Joint Material And Manufacturers: a. For Bell And Spigot Pipe: Rubber gaskets meeting requirements of ASTM C564 and ' compatible with pipe used. b. For No-Hub Pipe: 1) Category Four Approved Products: a) SuperGrip 304 American Brass & Iron (AB&I), Oakland, CA www.abifoundry.com. b) Husky SD 4000 coupling by Anaco-Husky, Corona, CA www.anaco-husky.com. c) Neoprene gaskets with type 304 stainless steel clamp and 24 ga type 304 stainless steel housing by Clamp-All Corp, Haverhill, MA www.clampall.com. d) MG Coupling by MG Piping Products Co, Stanton, CA www.mgcoupling.com. C. PVC: 1. Schedule 40 solid wall plastic pipe and fittings meeting requirements of ASTM D2665 joined using cement primer meeting requirements of ASTM F656 and pipe cement meeting requirements of ASTM D2564. 2. Gasket joint gravity sewer pipe and fittings meeting requirements of ASTM D3034. Joints shall be integral wall and elastomeric gasket. Sanitary Utility Sewerage - 1 - 33 3313 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Before installation, inspect pipe for defects and cracks. 2. Do not use defective, damaged, or unsound pipe. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Excavate and backfill as specified in Sections 31 2316 and Section 31 2323 with following additional requirements: 1. Runs shall be as close as possible to those shown on Drawings. 2. Excavate to required depth and grade to obtain fall required. 3. Bottom of trenches shall be hard. Tamp as required. 4. Remove debris from trench before laying pipe. 5. Do not cut trenches near footings without consulting Architect/Engineer. 6. Excavate trenches so outside pipe will be 18 inches (450 mm) minimum below finish grade. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. When work is not in progress, close open ends of pipe and fittings so no trench water, soil, or other substances will enter pipes or fittings. 2. Keep trenches free from water until pipe jointing material has set. Do not lay pipe when condition of trench or weather is unsuitable for such work. 3. Trench width at top of pipe: a. Minimum: 18 inches (450 mm) or diameter of pipe plus one foot (305 mm), whichever is greater. b. Maximum: Outside diameter of pipe plus two feet (610 mm). B. Placing And Laying of Underground Pipe: 1. Deflections from straight line or grade, as required by vertical curves, horizontal curves, or offsets, shall not exceed 6/D inches per linear foot (12 500/D mm per m) of pipe where D represents nominal diameter of pipe expressed in inches mm 2. Deflections to be determined between center lines extended of two connecting pipes. 3. If alignment requires deflection in excess of these limitations, provide special bends or sufficient number of shorter lengths of pipe to provide angular deflections within limits approved by Architect. 4. Laying: a. Pipe laying shall proceed up-grade with spigot ends of bell-and-spigot pipe pointing in direction of flow. b. Lay each pipe true to line and grade and in such manner as to form close concentric joint with adjoining pipe and to prevent sudden offsets of flow line. c. As work progresses, clear interior of pipe of dirt and superfluous materials. Where cleaning after laying is difficult because of small pipe, keep suitable swab or drag in pipe and pull forward past each joint immediately after jointing has been completed. 5. Make joints between cast iron pipe and other types of pipe with standard manufactured cast-iron adapters and fittings. 6. Valve, plug, or cap, as directed by Architect, where pipe ends are left for future connections. C. Cast Iron Pipe And Fittings: 1. Shape trench bottom to give substantially uniform circumferential support to lower third of each pipe. Provide depression under bell of each joint to maintain even bearing of sewer pipe. 2. Connect to street main as required by local authorities. 3. Use jacks to make-up gasketed joints. Sanitary Utility Sewerage -2- 33 3313 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 D. Thermoplastic Pipe And Fittings: f 1. Install in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM D2321. 2. Stabilize unstable trench bottoms. t 3. Bed pipe true to line and grade with continuous support from firm base. 1 a. Bedding depth: 4 to 6 inches (100 to 150 mm). b. Material and compaction to meet ASTM standard noted above. 4. Excavate bell holes into bedding material so pipe is uniformly supported along its entire length.: Blocking to grade pipe is forbidden. 5. Piping and joints shall be clean and installed according to Manufacturer's recommendations.' Break down contaminated joints, clean seats and gaskets and reinstall. 6. Do not use back hoe or power equipment to assemble pipe. 7. Initial backfill shall be 12 inches (305 mm) above top of pipe with material specified in referenced ASTM standard. 8. Minimum cover over top of pipe: a. 36 inches (915 mm) before allowing vehicular traffic over pipe. b. 48 inches (1 200 mm) before use of compaction equipment other than hand or impact tampers. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Non-Conforming Work: 1. Failure to install joints properly shall be cause for rejection and replacement of piping system at no additional cost to Owner. END OF SECTION Sanitary Utility Sewerage -3- 33 3313 t~: Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 SECTION 33 4116 SITE STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Perform excavating and backfilling required for work of this Section. 2. Furnish and install storm drainage system as described in Contract Documents from point of water collection to terminating point. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 2316: 'Excavation' for criteria for performance of excavation. 2. Section 31 2323: 'Fill' for criteria for performance of backfill and compaction. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Materials: 1. Bedding Material: 1" - 0 crushed gravel. 2. Catch Basins, Curb Inlets, Etc: a. Concrete: 1) Construct of 4000 psi (27.57 MPa) minimum concrete. 2) Include cover inlet with cast iron frame and grate as shown on Drawings. b. PVC: 1) Comply with requirements of ASTM D3212, ASTM F794, and ASTM F1336. 2) Metal grates, Frames, and hoods shall comply with ASTM A536, Grade 70-50-05. 3) Type One Acceptable Products: a) Nyloplast-ADS, Buford, GA (866) 888-8479. www.nyloplast-us.com. b) Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. 3. PVC Pipe And Fittings: a. Meet requirements of ASTM D3034, SDR 35. b. Fittings: Slip Joint type with elastomeric seals. 4. Fittings: Slip Joint type with elastomeric seals. 5. Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe And Fittings: a. Meet requirements of AASHTO M 252 or AASHTO M 294, Type S. 1) Corrugated, helical or annular, exterior with smooth interior and gasketed connectors. 2) Corrugated, annular, with silt and watertight joints for storm sewers. 6. Cast Iron Soil Pipe And Fittings: a. Meet requirements of ASTM A74. b. Joint Material: Rubber gaskets meeting requirements of ASTM C564 and compatible with pipe used. 7. Subsurface Stormwater Management. a. Manufacturers: 1) Pipe Systems for use in non-pressure gravity flow storm water collection systems utilizing continuous outfall structure. 2) Type One Acceptable Systems: a) Landmax Storm Water Management System, Hancor (Retention/Detention) Hancor, Inc. www.hancor.com. b) Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. Site Storm Utility Drainage Piping - 1 - 33 4116 Ashland Creek Park May 14, 2014 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Excavate and backfill as specified in Section 31 2316 and Section 31 2323 with following additional requirements: 1. Runs shall be as close as possible to those shown on Contract Documents. 2. Excavate to required depth. 3. Grade to obtain fall required. 4. Remove debris from trench before laying bedding and pipe. 5. Do not cut trenches near footings without consulting Architect. 6. Backfill only after pipe lines have been tested, inspected, and approved by Arch itect/Engineer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. PVC / Polyethylene Pipe: 1. Install in accordance with ASTM D2321. 2. Minimum cover for corrugated polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be 12 inches (300 mm) for H-20 load. B. Use jacks to make-up gasketed joints.` 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Non-Conforming Work: 1. Failure to install joints properly shall be cause for rejection and replacement of piping system at no additional cost to Owner. f,. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove excess earth from site or place as directed by Architect. END OF SECTION t Site Storm Utility Drainage Piping -2- 33 4116 NI-WAY LUMBER CO. November 18, 2014 RECEIVED City Of Ashland Administration 20 East Main Street Ashland, Oregon 97520 WE: Ashland Park 27 East Hersey Street Ashland, Oregon 97520 To Whom 1t'May Concern: We are plea -ed`t6 be a indferiaf supplier for construction work currently being performed on the property that you own or are financing. We are required to send you the'enclosed-'Notice of Right to 1_ien THIS IS NOT A LIEN! Nor is this notice any threat of a lien. This notice is simply a protection and informational document that spells out the rights and responsibilities of all parties involved in the purchase of building materials for this project. J h's ~s no it le~'on, ;,hatsocNer 01, 4hc Ci'euii°vJvi~liiiiCSS ofryou or your. builder. We are legally required by the State of Oregon Construction Contractors Board to send these notices out on the projects in excess of a certain dollar amount. This notice is intended to properly position everyone with the information they need to assure the successful procurement of building materials for this project. Also enclosed is some information on this notice. If you have any quest=,ons or concerns, please call Bob Casad at 541-779-2753. Thank you for .hc opportunity to supplk your project. Hi-Way t,urnber Company 2079 W. MAIN ST. • MEDFORD, OR 97501 • (503) 779-2753 NOTICE OF THE RIGHT TO A LIEN WARNING: READ THIS NOTICE. PROTECT YOURSELF FROM PAYING ANY CONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER TWICE FOR THE SAME SERVICE. p -Date of mailing: _~u~/'Ov'--'~__~ To: _ 1 0 L Y J 1 ao---- -a.~--n "E A' OWNE 'S ADDR1ESSSn I *Cr This is to inform you that r-Y--`ha begun to provif e, a 4p----- DUV _ 4_. _ - S~ S_ 1 NlJ_ ✓ p. a_ Sq X6 - g.-'l Cj_ 5. --H - ---~1 ! -p" w~a.~! 11.,~ax. l__ 1n he -wp- /s 5p !l C=t%l.f J Y cIt .1' __Z) ------.sty, K-L(.._~x- ~ !'-n- - - o u.a- t ~ 4 -rn c ,,f- v ~ - , - - _ (description of materials, equipment, labor or services) ordered by.. X___-n_____( for improvements to property you own. The property is located at: A- )hLai-y GI Pt; rk- D-71 E&S+ elL/ 4~ p~5v\~a ncl, (.L q-7 Sao A lien may be claimed for all materials, equipment, labor and services furnished after a date that is 8 days, not including Saturdays, Sundays and other holidays, as defined in ORS 187.010 before this notice was mailed to you. Even if you or your mortgage lender have made full payment to the contractor who ordered these materials or services, your property may still be subject to a lien unless the supplier providing this notice is paid. THIS IS NOT A LIEN. It is a notice sent to you for your protection in compliance with the construction lien laws of the State of Oregon. Th1isnotice h4s been sent to yo~un : Name: ~'C~ ! !'•1/~ S~'1 __7 . A7J Address: x=~-Q CA., Phone 3 IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS NOTICE, FEEL FREE TO CALL US. IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR YOUR PROTECTION Under Oregon's laws, those who work on your property or provide labor, equipment, services or materials and are not paid have a right to enforce their claim for payment against your property. This claim is known as a construction lien. If your contractor fails to pay subcontractors, material suppliers, rental equipment suppliers, service providers or laborers or neglects to make other legally required payments, the people who are owed money can look to your property for payment, EVEN IF YOU HAVE PAID YOUR CONTRACTOR IN FULL. The law states that all people hired by a contractor to provide you with materials, equipment, labor or services must give you a notice of right to a lien to let you know what they have provided. WAYS TO PROTECT YOURSELF ARE: • RECOGNIZE that this notice of right to a lien may result in a lien against your property unless all those sup- plying a notice of right to a lien have been paid. • LEARN more about the lien laws and the meaning of this notice by contacting the Builders Board, an attorney or the firm sending this notice. • ASK for a statement of the labor, equipment, services or materials provided to your property from each party that sends you a notice of right to a lien. • WHEN PAYING your contractor for materials, equipment, labor or services, you may make checks payable JOINTLY to the contractor and the firm furnishing materials, equipment, labor or services for which you have received a notice of right to a lien. • OR use one of the methods suggested by the "Information Notice to Owners." If you have not received such a notice, contact the Builders Board. • GET EVIDENCE that all firms from whom you have received a notice of right to a lien have been paid or have WAIVED the right to claim a lien against your property. • CONSULT an attorney, a professional escrow company or your mortgage lender. FORM No. 1159 Stevens-Ness Law Pub. Co, - Portland, OR 97204 OTB • i ~F Information Notice To Owner About Construction Liens (ORS 87.093) This is not a lien. Your contractor is required by law to provide this notice to inform you about construction lien laws. This notice explains the construction lien law, and gives steps you can take to protect your property from a valid lien. As an owner, you should read this information notice carefully. This information notice is required to be given if you contract for residential construction or remodeling, if you are buying a new home, or at any time the contract price exceeds $2,000. • Under Oregon law, your contractor and others who provide labor, materials, equipment, or services to your project may be able to claim payment from your property if they have not been paid. That claim is called a Construction Lien. • If your contractor does not pay subcontractors, employees, rental equipment dealers, materials suppliers, or does not make other legally required payments, those who are owed money may place a lien against your property for payment. It is in your best interest to verify that all bills related to your contract are paid, even if you have paid your contractor in full. • If you occupy or will occupy your home, persons who supply materials, labor, equipment, or services ordered by your contractor are permitted by law to file a lien against your property only if they have sent you a timely Notice of Right to Lien (which is different from this Information Notice), before or during construction. If you enter into a contract to buy a newly- built, partially-built, or newly-remodeled home, a lien may be claimed even though you have not received a Notice of Right to a Lien. If you do not occupy the building, a Notice of Right to Lien is not required prior to filing a lien. This notice is not intended to be a complete analysis of the law. You should consult an attorney for more information. Common Questions and Answers About Construction Liens Can someone record a construction lien even if 1 pay my contractor? Yes. Anyone who has not been paid for labor, material, equipment, or services on your project and has provided you with a valid Notice of Right to Lien has the right to record a construction lien. What is a Notice of Right to Lien? A Notice of a Right to Lien is sent to you by persons who have provided labor, materials, or equipment to your construction project. It protects their construction lien rights against your property. What should I do when 1 receive a Notice of Right to Lien? Don't ignore it. Find out what arrangements your contractor has made to pay the sender of the Notice of Right to Lien. When do construction liens need to be recorded? In Oregon, construction liens generally need to be recorded within 75 days from the date the project was substantially completed, or 75 days from the date that the lien claimant stopped providing labor, material, equipment, or services, whichever happened first. To enforce a lien, the lien holder must file a lawsuit in a proper court within 120 days of the date the lien was filed. Note to Contractor: This notice must be delivered personally, or mailed by registered mail, certified mail, or by first-class mail with a certificate of mailing. Ask the signing parties to provide you with an original or copy to retain in your files. You should retain proof of delivery of this notice for at least two years. (over) Steps That Consumers Can Take to Protect Themselves • Contact the Construction Contractors Board (CCB) and confirm that your contractor is licensed. The law requires all construction contractors to be licensed with the CCB. Check a contractor's license online at the CCB consumer website: www.oregon.gov/ccb, or you can call 503-378-4621. • Review the Consumer Protection Notice (ORS 701.330(1)), which your contractor must provide to you at the time of contract on a residential structure. • Consider using the services of an escrow agent to protect your interests. Consult your attorney to find out whether your escrow agent will protect you against liens when making payments. • Contact a title company about obtaining a title policy that will protect you from construction lien claims. • Find out what precautions, if any, will be taken by your contractor, lending institution, and architect to protect your project from construction liens. • Ask the contractor to get lien waivers or lien releases from every subcontractor, materials provider, equipment provider, and anyone else the contractor is responsible for paying. Do this before you give your contractor a progress payment. • Have a written contract with your contractor. A written contract is required for projects greater than $2,000. An original contractor that fails to provide a written contract as required by law, may not place a construction lien against the owner's property. • If you receive a Notice of Right to Lien, ask for a statement of the reasonable value of the materials, labor, equipment, or services provided to your project from everyone who sends you a Notice of Right to Lien. If the information is not provided in a timely manner, the sender of the Notice of Right to Lien may still be able to file a construction lien, but will not be entitled to attorney fees. • When you pay your contractor, write checks made jointly payable to the contractor, subcontractors, materials, equipment, or services providers. The checks name both the contractor and the subcontractor, materials or equipment provider. The checks can only be cashed if both the contractor and the subcontractor, materials or equipment provider endorses it. This ensures that the subcontractor and other providers will be paid by your contractor, and can eliminate the risk of a lien on your property. • Should you have a dispute with your contractor, you may be able to file a complaint with the CCB and be reimbursed in whole or in part from the contractor's bond. For more details about help available through the agency, write to the CCB at PO Box 14140, Salem, OR 97309-5052 or call 503-378-4621. • Consult an attorney. If you do not have an attorney, consider contacting the Oregon State Bar Referral Service at 503-684-3763 or 1-800-452-7636. Signing this Information Notice verifies only that you have received it. Your signature does not give your contractor or those who provide material, labor, equipment, or services, any additional rights to place a lien on your property. Job Site Address: CONTRACTOR: CCB#: PROPERTY OWNER: Print Name (as it appears on contract) Print Name (as it appears on contract) Signature Date Signature Date f:information_notice_liens.adopted 1-01-10